Catalogo Knuth

Decades of Proven Reliability and Quality Thats What We Stand For! www.knuth-usa.com www.knuth-machinetools.
com
CATALOG 2012
CNC Machining Sheet Metal Work Grinding Sawing Turning Milling Drilling Cutting Eroding
M a c h i n e To o l s a n d A c c e s s o r i e s F r o m O n e S o u r c e
QUALITY INNOVATION & RELIABILITY

In a 65,000 ft2 area at our North American headquarters in Lincolnshire, Illinois, we keep machines ready for demos and quick delivery. The quality of our machines will convince you! Make an appointment for a personal demo: 847-415-3333
Quality starts with proper acceptance testing QUALITY BY KNUTH

A careful selection of machines and long-term relationships with OEMs guarantee high quality standards. For every KNUTH Machine, our engineers perform vigorous acceptance testing at the manufacturer sites. This sets us apart from our competitors! Every KNUTH Machine is manufactured according to CE standards and accompanied by individual test certicates . Prior to delivery, every machine undergoes extensive function checks at our head quarters to ensure a trouble-free start-up at the customer site
High Reliability for High Customer Satisfaction KNUTH SERVICE

Highly qualied technicians ensure reliable service from one central source Reliable spare parts procurement - Large parts warehouse for high availability of parts Our Service Hotline is available daily from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Programming training with the purchase of any CNC machine - on site, or at our facilities
Innovation to give you a competitive edge KNUTH Center of Cutting Technology

LASER - PLASMA - HYDRO: We have the perfect process and the right machine for your cutting tasks. Learn more at www.knuth.de/schneidzentrum.html
GPlus 450 Our Future-Oriented Control System

Intuitive operation High dynamics and accuracy 450 NC blocks per second For more information, please visit www.knuth-gplus.com
Take full advantage of our online portal
www.knuth-usa.com
In addition to our complete machine tool portfolio, you will nd: The latest on current sale events and new products A complete array of recommended accessories Videos and product brochures with complete information on all of our machines Dont wait - log in now to save money on your next order!
North American Headquarters:

KNUTH Machine Tools USA, Inc.,
590 Bond Street Lincolnshire, IL 60069
( 8 6 6 ) 6 6
Tel. ( 8 6 6 ) 6 6 K N U T H
5- 6 8 8 4
TRADE SHOWS 2011

09 / 07-14 09 / 19-24 10 / 03-07 10 / 05-08 10 / 19-21 10 / 24-28 11 / 04-05 11 / 10-12 11 / 14 11 / 14-17 11 / 16-18 11 / 17-19 MOS Celje - Slovenia EMO Hannover - Germany MSV Brno - Czech Republic TIB Bucharest - Rumania Eurotool Krakow - Poland
In-House Exhibit Pardubice - Czech Republic
Tel. +1-847-415-3333 Fax +1-847-415-2402 Email: info@knuth-usa.com

Ausstellung Ost:
verkauf-ost@knuth.de KNUTH-Neutec ft2 showroom and warehouse is just 20 minutes Our 60,000 Handelsges. mbH Zum Mhlenflie 8 / Gewerbegebiet 15366 Neuenhagen bei Berlin north of OHare International Airport in Chicago. Tel. 03342 - 24870 Fax 248720 I-294 to Lake-Cook Rd, 2 miles west to Milwaukee, 2 miles north to Aptakisic, 1 mile west to Bond - we are on the corner!
Cutting Center In-House Exhibit Neumnster - Germany Eastern Branch In-House Exhibit Neuenhagen / Berlin - Germany KNUTH Chicago In-House Exhibit
Chicago - USA
World Headquarters in Wasbek, Germany: KNUTH Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH

Schmalenbrook 14 24647 Wasbek / Neumnster Tel.: +49 4321 - 609-0 Fax: +49 4321 - 68900
Fabtech Chicago - USA Instrutec Tallinn - Estonia Southern Branch In-House Exhibit Denkendorf / Ingolstadt Germany Prom Forum Kiev - Ukraine Tech Industry Riga - Lithuania Manufacturing
Jakarta - Indonesia
11 / 22-25 11 / 24-26 11/30-12/03
www.knuth.de Email: info@knuth.de
TRADE SHOWS 2012

01 / 09-12 01 / 25-28 02 / 19-22 03 / 13-16 Steel Fab Sharjah United Arab Emirates Nortec Hamburg - Germany Machinex Jeddah - Saudi Arabia Techni Show Jaarbeurs
Utrecht - Netherlands
www. knuth- us a. com www. knuth- machi netool s . com

Benet from our 85 years of Machine Tool experience. We have plants around the world to provide factory sales, service and training. All this is brought to you at pricing that only a truly global organization can offer.
Experience our unsurpassed Training and Service! We offer training courses for our CNC customers, so they can chip away immediately on their new machines!
02/28-03/03 Metav Dsseldorf - Germany 03 / 27-29 03 / 27-29 03 / 29-31 April 05 / 02-04 05 / 14-18 Westec Los Angeles - USA STOM Kielce - Poland MECSPE Parma - Italy Metalloobrabotka Minsk - Belarus Fabtech Mexico City - Mexico Technical Fair Belgrade - Serbia
Russia
We constantly strive to keep our prices as low as possible! Please visit www.knuthusa.com regularly to stay up-to-date on any price reductions or adjustments that may become necessary. You also will nd our current General Terms and Conditions on this site. We reserve the right to change any information and data included in the catalog. Visit our Specials website for discounts and special offers on a large selection of demo machines, used machines and former catalog items. Do not miss these excellent deals - visit www.knuth-machinetools.com regularly!
WARNING
Please be aware that some suppliers in the Russian and in several other markets make false presentations of their products, misleading customers to believe they are buying Knuth products with the high quality and reliable service they expect. If you have any doubts about the authenticity of a product, please contact us. We will be glad to help you identify, if you are getting an original product. i.gerdt@knuth.de
This catalog is effective until September 2012. Prices subject to change without notice.
05/28-06/01 Metalloobrabotka Moskau 05/29-06/01 Mach Tool Poznan - Poland For information on all trade shows, see www.knuth-usa.com
Cutting - Eroding
Water-jet / Laser / Plasma / Electric Discharge
6 - 29
CNC Machining
Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems
30 - 89 21 - 23
CNC Milling/Turning, CNC Drill Presses
Turning - Milling Drilling
90 - 159
Conventional Lathes, Milling Machines and Drill Presses

Direct indexing head Disk Sander Divider Dividing Head Draw bolts Drill Bits Drill Chuck Mount Drill Press/Cutter Grinder Drill Press/Milling Machine Drill Presses Drill Unit Drilling/Milling Unit Eccentric Shaft Press Edge Bevelling Machines Edge Tracer Electric Discharge Machine End Milling Set End-Face Roughing Cutter Engraving Systems Extension Sleeves Flat Countersinks Folding Machines Form Countersink Fully Automated Miter Band Saw Gear Drill Presses Granite measuring tools Grinding Machines Hand Reamer Set Hardness Tester Heavy-Duty CNC Lathe Heavy-Duty Lathes Horizontal and Vertical Milling Machines Horizontal CNC Machining Centers Hydraulic Presses Independent Chucks 246 188, 189 245, 247 246 231 227 231, 233 185 58, 137, 139fwd 144fwd 32fwd 32, 145 194/195 219 233 24/25 26/27, 28/29 226 226 11, 21fwd 233 227 140fwd 227 161 158 244 174fwd 222 245 88/89 88fwd 138 38/39, 40/41 190, 213 228
3-in-1 Sheet-Metal Working Machine 3-Jaw Chucks 3-Point internal calipers 4-Jaw Chucks Accessories for Drill Presses Adapter Adapter sleeves Angle V-Blocks Angle-Iron Bender Arbor Presses Assembly Stand Automatic Band-Saws Band Saw Machines Band Saws, Metal Bed-Type Milling Machines Belt Sanders Bench Drill Presses Bench-Mounted Column Drill Press Bench-type Milling and Engraving Systems Benders
214 228 242 228 233 230 231 244 213 213 233 161fwd 164fwd 160fwd 122fwd 188, 189 156, 157, 159 155 21, 22/23 203fwd, 210fwd 234 150 222 242 223 193 223 227 173 225 232
Boring Heads Box-Column Drill Presses Broaches Caliper Rule Centers C-Frame Presses Chip Lift-Off Device Circular Cutters Circular Saws Clamped Turning Tool Set Clamping Tool Kit CNC Cylindrical Grinding Machines 176/177 CNC Dividers 247 CNC Drill Press a. Milling Unit 32
CNC Drill Press/Milling Center 33 CNC Drill Press/Milling Mach. 58 CNC Drill Presses 59 CNC Drill Unit 34/35 CNC Electric Discharge Mach. 24/25 CNC Gantry Machining Centers 36/37 CNC Horizontal Lathe 67fwd CNC Inclined Bed Lathe 64/65, 66, 72fwd CNC Lathes 60fwd, 110 CNC Lathes w. Cycle Control 77fwd CNC Machining Centers 36fwd CNC Milling Machines 56, 116/117 CNC Mini Drill Press/Milling Machine 108 CNC Mini Lathe 109 CNC Press Brakes 196/197 CNC Production Center 252 CNC Spark Erosion Mach. 26/27, 28/29 CNC Training 111 Collet Chucks 231, 235 Collet Holders 235 Collets 231, 235 Column Drill Press with Milling Function 154 Column Drill Presses 152fwd Combo Grinding Machines 188, 189 Compound Sliding Table 240, 241 Concentricity Tester 244 Control for Laser Jet Cutters 10 Controls for Lathe/Milling Machines / Cyl. Grinders 30/31 Coolant Systems 222 Corrugated Parallel Pads 235 Countersinking Bits 227 Cylindrical Grinding Mach. 176fwd Dial Gauge 242 Diamond Files 222
Saws
160 - 173
Grinding
174 - 189
Sheet Metal Work
190 - 216
Band Saws, horizontal/vertical Circular Saws Conventional and NC

Indexable Insert End Mills 226 Industrial Drill Presses 156 Internal Calipers 242 Keyway Broaches 222 Knurl Holder 225 Laser Labeling, Marking and Engraving System 11 Laser Technology 6fwd Lathe and Milling Machine 107 Lathe Chucks 228 Lathes 60fwd, 90fwd Lead Screw and Feed Shaft Lathe 96/97 Levered Clamping Straps 232 Load Control 217 Load Rollers 217 Machine Hoist 217 Magnetic Measuring Tripods 244 Magnetic V-Blocks 244 Manual Swing-Beam Shears 210 Measuring Tool Set 243 Mechanics Lathe 102fwd Metal Band Saws 160 Micrometer calipers 243 Milling Chucks 230, 231 Milling Cutters 226 Milling Machines 36fwd, 112fwd Milling Pins 227 Milling Table Feed 220 Mini Drill Press/Milling Machine Combo 140/141 Miter Band Saw 168fwd Moving Column Vertical CNC Machining Center 42/43 Multigrind Grinding Machine 174/175 Multipurpose Milling Machine 132/133 Notching Machine 216 Pipe-Thread Cutter 216 Plasma Cutting Systems 12/13
Surface / Circular / Universal / Tool / Belt Sanders Conventional and CNC

Position Indicators Precision Feeler Gauges Precision gauge blocks Precision Lathe Premium CNC Machining Center Press Brakes 250, 251 242 243 94/95, 98/99
Bending, Cutting, Pressing, Punching Conventional and CNC

Surface Grinders Surface Plate Swing Elements Swing-Beam Shears
182, 183, 184 244 220 200/201, 202, 210 54/55 Swivel Table 241 196/197, Taper Drifts 233 198/199 Thread-Cutting Chuck 223 Presses 190fwd, 213 Thread-Cutting Machine 227 Profile Steel Cutters 208/209 Tool Grinder 187 Quick-Action Drill Chuck 233 Tool Milling Machines 114fwd Quick-Action Radial Drill Press 151 Tool-Holder Bits 233 Quick-Change Tool Holder 229 Tool-Post Grinder 186 Radial Drill Presses 144, 146fwd Tube Bender 214 Radius Cutter Head 224 Tube Notching Machine 215 Reducing Sleeves 230, 233 Turning Tool Grinder 189 Ring and Profile Bender 206, 207 Turning Tool Set 225 Roll Bending Machines 203, 204, 205 Turret 224 Roller Conveyor 218 Turret Lathe 106 Rotary Tables 248, 249 Universal Bender 213 Safety Guards 223 Universal Grinder 174/175 Sand Blasting Booths 218 Universal Lathe 90fwd, 100 Sawing 160fwd Universal Milling Machines 112/113, Scales 250 128fwd, 134fwd Semi-autom. Miter Band-Saw 165 Universal Tool Grinding Mach. 186 Shears 200fwd, Vertical CNC Lathes 60fwd 208/209 Vertical Lathes 62/63 Sheet Metal Work 190fwd Vertical CNC Mach. Centers 42fwd, 57 Shell-end milling arbors 230, 231 Vertical Milling Machine 127 Soft jaw pads 228 Vises 236fwd Software for Laser Jet Cutters 10 Water-Jet Cutting Systems 14fwd Software for Lathe/Milling Work Lamps 221 Machine / Cyl. Grinders 30/31 Workshop Caliper Rules 242 Software for Water jet cutters 20 Workshop Presses 191, 192 Spindle Bore Stop 224 Step Blocks, Assorted 232 Tools & Stop Screws 235 Stud bolts 232 Accessories 217 - 251 Surface and Test Plates 244
Laser Cutting Systems with extremely small footprints Low machine weight and minimal setup site requirements Minimal installation requirements
Specications Laser-Jet Travel - X axis in - Y axis in - Z axis in Workpiece support height in Throat width in Throat height in Max. part weight lb/ft2 Rapid feed ft/min Positioning accuracy in Repeatability in Machine width in Machine depth in Weight (SM 1500) lb System with SM 600 Part No. Price $ System with SM 1000 Part No. Price $ System with SM 1500 Part No. Price $ CO2 Laser type Wavelength Beam quality Beam power Pulse peak power Pulse frequency Laser gas Connected load
1512 59.1 49.2 2.8 39.4 72.8 2.4 6.7 196.9 0.0002 0.0002 109 119 4,409 140 815 140 816 140 817
2512 98.4 49.2 2.8 39.4 112.2 2.4 6.7 196.9 0.0002 0.0002 148 119 4,630 140 811 140 810 140 812
Excellent cut quality ensured by high-quality beam and rigid machine structure Compact machine layout for easy feed of material and removal of cut parts User-friendly, application-oriented operating software with integrated technology database (Cutting Chief inside) Lowest operating cost and longest maintenance intervals (Remote system diagnostics via Advanced Remote Control) Minimum emissions due to exhaust vacuum above workpiece board
Standard Equipment: Complete system with PC control, CO2 laser, optics for beam path, high-pressure cutter head, capacitive height scanner, toggle for cutting gas/cutting pressure, support grid for metal cutting, automatically moving guard plate, coolant return cooler, operator manual, programming instructions Options Vacuum and filter system Upgrade for non-metal work Feed table for non-metal work Coolant return cooler upgrade Purge air regeneration Replacement lens socket Optics adjustment & cleaning set Hand-wheel positioning system CAD-CAM software (grid nesting) CAD-CAM software extension Calculation software Part No. 140 840 250 746 250 747 250 748 250 749 250 750 250 751 250 601 250 752 250 753 250 754 Price upon request upon request
m K> W kW Hz kW
SM 600 SM 1000 10.6 10.6 0.8 0.8 600 1000 2 3.5 1000 1000 Premix LASAL 81 Max. 7 Max. 10
SM1500 10.6 0.8 1500 5 1000 Max. 13
Vacuum and filter system (Optional)
Hand-wheel positioning system (Optional)
For the latest specials, visit www.knuth-machinetools.com
Laser-Jet 1512 2512

Flexible, functional, and space-saving machine with low investment cost and low operating cost
Laser Cutting Systems
starting at
Made in Germany
Fine contour cuts with pulsed laser-jet Separate thick plates with full CW laser power, and cut thin plates with power plus high cutting speed Controlled focus retracing via capacitive height scanning ensures highest cut quality Automatic cutting process guidance during plunge-cuts, cut corners plus small and large radii (Engineered cutting solutions)
Integrated toggle between 2 cutting gases, each with 2 pressure levels Flexible cutting of various metals Labeling of cut parts with the same cutter head Cutting of non-metallic materials is possible after retrofitting (optional)
Cut graphic elements
Cut parts of alu., stainless steel and structural steel
Cut parts of acrylic material up to 30 mm thick
For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com
Cut t i ng E r odi ng
K.LASER 1530 / 600 is shown with control and coolant system
K.LASER Control
Easy import of common file formats, like *.DXF, CorelDraw, Mastercam and G-Code programs Automatic optimization of travel paths Windows-based IPC CNC control Networkable control for easy file transfers Radius optimization Process time and parts counter
Tube cutter (Optional) Standard Equipment: Laser source, control system, coolant system, safety glasses, operating tools, operator manual Specications K.LASER 1530 / 600 Travel - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Cutting speeds Machining table height Rapid feed Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Options Tube cutter, up to 4.3 in Part No. 250 805 Price $
in in in in/min in in/min in in
118 59 4.7 0 - 236 38 591 0.0008 0.0008
Laser type Laser exciter Mean laser power (max.) Pulse frequency Cutting gas Power consumption (laser) Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
W Hz kW in in
Nd: YAG xenon lamp 600 1 - 450 air / O2 / N2 < 20 165 x 197 9,259 140 850
For the latest specials, visit
www.knuth-machinetools.com
K.LASER 1530/600
Low-Cost Entry-Level Laser Cutting System
Compact machine design Minimum capital investment - Maximum competitiveness Cutting and welding function Servo drives on all axes Roller system for easy material feed Workpiece clamping on the work table for optimum material fixation
Laser Cutting System
Samples made of steel
For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com
GPlus Cut 4000 B
Powerful PC Control for the Laser-Jet
Innovative hardware with a modular design (Including self-diagnostics for every individual module) Rapid data refresh rate (0.25 ms clock time = 4000 Hz for position control) Large data storage for extensive cutting jobs PLC and NC kernel are protected against Windows crashes 3 USB ports for data transfers and internet connection (Allows remote control of machine by the customer and remote diagnostics by the manufacturer for application consultation and system analysis - Advanced Remote Control User-friendly, easy-to-learn HMI (Separate windows for manual operation, data entry, cut simulation, automatic operation) Automatic parameter settings via technology database (Parameters can be adjusted during cutting operation to optimize the cut; cutting geometries can be directly imported from DXF, DIN/ISO files) Pre-selected routines to guide the cutting process along a contour (Engineered cutting solutions) Easy resuming of cutting process after an interruption
I/O bus terminals (Fieldbus EtherCAT)
The optional CAD-CAM Software Packages include:

Easy cutting program creation without any CNC knowledge, geometry imports from DXF, DWG, DIN/ISO files Analyzer for testing and editing of geometry files 50 macros with configured standard geometries Technology assignment for engraving label text and cutting contours Automatic design of starting cuts, insertion of lands, bridges and chain cutting programming, starting cuts from the edge Grid Nesting Extension for parquet, contour and manual nesting, for the creation of common cut lines and separation cuts to remove plate material excess, excess material management Extension for calculation of cutting time and parts cost
cutting parameters directly from technology database
simulation of the cut on user HMI
Cut parts with starting tapers nested in grids (CAD-CAM option)
Technological Equipment
IPC: Intel Pentium M 1.8 GHz, 1024 MB RAM, 160 GB hard drive, 6 x USB 2.0 Windows XP Professional 32-bit 3 x Ethernet 10/100 Fieldbus EtherCAT
I/O: Bus terminals according to Beckhoff New Automation Technology CNC: TwinCAT NC I + NC PTP + TwinCAT PLC as Multi-PLC CADCAM (optional): cncCUT in PC Version 2D (IBE Software) + GPlus/Laser Post-Processor
contour nesting on grid remainder (excess) and separation of excess plate material (optional)
10 For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html
L-Scan
Laser Labeling, Marking and Engraving System
Compact laser for labeling, marking and engraving with a wide range of applications
Standard workable area 4 x 4, available with optional field lens for 3 x 3 or 7 x 7 Scan speeds up to 276 /sec Wide spectrum of applications and materials Flexible and versatile for use in batch and single-part machining User-friendly PC-based software Laser cooling with controlled heat exchanger is especially well suited for entgraving metallic materials
starting at
Options 5X Beam Expander for small engraving widths Field lens for 3 x 3 workable field
Part No. 250 196 250 197
Price $ Field lens for 7 x 7 workable field Turning fixture for cylindrical parts
Part No. 250 198 250 199
Price $
Standard Equipment: diode-pumped, solid-state laser with 50 W mean beam power; scanner with 2 rotary mirrors and galvo drives; beam expansion; laser pointer; field lens for 4 x 4 machining; industrial PC and LCD monitor; input and control software; heat exchanger for laser cooling; programming and operating instructions Specications L-Scan Machining surface Setup area X / Y axis travel Engraving depth Max. scan speed Min. beam width Beam wave-length Mean laser power (max. Max. pulse frequency DQF 50 4x4 12 x 12 6 / 6 0.008 276 0.0004 4 50 50 DQF 100 4x4 12 x 12 6 / 6 0.02 276 0.0006 4 100 50
Line voltage / line frequency Power consumption (without cooling Dimensions Weight (without heat exchanger) Part No. Price $
Hz Hp
50 2-4 24 x 39 x 59 440 170 317
50 2-5 24 x 39 x 59 440 170 315
/sec
lbs
W kHz
11
Oxy-fuel cutter head (Optional)

Specications for Plasma Source Max. cutting capacity (Edge start) in St 37 Production capacity (Plunge-cut) in St 37 Cut angle Plasma source power Cutting current Gas supply - Plasma gas Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight in lb kW A HSD 130 1.5 0.98 Class 4 Acc. to ISO 9013 19.5 45-130 Air/Air, N2/Air, N2/CO2, H35/N2 44 x 22 x 42 631 HPR 130 XD 1.5 1.3
Plasma cut in 0.4 in steel

HPR 260 XD 2.5 1.5 Class 2 - 4 Acc. to ISO 9013 36 30-260 H35/N2, N2/N2, H35-N2/N2, F5/N2, Air/Air, O2/Air, O2/O2 45 x 32 x 47 1,250 HPR 400 3 2 Class 2 - 5 Acc. to ISO 9013 49 30-400 02/Air, 02/02, Argon/Air, H35/ N2, N2/N2, H35-N2/N2, F5/N2 47 x 35 x 50 1,876
Class 2 - 4 Acc. to ISO 9013 22 30-130 H35/N2, N2/N2, H35-N2/N2, F5/N2, Air/Air, O2/Air, O2/O2 43 x 22 x 38 701
Options Filter exhaust system, 4000 m3/h Filter exhaust system, 8000 m3/h Automatic Hypertherm gas console
Part No. 250 629 250 628 250 626
Price $
Oxy-fuel Flame Head 250 625 Auto Nesting Sofware 250 624 Other options upon request: Multi-head operation, drilling/boring equipment, custom sizes, plasma sources
Standard Equipment: Hypertherm CNC control, Hypertherm plasma source, Hypertherm arc height control, Hypertherm cutter head, segmented vacuum exhaust table Specications for Plasma-Jet DSH CNC Control Cutter System Working area in Rapid feed in/min Table load capacity (max.) lb/ft2 Accuracy Positioning accuracy in Repeatability in Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in Weight lb HySpeed HSD 130 Part No. Price $ HPR 130 XD Part No. Price $ HPR 260 XD Part No. Price $ HPR 400 XD Part No. Price $ 1530 Hypertherm 59 x 118 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 104 x 165 x 79 7,937 140 500 140 520 140 540 140 560 2040 Hypertherm 79 x 158 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 124 x 205 x 79 10,362 140 501 140 521 140 541 140 561 2060 Hypertherm 79 x 236 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 124 x 283 x 79 13,118 140 502 140 522 140 542 140 562 2080 Hypertherm 79 x 315 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 124 x 362 x 79 15,873 140 503 140 523 140 543 140 563 20120 Hypertherm 79 x 472 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 124 x 532 x 79 21,385 140 504 140 524 140 544 140 564
12
Plasma-Jet DSH
World-Class Plasma Cutter Systems based on the know-how and technology of the market leader Hypertherm
Complete Hypertherm equipment: Plasma source, CNC control, software and vertical control are included to allow immediate use of all the possibilities modern plasma technology offers The Plasma Cutter Guide Machine features a rigid construction and is available in virtually any size High-quality linear guides on all axes ensure high precision and rapid axis travel Dual-drive bridge Dynamic AC servo drives on all axes Low-wear and low-maintenance gears are designed for continuous operation A free-standing, extremly rigid vacuum exhaust table is segmented to allow pneumatic flap control and to provide optimum suction performance across the entire work area. Quick-coupling for cutter head changes in seconds Automatic vertical adjustment for Hypertherm unit Automatic collision guard Windows-based Control System Large selection of plasma sources Available with optional oxy-fuel flame head Additional options available upon request
Plasma Cutting Systems
starting at
Shown with optional accessories
Specications for Plasma-Jet DSH CNC Control Cutter System Working area in Rapid feed in/min Table load capacity (max.) lb/ft2 Accuracy Positioning accuracy in Repeatability in Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) in Weight lb HSD 130 Part No. Price $ HPR 130 XD Part No. Price $ HPR 260 XD Part No. Price $ HPR 400 XD Part No. Price $
3060 Hypertherm 118 x 236 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 163 x 284 x 79 16,314 140 505 140 525 140 545 140 565
3080 Hypertherm 118 x 315 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 163 x 362 x 79 20,062 140 506 140 526 140 546 140 566
30120 Hypertherm 118 x 472 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 163 x 532 x 79 27,558 140 507 140 527 140 547 140 567
30150 Hypertherm 118 x 591 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 163 x 650 x 79 33,290 140 508 140 528 140 548 140 568
30180 Hypertherm 118 x 709 1,181 1000 0.0008 0.0008 163 x 768 x 79 39,022 140 509 140 529 140 549 140 569
13
HydroJet 3060 D is shown
Standard Equipment: CNC control with GPlus 450 Cut and TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software, grid nesting, high-pressure NEOLine 40i intensifier pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (1000 kg), abrasives conveyor, automatic Z axis with collision guard, operating and programming instructions Options Starter kit Part No. 166 213 Price $ Calculation module Software option for contour nesting Light curtains on 2 sides Light curtains on 3 sides Light curtains on 4 sides Check valve 588 534 180 820 180 333 180 332 180 829 576 068
Laser pointer Abrasive mud vacuum system
180 828 180 739
NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump

the Standard Pump for Hydrojet Cutters
Maximum power and reliability for purewater and abrasive cutting operations Superior operation safety and ease of maintenance
Hydraulic drive with axial-piston pump Infinitely variable pressure control via CNC Pressure booster, complete with high-pressure tubing Relief valve integrated in the high-pressure circuit
Specications High-Pressure NEOLine 40i Intensier Pump Nominal power rate Hp 40 Max. continuous pressure psi 55,000 Max. water ow rate (@ full pressure) gpm 0.72 Max. single orice dia. (@ full pressure) in 0.012 Hydraulic reservoir capacity gal 32 Cooling water ow @ 75(24 C) Water Temp gpm <3 Attenuator volume gal 0.26 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 58 x 49 x 41.6 Weight lb 2,000
14
Hydro-Jet D
Gantry-Type Water Jet Cutting System
This Water Jet Cutting System allows cost-effective machining and delivers maximum cutting quality even for very large parts
Rigid base frame plus NEOLine 40i Intensier Pump. The standard equipment includes a complete, integrated abrasives system. Abrasive cutting of steel, aluminum, marble, compound materials and much more Dual-drive bridge Dual linear guideways in X and Z Stainless steel tank and support grid High-quality pre-loaded ball screws (Recirculating spindle nut) with automatic lubrication for lasting high cutting precision CNC controlled water pressure CNC controlled abrasives feed GPlus 450 Cut including grid nesting Dual head operation upon request
The water jet is a universal tool with many benets:

No thermal stress and only minimal mechanical stress No hardening or tension on the part No dust, smoke or toxic fumes Small kerf width and very clean cut edges Virtually burr-free cuts = No rework necessary Direct plunge-cut at any position
starting at
Actual machine may vary slightly Specications Hydro Jet Cutter System Cutting capacity Z axis travel Max. table load capacity Fill capacity of sand container (max) Sand feed Feed Maximum rapid feed Work feed Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight (Without water) Weight with water Part No. Price $ 3020 D in in lb/ft2 lb lb/min. in/min in/min in in in lb lb 118 x 79 9.8 3,307 2,205 0 - 1.1 984 0 - 315 0.004 0.002 280 x 181 x 89 4,409 14,551 166 220 3040 D 118 x 157.5 9.8 3,307 2,205 0 - 1.1 984 0 - 315 0.004 0.002 213 x 181 x 89 5,512 19,842 166 221 3060 D 118 x 236 9.8 3,307 2,205 0 - 1.1 1,181 0 - 315 0.004 0.002 354 x 244 x 95 9,921 31,967 166 222 3080 D 118 x 315 9.8 3,307 2,205 0 - 1.1 1,181 0 - 315 0.004 0.002 433 x 244 x 95 15,873 44,093 166 223
For more information, please visit www.knuth-usa.com
15
Hydro-Jet 2010
Versatile Water Jet Cutting System for Complex Cutting Tasks
Bilaterally driven and guided gantry DC servo motors with zero-backlash gears and precise linear guides on all three axes Water tank and guide machine are set up as stand-alone units Fine tuned drive system with helical gears on X and Y axis ensures high precision and reliability Guideways and drive elements are reliably protected from spray water and contamination Extra rigid stainless steel tank with high load bearing capacity Additional catch grid catches small parts Electronic height-control maintains a constant distance between the water-jet nozzle and the part CNC controlled water pressure CNC-controlled abrasive material supply (the abrasive sand is precisely metered and fed without pressure) Very easy programming of PC control via graphic user interface
Water Jet Cutting System
KMT NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump

40 Hp three-phase pump motor 0.72 gal/min ow rate (max.) Max. 55,000 psi continuous operating pressure
Specications Cutting capacity in Z axis travel in Table load capacity lb/ft2 Abrasive / pure-water Cutting tank is isolated from the guide machine Drive type Feed Max. feed in/min Accuracy Positioning accuracy in Repeatability in Dimensions/Weight Dimensions in Weight (total) lb Part No. Price $ Hydro-Jet 2010 78.7 x 39.4 9.8 1,322.8 Yes Yes Gear rack 630 (across 19.7) 0.002 (across 19.7) 0.002 132 x 89 x 158 6,945 180 711
Standard Equipment: CNC control GPlus 450 Cut with TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software, grid nesting, high-pressure intensifier pump NEOLine 40i, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (2,204.6 lb), abrasives conveyor, automatic Z axis with collision guard, settling tank, operating and programming instructions Options Starter kit Pump enclosure for BHDT 40.37 Laser pointer Abrasive mud vacuum system Light curtains on 2 sides Part No. 166 213 180 769 180 828 180 739 From 180 333 Price $
16
Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 S 0515 SL

Enter the Fascinating World of Water Jet Cutting Technology!
Abrasive cutting of steel, aluminum, marble, compound materials and much more
High-precision cuts in virtually any material Quick programming on an integrated PC control with graphical user interface; software package included Perfectly tuned drive system High-pressure pump, 40 Hp Compact machine for easy transportation and setup; includes guide machine, water basin, settling basin, and control cabinet are mounted on a granite machine frame
Water Jet Cutting System
starting at
NEW with KMT NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump!

Abrasives Containers for Eco 0515 SL
High power Low consumption - Minimal maintenance cost!

Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 S: 55,000 psi work pressure 0.72 gal/min flow rate 40 Hp motor rating Part No. 180 820 180 769 250 213 Price $ Hydro-Jet Eco 0515 SL: 55,000 psi work pressure 0.72 gal/min flow rate 40 Hp motor rating
Options Contour nesting Pump enclosure for Eco 0515 SL Oil/air cooler for Eco 0515 SL
Abrasives reservoir, 1 ton capacity, for Eco 0515 S 250 598 Starter set 166 210 Light curtains on 2 sides 180 333
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 Cut CNC control with TFT monitor, grid nesting, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, high-pressure pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container, sand metering, 3-chamber settling tank, sound proof enclosure (Eco 0515 S), operating and programming instructions Specications Hydro-Jet Cutter System Cutting capacity Z axis travel Operating pressure Abrasive / pure-water Abrasives Containers Drive type for X / Y axis Drive type for Z axis Eco 0515 S in in psi lb Eco 0515 SL Max. feed Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Y axis Repeatability X / Y axis Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight (total) Part No. Price $ in/min in in in lb 157 0.002 / 12 0.002 / 12 102 x 161 x 118 8,378 8,025 166 205 166 207
59 x 19.7 3 55,000 55,000 Yes Yes 165.3 2,204.6 Preloaded ball screws Man. adjustment / hand wheel
17
HydroJet Eco 2040 is shown Standard Equipment: CNC control with GPlus 450-Cut, TFT monitor, electronic hand-wheel, control panel, GPlus 450 Cut cutting software grid nesting, high pressure NEOLine 40i intensifier pump, abrasive cutter head, abrasives container (1000 kg), abrasives conveyor system, operating manual and programming instructions Options Laser pointer Collision guard for Z axis Software option for contour nesting Starter kit Light curtains on 2 sides Light curtains on 3 sides Light curtains on 4 sides 180 828 250 135 180 820 166 213 180 333 180 332 180 829
High Pressure pump NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump

Standard pumps for Hydro-Jet Eco
Maximum power and reliability for purewater and abrasive cutting operations Superior operation safety and ease of maintenance
Hydraulic drive with axial-piston pump Pressure booster, complete with high-pressure tubing Pulsation damper with pressure accumulator Relief valve integrated in the high-pressure circuit
NEOLine 40i intensifier Pump is shown Specications for High-Pressure NEOLine 40i Intensier Pump Nominal power rate Hp 40 Max. continuous pressure psi 55,000 Max. water ow rate (@ full pressure) gpm 0.72 Max. single orice dia. (@ full pressure) in 0.012 Hydraulic reservoir capacity gal 32 Cooling water ow @ 75(24 C) Water Temp gpm <3 Attenuator volume gal 0.26 Overall dimensions (L x W x H) in 58 x 49 x 42 Weight lb 2,000
18
Hydro-Jet Eco
Rigid Water-Jet Cutting System with Small Footprint and Maximum Operator Comfort
High-pressure system up to 55,000 psi Completely equipped for Abrasive & Pure-Water Cutting Axes are driven via preloaded ball screws Flying Bridge design Work area is open on three sides for comfortable loading Mechanical feed on Z axis Separately set up abrasives container with 2,205 lb fill capacity
Water-Jet Cutting Systems
starting at
HydroJet Eco 1525 is shown
Specications Hydro-Jet Cutting capacity Z axis travel Operating pressure Flow rate Max. table load capacity Rapid feed Positioning accuracy Repeatability Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight (Without water) Weight with water Max. sand feed Part No. Price $
in in psi gal/min lbs/ft2 in/min in in in lb lb lb/min
Eco 1313 51 x 51 6 55,000 0.8 164 787 0.004 0.002 114 x 110 x 83 4,409 8,819 0 - 1.1 166 219
Eco 1525 98 x 59 6 55,000 0.8 164 315 0.004 0.002 146 x 146 x 79 6,614 11,023 0 - 1.1 166 200
Eco 1530 118 x 59 6 55,000 1 164 315 0.004 0.002 146 x 165 x 79 7,716 15,432 0 - 1.1 166 217
Eco 2040 157 x 79 6 55,000 1 164 315 0.004 0.002 165 x 205 x 79 9,921 23,149 0 - 1.1 166 216
19
GPlus 450Cut
Quick - powerful - user-oriented
Our Future-Oriented Control System for Cutting Systems
easy to learn without prior DIN-ISO programming knowledge from newcomers to professional users short learning curve for experienced users - immediate productivity quick programming directly at the machine, or easy transfer of programs to minimize down-times GPlus Support for any programming questions and quick assistance for problems Easy, user-oriented operation allows quick creation of programs Geometry imports from DXF and DIN/ISO program files Faulty geometries can be repaired and edited with the integrated DXF Analyzer 50 standard macros simplify the creation of a wide variety of geometries Instant display of all starting cut changes in the drawing with simulation option Optimum material utilization via grid nesting function with critical features like turning, mirroring, and manual sorting Material database with plate management function - for the management of all customer-specific data on machined materials, including cutting technology data, and dimensions Optimum contour approach made possible by a multitude of definable starting cut conditions differentiating between circular and non-circular inside and outside contours Zoom feature - enlarges the part view and all starting cuts User-friendly HMI allows modification of any cutting parameters during cutting, plus easy operation including all required service messages (GPlus 450 Cut) Cutting and marking of parts in one program
Plate and Parameter Database
Technology and Machine Setup
Grid Nesting (rectangular nesting)
Parquet Nesting with Part Rotation (optional)
Industrial PC-based CNC Block processing time: 450 NC blocks per sec 40 GB hard drive storage
2.0 GHz Intel Celeron processor 10/100 MBit Ethernet interface (to load NC programs from a network) USB port for data transfers
Contour Nesting (optional)
20 For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html
TFGM 35 45 100 1100

Universal use for a variety of milling and engraving applications on different materials like aluminum, brass, copper, PVC, wood, acrylics, hard fiber boards, etc.
Integrated CAM system for automatic control through a PC/Laptop Rigid aluminum construction with stepper motor axis drives plus various equipment options allow universal machining of different materials State-of-the-art controller electronics and user-friendly software for quick and reliable processing of customized machining parameters
Application Examples: Production of advertising material (milling, engraving, cutting) Embossing (coins, medals, coining punch) Engraving (door signs, goblets) Industrial engraving (serial number plates, warning signs) Electronics (front plates, control panel labeling, PCBs) Model construction (architecture, hobby) Precision mechanics Furniture industry
starting at TFGM 100 shown
The Opticut Control Software allows selection of 4 stepper motor axes via the USB port directly from a laptop. An advanced graphic user interface provides quick access to many tasks, like milling, drilling, foil cutting, engraving, scanning, plotting and ditigalizing. The machine area is represented by the CAD-like user interface of the Opticut Software. From this area, all elements can be displayed, like drawing data, workpiece, zero point, park position, or measuring position. Minimum hardware and software requirements for Opticut are listed below:
Operating system: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP Microsoft. Net Framework V1.1 and Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 Microsoft Managed DirectX 9 or higher for joystick Pentium 400MHz processor or higher (or equivalent equipment) CD-ROM drive RAM: 64 MB Hard drive: 40 MB free disk space Controller SMC4D TFGM 45 9x22x3.35 35.5x23.5 2.4 165 11,000-25,000 220 1.4 92 170 900 TFGM 100 39x25.5x3.35 59x31.5 2.4 165 11,000-25,000 220 1.4 194 170 902
Opticut CNC 4.4 Features: Automatic homing Zeroing Park position Spindle with automatic start/stop Control for automatic cooling spray (optional) Control for height scanning (optional) Incremental machining for deep immersion depths Autom. tool radius compensation, inward and outward Selective machining sequence Tool management Cutting time determination Import of HPGL.PLT, DIN 66025, .DXF, .EPS and .Al files Standard Equipment: standard milling motor spindle, collets 3 mm and 8 mm, universal cutter 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 holding clamps, Opticut CNC 4.4 CAM System - completely wired for connection to customer-provided PC (System Requirements: Windows 98/XP / Vista, USB port)
Specifications Working area Table size Max. operating speed X,Y Travel speed Standard motor speed Voltage Motor rating Weight Part No. Price $
/s /min
Hp lbs
TFGM 35 15x19x3.35 19.5x27.5 2.4 165 11,000-25,000 220 1.4 66 170 800
TFGM 1100 41x41x3.54 47x45 2.4 165 11,000-25,000 220 1.4 370 170 904
21
Perfect cuts and bores within minimum time in all non-ferrous heavy metals, plastic, wood, and with the appropriate equipment even in structural steel
Extensive selection of accessories for a wide application spectrum Either T-slot setup table or vacuum table included at no extra cost
TFGM 2516 with vacuum table shown Option: spindle motor with tool changer
CAM - System Opticut CNC 5.0

The Opticut Control Software allows selection of 4 stepper motor axes via the USB port directly from a laptop. An advanced graphic user interface provides quick access to many tasks, like milling, drilling, foil cutting, engraving, scanning, plotting and ditigalizing. The machine area is represented by the CAD-like user interface of the Opticut Software. From this area, all elements can be displayed, like drawing data, workpiece, zero point, park position, or measuring position. Special option: oscillating, tangentially controlled cutter head is available in 3 designs for cutting foam, cardboard, corrugated paperboard, rubber, leather, carpeting, etc. with impressive speed and perfection:
ALVINIL-1000 oscillating electric knife with a speed of 3,500 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.137 Part No. 170 930 Price $ ALVINIL-2000 oscillating electric knife with a speed of 4,500 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.236 Part No. 170 912 Price $ ALVINIL-3000 oscillating pneumatic knife with a speed of 9,000 cuts/minute and a stroke of 0.054 Part No. 170 931 Price $
Additional options: headstock drives in various designs - upon request with automatic tool-changer, air cooling or recution cooling system, pneumatic clamping or manual clamping, and speeds from 50 to 100000 rpm. Delta / 3-D bundeled end-to-end software solution for CNC routers, engravers, and sign making 22
TFGM
The perfect solution for machining large boards! With cutting speeds up to 360 /min, and table sizes from 40 to 157
Either T-slot setup table or vacuum table included at no extra cost
TFGM 1100 Pro shown with vacuum table
starting at
TFGM ECO 1575 with automatic tool length measurement
Y axis with double linear guides X axis with drives on both sides (except TFGM ECO) extra-wide linear guides combined with an efficient gear drive allow rapid feed speeds up to 472/min (except TFGM ECO) Z axis includes a motor brake 3 vacuum pumps for optimum workpiece fixation Driven by our OPTICUT CNC controller
Standard Equipment: standard cutter motor spindle, vacuum-ready (without pump), four holding clamps,Opticut CNC 5.0 CAM System completely wired for connection to customerprovided PC (system requirements: Windows 98 / XP / 7 / Vista, USB port) TFGM 2516 100x42x6.3 100x60 360 472 11,000-25,000 1 8 230 900 170 924 170 925 TFGM 31205 120x80x6.3 118x78 360 472 11,000-25,000 1 9 230 1300 170 926 170 927 TFGM 41205 160x 80x6.3 157x79 360 472 11,000-25,000 1 9 230 1620 170 928 170 929
TFGM ECO 1575 shown table size 59 x 29 available only with vacuum table Specifications Working Area Table size Max. operating speed Rapid feed Std. motor speed Motor rating Vacuum table power consumption Voltage Weight Part No. with vacuum table Part No. with T-slot setup table Price $
(for Specifications, see www.knuth.de) TFGM 1100 Pro 42x42x6.3 40x40 360 472 11,000-25,000 1 4 230 430 170 907 170 908 TFGM 2111 80x42x6.3 79x40 360 472 11,000-25,000 1 6 230 560 170 922 170 923
/min /min rpm hp hp V lbs
23
Stamps Material Height Machining time Number of cuts Surface grade
tool steel 0.75 90 min. 2 (1 rough, 1 fine) 0.000047 Ra
Cones Material Height Angle Machining time Number of cuts
tool steel 3.125 5 170 min. 1 rough
Octagon Material Height Machining time Number of cuts Surface grade
tool steel 1.18 45 min. 2 (1 rough, 1 fine) 0.000047 Ra
Consistent wire diameter ensures excellent erosion surface cutting-wire runs through in one pass, no reversing needed! Independent programming of X/Y and U/V axes 14 LCD display Automatic positioning Functions include: copy, flip, mirror, scale, rotate Processing of DXF files Test run feature Diagnostics, and much more Can be programmed during program execution
data transfer via USB port Smart DEM Specifications Machine Max. workpiece size Max. workpiece weight X/Y table travel U/V axis travel Wire diameter Max. wire tension Max. cutting angle Max. wire spool Machine weight Wire guide Max. cutting capacity Best surface roughness Positioning accuracy Connected load Dielectric System Dielectric fluid Reservoir capacity Filter CNC control Display Software Controlled axes Smallest input increment Interpolation Contour rotation Position indicator Interface Media drive Part No. Price $
very precise, low-wear wire guide deionized water 26 paper filter 0.0004 LCD display ELAPT 3.2 X, Y, U, V 0.00004 linear, circular +/- 90 all axes RS-232 3.5 floppy drive 180 455
lbs
N lbs lbs in2/min
kW
13.8 x 17.7 x 7.9 660 9.8 x 13.8 1.2 x 1.2 0.010 1600 +/- 5/ 4 13 4400 diamond wire guide 0.1 in2/min 0.000047 Ra 0.0008 3
gal
24
SMART DEM
Best surface grade High erosion capacity E-Pulse technology PC control Easy, quick programming CAD/CAM software included
CNC Electric Discharge Machine
Powerful wire spark erosion machine for production of high-precision dies and electrodes
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for SMART DEM
(Product Search)
Standard Equipment: CAD/CAM software, erosion wire 0.010, diamond guides, paper filter, operating tools, RS-232 interface and cable, operator manual
25
Electric Discharge Machine
ZNC-EDM 250
Low-Cost Entry-Level Electric Discharge Technology
NC controlled feed on Z axis Compact design for machining of small parts Rigid machine base Linear scales in all axes to ensure constant precision Separate dielectric reservoir Low-maintenance, high efficiency DC servo drive for fine-tuning of system stability User-friendly, easy to learn operation Parameters are entered directly and the control panel and can easily be optimized Parameters set for a particular machining process can be stored
starting at
ZNC-EDM 250 shown with optional accessories
Options Part No. Price $ Adjustable electrode holder 100 107 Magnetic clamping plate 250 278 For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for ZNC-EDM 250 (Product Search)
Specifications Machine Travel - X axis - Y axis Quill stroke Table dimensions Electrode holder-to-table distance Max. electrode weight Max. part weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Generator Connected load Mean laser power (max.) Max. removal rate Roughing depth Minimum electrode wear Weight Part No. Price $
ZNC-EDM 250 10 8 8 17 x 11 7.8 - 15.75 66 440 55 x 58 x 83 2210 4000 40 0.02 < 0.3 0.2 100 105
ZNC 435 L 18 14 10 27.5 x 17.5 9.8 - 23.6 165 1543 59 x 63 x 83 3970 6000 80 0.03 0.3 0.2 440 100 115
ZNC 760 L 27.5 23.5 12 27.5 x 47 11.8 - 34.25 440 4409 73 x 65 x 100 8380 7000 100 0.05 0.3 0.2 440 100 116
lbs lbs lbs W A inch3/min m Ra % lb
26
ZNC 435 L 760 L

For maximum precision and cost-effectiveness
starting at
CNC-Controlled Electric Discharge Machines
ZNC 435 L is shown
User-friendly CNC control assists the user in the selection of work parameters The machine frame design incorporates modern aspects plus many years of manufacturing experience X and Y axes are equipped with preloaded ball screws for low maintenance and high precision The main axis is positioned by a precision spindle, which has its own lubricant circuit - ensuring constant temperature
conditions at the spindle, minimum friction and maximum precision The dielectric system is driven by a premium pump made by a renown European manufacturer Machine operation is user-oriented and easy to learn Fine-incremented work parameters allow high powered material removal and finishing in one process Diagnostics information is very helpful for troubleshooting
Standard Equipment of ZNC 435 L and 760 L: control unit, fire extinguishing system, work lamp, filter, scales for X / Y axis, chuck, operating tools, operator manual Options for ZNC 435 L and 760 L: Planetary erosion head Magnetic clamping plate Part No. 250 277 250 278 Price $ For additional options for these machines, visit our website and search for ZNC 435 L or 760 L (Product Search)
27
This special design with a fixed table, and head travel on all axes (X, Y and Z) gives this machine a clear advantage: - Superior stability: i.e., High workpiece weights and changing dielectric volumes have no effect on the machine's geometry - Excellent user comfort: The compact design simplifies tooling and set-up of the workpiece, providing the user with perfect visibility of the workpiece and the machining process
FEM 1300 CNC shown
Powerful AC servo-motors and a closed-loop linear scale measuring system ensure highest precision Wide variety of applications - even 3D machining is possible with the integrated C-axis for planetary and track erosion High-performance control for simultaneous 4-axis machining, easy to program User-friendly operation - all functions are clearly arranged on the control An extensive integrated database provides quick access to optimized cutting parameters for various
Options C axis 4-station tool changer, pneumatic Part No. 250 651 250 652 Price $
material combinations of electrodes and workpieces Parameters may be adjusted during machining and can be stored for future use Multi-Tasking minimize downtimes by entering programming during program runs Easy transfer of data via RS-232 or USB port An electronic hand-wheel simplifies set-up and movement of machine
Pneumatic 3R electrode holder 1.8 in 64 A generator (FEM 1300)
250 653 250 654
Standard Equipment: CNC control with control unit, electronic hand-wheel, RS-232 interface, USB port, vacuum system, automatic central lubrication, machine feet, operating tools, operator manual Specifications FEM Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Electrode holder-to-table distance Workpiece weight (max.) Generator Connected load Removal rate (max.) 1300 CNC in in in in in lb kVA in3/min 19.7 11.8 11.8 23.4 x 15.7 11.8 - 23.6 2,205 10 0.023 2300 CNC 27.6 15.7 13.8 31.5 x 19.7 11.8 - 23.6 4,409 17 0.034 Electrode weight (max.) Electrode wear (min.) Mean generator capacity Accuracy Roughness Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ lb A m in lb 154 0,03 % 128 < 0.1 Ra 69 x 63 x 87 5,071 100 120 221 0,03 % 64 < 0.1 Ra 82 x 95 x 97 10,141 100 121
28
FEM 1300 CNC 2300 CNC

Maximum Precision and Process Control - Powerful and Reliable
Highest removal efficiency with lowest electrode wear. Plus, superior surface quality resulting from years of experience and advancement of the ADVANCED PLUS Generator.
starting at
4-Axis CNC Spark Erosion Counter-sinking Machines
FEM 2300 CNC shown
Helical Process with C axis (Option)
Rectangular Orbital Process
3-D Machining
Circular Orbital Process
Free Orbital Process
Contouring Process
29
Finished parts in no time - Intuitive control, extensive cycle database for quick and easy programming
Easy to learn without prior DIN-ISO programming knowledge From newcomers to professional users Short learning curve for experienced users - Immediate productivity Quick programming directly at the machine, or easy transfer of programs to minimize down-times GPlus Support for any programming questions and quick assistance in case of problems
Windows-based PC System
TFT 17 touch screen monitor single CPU concept (advantage: ties up only 2% of the system capacity) 40 GB storage, 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron processor, 256 MB RAM block processing time: 450 NC blocks per sec 10/100 MBit Ethernet interface (to load NC programs from a network) worldwide remote diagnostics Profibus, CANopen, DeviceNet implementation is possible machine can be integrated in factory networks technology-specific cycles for turning, milling, drilling, grinding
See important data at a glance - Large 17" touch-screen monitor displays important information in an easy to read format for simplied operation
Everything at a glance on 17" display
Clear summary of cycle masks
Graphic simulation
Overview of M Cycles (Milling)

Milling Cycles circular pockets rectangular pocket arc pockets face milling thread cutting, inside/outside Drilling Cycles Basic drilling Drilling with dwell time deep-hole drilling Tapping Reaming Drill Patterns Hole series Hole circle / segment Free drill positioning Rectangle / parallelogram Grid
Overview of G Cycles (Grinding) Overview of T Cycles (Turning)

cylindrical grinding, oscillating face grinding, oscillating multiple plunge-cut (groove) plane multiple plunge-cut (groove) linear plain shoulders linear shoulders Plain turning Facing Taper turning Radius turning Plunge-cut Recessing forms E and F Thread turning Multiple thread turning Contour turning
Samples of Parameter Help Graphics
Final boring depth
Inside angle at corner point 1
Finish measurement
Radius turning
30
All machines with GPlus can be found on www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html
CNC Control for Milling machines, Lathes, and Cylindrical Grinding machines
GPlus 450
Quick Precise Customized Our Future-Oriented Control System for Machine Tools
Intuitive operation Quick to learn Touch-screen technology High dynamics and accuracy USB port and Ethernet interface
GPlus Remote Service

With the GPlus CNC control you receive the standard capability of online remote diagnostics for your Knuth machine tool. This easy and quick exchange of machine data simplifies communications and increases machine efficiency. Your competitive edge: Reduction of down-time Increased system availability Proactive service Reduced cost
GPlus Remote Service Software

All GPlus CNC systems come with a standard Ethernet interface. This allows easy integration of your GPlus CNC system in your network. This enables you to work together with our service technicians on your GPlus system. Diagnostics: for process optimization and troubleshooting Monitoring: for process monitoring Updates: so you always have the newest features Over 95% of all service requests can be resolved remotely, without the necessity of an on-site visit. This helps you save time and money.
Taper Turning (Linear)
Plain Turning
Shoulder Plunge-Cutting
Multiple Plunge-Cutting
For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html
31
CN C M achi ni ng
32 Heavy-duty cast-iron machine frame plus wide guideways to ensure optimum results for all drilling and milling work Provides long travels on all axes and a greater table load capacity to enable machining of large parts Siemens servo drives, preloaded ball screws with large diameters, and high-quality linear guideways ensure maximum precision at even the highest travel speeds BT or CAT 40 spindle mount with automatic tool clamping Pneumatic rotary table ensures maximum angular accuracy and provides simple adjustment of angle settings Complete Siemens control package includes a Siemens 802C Control plus servo axis drives to fulfill all the requirements of a state-of-the-art CNC machine
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for BO 90 CNC (Product Search) /min /min Specifications BO 90 CNC Travels X axis Y axis Z axis Rapid feed (X, Y, Z) Work feed (X, Y, Z) Table rotation range (5 units) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Table size Table load capacity T-slots Headstock mount lbs
Spindle speed, infinitely variable rpm
CNC Bore Mill
BO 90 CNC

Part No. Price $
in3/min
Drilling capacity Inish bore Cutting capacity Positioning accuracy Repeatability Angular accuracy Motor rating Machine weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH)
Hp lbs
Standard Equipment: Siemens 802C control, pneumatic rotary table, electronic hand-wheel, halogen work lamp, central lubrication, 125 mm cutter head, drill chuck 0.118 - 0.63 B18, tool holder bits MT4 B18, reducing sleeves MT3, MT4, MT5, foundation bolts, operator manual and programming instructions
28 20 31 591 0.04-197 360 22 25x25 2200 .25x.71/H8 BT/CAT 40 0-6000 1.2 8 5 0.0003 0.0002 3 15 10560 140x93 x83 180 025
BO 130 CNC
Heavy-Duty CNC Milling / Drilling Unit with Fanuc 0i-MD control for both large and heavy parts
4-sided machining Infinitely variable spindle speed with AC servo-motor, 20 Hp and high torque Wide machine bed with 4 guideways Rigid milling table with high load capacity for part weights up to 5 tons 3-axis CNC control Rigid square guides ensure consistent work accuracy High-quality, high-precision preloaded ball-screws supported by special bearings ensure maximum positioning accuracy for all feed axes Telescoping stainless steel covers protect the guides from chips and dirt Rotary table with manual clamping can be locked at 4 positions: 0. 90, 180, and 270
CNC Bore Mill
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for BO 130 CNC (Product Search) Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control with Manual Guide 0i, electronic hand-wheel, RS232 port, central lubrication, work lamp, operators manual and programming instructions Specifications BO 130 CNC Control Spindle diameter Drilling capacity Counter-boring capacity Spindle taper Table dimensions Max. table load capacity Spindle center-totable surface distance Table travel - Linear axis (X) - Transverse axis (W) Axial travel of spindle (Z axis) Headstock travel (Y axis) Number of slots / slot width Slot distance Spindle speed, infinitely var. Max. torque - Spindle - Feed motor (X, Z) - Feed motor (Y, W) Spindle feed Feed X, Y, W axis / rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Positioning accuracy (X, Y) (Z, W) Repeatability (X, Y) (Z, W) Work table rotation accuracy Work table repeatability Motor rating Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
lbs
Fanuc 0i-MD 5 50 10 BT 50 39.4 x 53 11000 0 - 47 39.4 59 21.7 47 7/0.87 9.8 12 - 1000
foot pound inch pound inch pound /min /min /min
Hp lbs
quantity/ rpm
980 195 265 .02 - 39.4 2 - 78/400 200 0.0016 0.0012 0.0008 0.0006 6 (4x90) 3 (4x90) 17.5/20 276 x 183 x 149 33,070 180 095
33
CN C M achi ni ng
Specifications BO 110 CNC Control Spindle diameter Finish bore Drilling capacity Spindle taper Table dimensions Max. table load capacity Distance spindle center-to-table distance Table travel linear axis (X) Transverse axis (W) Axial travel of spindle (Z axis) Headstock travel (Y axis) Facing slide travel Max. work diameter facing slide Table rotation (B)
lbs
Siemens 802D 4.3 9.4 2 BT/CAT 50 52x 40 11,000 0.2 35.6 51.1 22 47 35.4 6.2 24.8 360
Spindle speed, infinitely var. Facing slide speed (infinitely var.) Max. spindle torque Max. faceplate torque Max. axial feed force Spindle feed Feed X / Y / Z axis Feed W axis Feed facing slide Positioning accuracy Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Work table rotation accuracy Work table repeatability Motor rating Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
rpm rpm ft/lb ft/lb lb/force /min /min /min /min
Hp lbs
12 1100 4 125 800 800 2,900 lb 0.01 50 200 81 54 X .001; Y .002; Z.002 .0005 +/-6sec (4x90) +/-3sec (4x90) 15 192 x 96 x 108 26,450 100 065
Rotating setup table Precise table center support provided by preloaded axial/radial cylindrical roller bearings
Standard Equipment: Siemens 802D control, preloaded ball screws, central lubrication, electronic hand-wheel, RS-232 port, PC transfer software, programming instruction, operator manual
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for BO 110 CNC (Product Search)
Spindle speed and facing slide speed are infinitely variable Rotary table for a part weight up to 5 tons 3-axis CNC control Telescoping steel cover protects the guides from chips and dirt Rigid square guides are hardened and precision-ground to ensure exact work results for many years Wide machine bed with 4 guideways for linear table movement Precise table center support on cylindrical roller bearings Preloaded ball screws on all feed axes Automatic central lubrication Axially adjustable drill spindle with speeds up to 1100 rpm Powerful main drive motor with 15 Hp
34
BO 110 CNC
Heavy-Duty CNC Drill Unit with Siemens 802D control for large and heavy parts
CNC Drill Unit
35
CN C M achi ni ng
Specications PBZ Heavy X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel W axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (distance x width) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Feed Fapid feed X / Y axis Z axis rapid feed Work feed Tool changer Number of tool stations Tool size x L (max.) Tool weight (max.) Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Y axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (Contin./30 min) Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ Specications PBZ Heavy X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel W axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (distance x width) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y axis Z axis rapid feed Work feed Tool changer Number of tool stations Tool size x L (max.) Tool weight (max.) Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Y axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (Contin./30 min) Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
in in in in in lb in in rpm
2217 86.6 67 31.5 78.7 x 59 13,228 6.3 x 0.9 8 - 39 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.0014 0.0011 0.0011 0.0008
3217 126 67 31.5 118 x 59 17,637 6.3 x 0.9 8 - 39 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.0017 0.0011 0.0011 0.0008
3220 126 78.7 31.5 118 x 67 22,406 6.3 x 0.9 12 - 43 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.0017 0.0014 0.0011 0.0008
3225 126 98 31.5 118 x 83 33,069 6.3 x 0.9 12 - 43 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.0017 0.0014 0.0011 0.0008
4225 165 98 39 157.5 x 83.7 35,274 6.3 x 1.1 7.9 - 47 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.002 0.0014 0.0011 0.0008
in/min in/min in/min
in lb in in in in
Hp
20 / 25
20 / 25
20 / 25
30 / 35
30 / 35
in lb
236x138,6x177 55,116 170 050
307x138,6x197 60,186 170 051
322,8x157,5x197 66,139 170 052
322,8x178x189 81,571 170 053
39x178x197 97,003 170 054
in in in in in lb in in rpm
5225 205 98 39 197 x 47 44,093 6.3 x 1.1 7.9 - 47 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.0008
6225 244 98 39 236 x 83 48,502 6.3 x 1.1 7.9 - 47 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.0008
6232 244 126 39 236 x 110 70,548 7.9 x 1.1 7.9 - 47 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.0008
6232 W 244 126 39 47 236 x 110 70,548 7.9 x 1.1 0 - 47 50 - 6000 BT 50 394 315 236 32 7.9 x 11.8 44 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.0008
in/min in/min in/min
in lb in in in in
Hp
30 / 35
30 / 35
30 / 35
30 / 35
in lb
472x178x197 105,820 170 055
551x178x197 114,640 170 056
610x219x217 154,325 170 057
610x252x268 187,393 170 058
36
PBZ Heavy
Power - Performance - Precision
CNC Gantry-Type Machining Center

travel up to 244 table load capacity up to 70400 lbs
Bed, columns and travel tracks form a solid frame structure for high rigidity under hard machining conditions and high table loads Triple linear guides support the table across its entire travel distance in the X axis and allow table loads up to 70,548 lbs total weight (PBZ 6232) All axes feature preloaded ball screws, preloaded spindle nuts and powerful drive motors Quadruple linear guides of headstock on Z axis ensure maximum rigidity even with extra-long lay-outs The included hydraulic spindle gears allow a wide speed range and high torque Including weight balancing system for easy movement and precise Z axis positioning The main spindle features an oil cooler to ensure constantly balanced temperatures Quick tool changes via a tool-changer with dual-arm gripper Fanuc 0i MD control with Manual Guide for easy programming
and maximum reliability Chip conveyors on both sides of the table with a capacity of 121 lb/min ensure quick chip removal from workspace; including chain-type chip conveyor Productivity and flexibility can be increased even further by using any of the optional accessories: NC Rotary Table, 90 Angle Cutter (More accessessories upon request) Automatic central lubrication is included The PBZ 6232 with W axis allows optimum positioning of the traverse during machining of different types of workpieces
starting at
Options NC Rotary Table, 39 in diameter
Part No. 250 655
Price $ Side cutter head, manual swivel (360) 250 656
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-TD control, electronic hand-wheel, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, spindle oil cooler, RS-232 port, work lamp, guard covers, chip conveyor, alarm indicator lamp, foundation bolts, test certificate, operating tools, operator manual
37
CN C M achi ni ng
Rigid moving column design
Tool changer with dual-arm gripper
Heavy-duty machine base
Large T-slot rotary table can be positioned in increments of 1 (Quadrant 2500 Plus 0.001) allowing cost-effective multi-sided machining of complex and large workpieces in one setup. The massive headstock with a torsion-free and bendingresistant main spindle moves on premium bearings in a heavily ribbed machine column with large linear guideways Powerful servo drives and preloaded ball screws ensure optimum dynamics and precision The tool-changer with dual-arm gripper and 24 / 40 tool stations is mounted outside the work area, where it is well
Specifications Quadrant Working area Travel - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Table Minimum turning angle, indexing table Table dimensions Max. load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Headstock Spindle speed, max. Spindle mount Spindle nose-to-table distance Spindle center-to-table distance Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Operating speed Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Accuracy, indexing table Repeatability, indexing table Tool changer Tool mount Tool stations Tool dimensions (diameter x length) Max. tool weight Drive Capacities
Motor power, main drive(continuous mode / 30 min.)
protected and easily accessible Optional tool changers with 32 or 40 stations are available (Quadrant 800, 1000, 1200) The Fanuc control provides maximum reliability and functionality The easily accessible enclosure is included in the standard equipment and features a high-performance coolant system and a chip conveyor Plus central lubrication for low maintenance
800 in in in 31.5 23.5 24 1 20 x 24 1,102 6 x 0.6 x 3 6000 BT 50 6 - 30 2 - 26 49 / 39 / 49 0.04 - 197 0.0008 0.00004 6 2 BT 50 24 0.2 x 0.6 40 15 / 20 40 150 x 150 x 116 20,944 181 002
1000 39 31.5 35 1 25 x 25 4,409 5 x 0.7 x 5 6000 BT 50 8 - 43 0 - 31.5 49 / 39 / 49 0.04 - 197 0.0008 0.00004 6 2 BT 50 24 0.2 x 0.6 40 20 / 25 45 169 x 157 x 120 27,558 181 003
1200 47 35.5 35 1 31.5 x 31.5 6,614 5 x 0.7 x 6 6000 BT 50 10 - 46 0 - 35.5 49 / 39 / 49 0.04 - 197 0.0008 0.00004 6 2 BT 50 24 0.2 x 0.6 40 25 / 30 50 169 x 157 x 124 34,172 181 004
1500 59 47 43 1 47 x 47 11,023 5 x 0.9 x 8 6000 BT 50 13 - 56 0 - 47 49 / 49 / 49 0.04 - 197 0.001 0.0005 20 2 BT 50 40 0.2 x 0.6 44 25 / 20 50 236 x 236 x 209 48,502 181 005
2500 98 59 59 1 59 x 59 17,637 5 x 1.1 x 11 6000 BT 50 25 - 84 0 - 59 39 / 39 / 39 0.04 - 197 0.0012 0.0006 15 2 BT 50 40 0.2 x 0.6 44 25 / 30 55 307 x 287 x 220 57,320 181 006
2500 Plus 98 71 59 0,01 79 x 79 22,046 5 x 1.1 x 11 6000 BT 50 35 - 94 0 - 71 39 / 39 / 39 0.04 - 197 0.0012 0.0006 15 2 BT 50 40 0.2 x 0.6 44 25 / 30 55 335 x 287 x 256 66,139 181 007
in lb in rpm in in ft/min in/min in in mm mm
qty in lb Hp kVA in lb
Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
38
Quadrant
Horizontal CNC Machining Center
starting at
Horizontal Bed-type CNC Milling Center with rotary table Maximum precision plus maximum machining power
Heavy machine body and special T-bed design for utilizing the advantages of horizontal machining plus superior rigidity allowing workpiece weights up to 22,046 lbs (Quadrant 2500 Plus) Machine bed, table and column are made of premium cast-iron to provide optimum damping properties
Wide box-ways on the machine bed ensure superior stability and excellent geometrical accuracy The wide table console and the on Y traversable column rest securely on the guides across the entire travel distance; no tilting moment, reduced wear
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control, indexing table - 1 (Quadrant 2500 Plus - 0.001), electronic hand-wheel, 24-station or 40-station dual arm tool changer, chip conveyor and chip cart, full enclosure, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work space lighting, signal lamp to indicate lubricant loss, spray gun, air gun, operating tools, operating and programming instructions Options Coolant flow through spindle Optional Quadrant 800 1000 1200 Automatic 32-station tool changer Part No. 250 802 250 800 Price $ Automatic 40-station tool changer Linear Scale Optional Quadrant 1200 1500 2500 Linear Scale 250 801 250 803 250 804
For more information, visit
www.knuth-usa.com
39
CN C M achi ni ng
Fully functional 4th axis for all-around machining on 4 sides
Extensive standard equipment - and a wide variety of options
Premium machine frame with linear guides on all 3 axes Options Fanuc 18i-MB control Spindle (15,000 rpm) HSK 63A Spindle motor 10,000 rpm (20 / 25 Hp) Motor & spindle set: 15,000 rpm BT40 with inside spindle cooling (20 bar) 60-station tool changer Part No. 250 661 250 664 250 666 250 670 250 673 Price $
40-station chain-driven tool changer Renishaw TS27R stylus Renishaw OPM40-2 stylus for 3D measuring Optical scales, X / Y / Z axis Inside spindle cooler (290 psi) 10,000 rpm Chip flushing system Oil/water separator 250 674 250 675 250 676 250 679 250 682 250 683
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-MD control, 40-station chain-driven tool changer, 2-station pallet changer, indexing table 360, automatic central lubrication, spindle cooler, foundation bolts, machine feet, coolant system, chain-type chip conveyor, chip conveyor with collection container, electronic hand-wheel, operating tools, operating and programming instructions Specifications Scalar 500 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Headstock Spindle speed Headstock torque (max.) Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Feed speed X / Y / Z axis Tool Changer Number of tool stations Tool changing time, tool/tool
in in in in lb in rpm ft/lb
24 20 26.7 19.7 x 19.7 992 5.5 - 29.5 10000 70 ISO 40 1,260 0.04 - 315
Tool weight (max.) Tool length (max.) Tool diameter (max.) Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont. / 30 min.) Motor rating for X axis Motor rating Y axis Motor rating for Z axis Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
lb in in in in Hp Hp Hp Hp
15.4 11.8 3 0.0001 0.0001 15 / 20 5.4 5.4 5.4
in/min in/min
in lb
sec
40 3
188 x 91 x 98 21,231 170 072
40
Scalar 500
Horizontal Machining Center
Dual pallet changer system, 40 tool stations, axis and travel speeds up to 105 ft/min = Increased efficiency - Less downtime
Premium machine frame made of Meehanite casting, which has been tempered to ensure an extremely rigid structure with excellent damping properties Linear guides on all three axes ensure highest positioning accuracy, even during rapid axis movements Large spindle nose-to-table distance (5.5 - 29.5 in) allowing complex clamping means and workpieces Work piece changes via APC pallet changer allows concurrent work pieces during production for increased efficiency and to give you a competitive edge
Tool changer: servomotor-driven, maximum positioning accuracy (0.000157 in) and 40 tool stations are standard (60 stations available as optional equipment) High travel speeds up to 105 ft/min and spindle speeds up to 10,000 rpm (15,000 rpm optional) Fully functional 4th axis for all-around machining on 4 sides Positioning accuracy of 4th axis is 0.001 deg. Fanuc 0i-MD control is user-friendly, powerful and innovative Extensive chip flushing system for optimum chip removal flow 41
CN C M achi ni ng
Work table and machine frame are made of premium cast-iron and are combined into one unit, resulting in maximum machine stability and extremely quiet operation with optimum vibration damping characteristics Moving column design combined with a gear drive allows dynamic rapid feed speeds up to 66 ft/min, regardless of workpiece weights Zero-backlash moving column feed across the entire travel distance is guaranteed by two gearboxes mounted against each other. This allows immediate power transmission onto the gears and ensures a high degree of efficiency and minimum energy loss
The long milling table holds loads up to 6,614 lbs and allows simultaneous clamping of multiple parts, or long-bed machining Equipped with a GPlus 450 control, the Matrix impresses experienced users with its flexibility, user-friendly operation as well as easy and quick programming of graphics supported milling and drilling cycles Includes totally enclosed work space, 24-station tool turret and 3-axis central lubrication system Powerful spindle with speeds up to 12,000 rpm spindle cooler optional
Options 12,000 rpm-1 spindle and spindle cooler Specifications for Matrix Working area X axis travel Y / Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table distance Headstock Speed range Headstock torque (max.) Spindle mount Feed Work feed X / Y / Z axis Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool size x L (max.)
Part No. 250 684
Price $
32-station tool changer Coolant flow through spindle 4000 6000 236.2 23.6 23.6 x 236.2 5,512 5 x 0.7 x 3.9 4 - 28 60 - 8000 70 BT 40 0.04 - 787 24 5 x 11.8 8000
250 685 250 689
in in in lb in in rpm ft/lb
157.5 23.6 23.6 x 157.5 4,409 5 x 0.7 x 3.9 4 - 28 60 - 8000 70 BT 40 0.04 - 787 24 5 x 11.8
315 23.6 23.6 x 315 6,614 5 x 0.7 x 3.9 4 - 28 60 - 8000 70 BT 40 0.04 - 787 24 5 x 11.8
in/min
in
42
Matrix
Moving Column Vertical CNC Machining Center
Powerful, Precise, and Robust For efficient milling of very large and heavy parts
starting at
Matrix 6000 shown
Table loads up to 6,614 lbs (Matrix 8000) Long-bed machining and clamping of several workpieces
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450, 24-station tool turret, coolant system, totally enclosed work space, automatic central lubrication, spindle blowout system, heat exchanger for control cabinet,electronic hand-wheel, mounting bolts, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions Specifications for Matrix Tool weight (max.) Tool changing time chip/chip Tool changing time, tool/tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Motor rating X axis Motor rating Y axis Motor rating Z axis Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ 4000 15.4 1.2 2.5 0.0002 0.0001 10 / 15 7 5 5 354 x 158 x 118 44,093 181 061 6000 15.4 1.2 2.5 0.0002 0.0001 10 / 15 7 5 5 433 x 158 x 118 50,706 181 062 8000 15.4 1.2 2.5 0.0002 0.0001 10 / 15 7 5 5 512 x 158 x 118 55,116 181 063
lb sec sec in in Hp Hp Hp Hp in lb
43
CN C M achi ni ng
Chip Flushing System
Gear step (standard)
X.mill 1890 with gears (option) shown
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper Totally enclosed work space Spiral chip conveyor
Electronic hand-wheel Servo drives on all axes spindle with gear step 6000 rpm BT 50 spindle oil cooler Pneumatic tool clamping Air-conditioned control cabinet Part No. 250 055 250 054 Price $
Chip ushing system Thread cutting without compensating chuck Coolant system Air and coolant spray wand Automatic central lubrication
Work space lighting Signal lamp Alignment elements Operating tools Operating manual and programming instructions 250 046 250 047
Options Chain-type chip conveyor (X.mill 1680) Chain-type chip conveyor (X.mill 1890) Specifications Control Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table distance Throat (spindle center to frame) Headstock Spindle speed Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Work feed X / Y / Z axis
Tool length measurement Coolant fed through spindle (1020 psi) 4th axis, see page 247 X.mill 1680 GPlus 450 63 32 27.5 67 x 32 4850 7 x 0.7 x 4.75 7 x 34.5 35.25 6000 BT50 590 0.04 - 276
X.mill 1890 GPlus 450 71 36 27.5 75 x 36 6610 7 x 0.7 x 4.75 7 x 34.5 40.25 6000 BT50 590 0.04 - 276
lbs
rpm
/min /min
44
X.mill 1680 1890

Rigidity, maximum precision and cost-effective operation make this proven series even more powerful
starting at
Vertical CNC Machining Centers
X.mill 1890 shown with optional accessories
Extra wide cast-iron frame with heavy ribbing minimizes vibrations, resonance and torsion to ensure maximum accuracy and optimum surfaces of the part Extra-wide rectangular X axis guideways ensure superior rigidity during heavy chip removal operations and allow machining of large and heavy parts
Specications Number of tool stations Tool size x L (max.) For tooling Tool weight (max.) Tool changing time, tool/tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main drive (continuous/30 min) Motor rating for X / Y / Z axis drive Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ X.mill 1680 24 4 x 12 7 x 12 33 2.5 0.0002 / 12 0.00012 Hp Hp 20 / 25 6/6/7 170 x 134 x 122 30,870 170 085
Extraordinary table load capacity up to 118 (X.mill 1890) All guideways are ground, hardened and protected by premium stainless steel covers Large, preloaded ball screws are driven directly by the servo motors
X.mill 1890 24 4 x 12 7 x 12 33 2.5 0.0002 / 12 0.00012 25 / 30 6/6/7 177 x 134 x 126 36,380 170 086 4th and 5th axis (optional)
lbs sec
lbs
45
CN C M achi ni ng
X.mill 1300 shown Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, tool changer with dual-arm gripper, chip conveyor, electronic hand-wheel, servo drives for all axes, pneumatic tool clamping, air conditioning, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, RS-232 and USB ports, automatic central lubrication operating tools, operator manual Options 4th axis, see page 247 X.mill 1300 GPlus 450 51 27.5 25.5 55 x 28 2200 5 x 0.7 x 6 6 - 31.5 31 60 - 8000 BT 50 590 394 0.2-197 24 0.0004 0.0002 Hp 15 / 20 140 x 137 x 121 24,260 182 240 X.mill 1500 GPlus 450 59 31.5 27.5 67 x 32 3300 5 x 0.8 x 5.25 6.5 - 34.35 31.5 60 - 8000 BT 50 590 394 0.2-197 24 0.0004 0.0002 20 / 25 168 x 134 x 121 30,870 182 238
Specifications Control Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Throat Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y axis Z axis rapid feed Work feed Tool Carrier Tool stations Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
lbs
rpm
/min /min /min
lbs
46
X.mill 1300 1500

for machining of large, heavy parts with extra-wide rectangular guides
starting at
CNC Vertical Machining Center
X.mill 1500 shown
Tool magazine for 24 tools, with quick double-arm gripper = tool changing time: 1.7 s Machine bed and vertical guide system feature very wide, hardended and ground rectangular guides 4-guideway system in the machine bed for high table load capacity (X.mill 1300,X.mill 1500) Large precision preloaded ballscrews, direct servo-motor drive
to ensure maximum reliability and precision Pneumatic tool clamping for easy and quick tool changes Automatic central lubrication for low-maintenance operation Powerful headstock motor, 15 to 25 Hp in continuous operation
4-track box way (X.mill 1300 / 1500) Heavy-duty torsion-resistant cast-iron frame
47
CN C M achi ni ng
Tool changer with dual-arm gripper
Extra-wide machine bed
Precise linear guide system Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper Electronic hand-wheel Options Milling spindle, 10,000 rpm Milling spindle, 15000 rpm Rapid feed X / Y axis, 48 m/min Specifications X.mill 1100 L Working area X / Y / Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table distance Throat Headstock Spindle speed (max.) Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X, Y / Z axis Work feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Spiral chip conveyor Spindle Oil Cooler Enclosed work space Work lamp with program end indicator Part No. 250 216 250 231 250 230 Price $
Preloaded ball screws Ethernet and USB port Air-conditioned control cabinet Automatic central lubrication Coolant system Chip flushing system plus spray gun for flushing, 12 bar Compressed air gun Operating tools Operating manual and programming instructions 250 217 250 222 250 229
Autom. tool length measurement Coolant fed through milling spindle (30 bar) Chain-type chip conveyor 4th axis, see page 247
lbs
43 / 23.5 / 27.5 47 x 24 1870 5 x 0.7 x 4 4 - 31.5 25.75 8000 BT 40 1417 / 1180 0.04-472 24
rpm
/min /min
Tool size x L (max.) Tool weight (max.) Tool changing time chip/chip Tool changing time, tool/tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Motor rating for X / Y / Z axis drive Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
lbs sec sec
3 x 12 17 8 1.6 0.00012 0.0008
Hp Hp
15 / 20 4/4/6 114 x 87x 106 15,000 170 082
lbs
48
X.mill 1100 L
Precise and quick - for machining of complex and heavy parts
Machine frame with linear guides in an extra-wide configuration, rigid construction for efficient machining Linear guide system for rapid feeds up to 1890 /min (option) High-precision preloaded ball screws on all 3 axes Dual-arm 24-station tool changer for quick and precise tool changes
Chip conveyor and purge system for optional chip remover system Very accessible work table for easy setup and tooling Enclosed work space ensures safe and contamination-free work
49
CN C M achi ni ng
Massive machine head and rigid column design
Extra-wide, very rigid machine frame
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper, electronic hand-wheel, spiral chip conveyor, spindle oil cooler, enclosed work space, work lamp, machine status light, Ethernet and USB ports, air-conditioned control cabinet, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, chip flushing system and spray gun for rinsing (174 psi), air gun, operating tools, operating and programming instructions Options Chain-type chip conveyor Automatic tool length measurement Specications X.mill 900 L Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x distance)) Spindle nose-to-table distance Throat Headstock Spindle speed Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y axis Z axis rapid feed Work feed X / Y axis Z axis work feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Part No. 250 631 250 632 Price $ Coolant through spindle (435 psi) Spindle, 10,000 rpm including spindle oil cooler 4th axis, see page 247 250 633 250 638
in in in in lb in in in rpm
33.5 21.7 21.7 37.4 x 21.7 1,102.3 5 x 0.71 x 4 3.9 - 25.6 24.9 8000 BT40 944.9 787.4 0.2 - 394 0.2 - 472 24
in/min in/min in/min in/min
Tool size x L (max.) Tool weight (max.) Tool-changing time Chip/chip Tool-changing time Tool/tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Motor rating - Main drive (contin./30 min) - X / Y / Z axis drive Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
in lb sec sec in in
3 / 4.7 x 11.8 17.6 7 2 0.00016 0.00012
Hp Hp in lb
15 / 20 3.9 102 x 87 x 106 11,464 182 249
50
X.mill 900 L
The Multi-Purpose Machine - Rigid and Powerful
CNC Machining Center
starting at
Extra rigid heavy-duty machine frame for high static loads and heavy-duty machining High-quality linear guides ensure rigidity and durability High-precision preloaded ball screws on all 3 axes Very accessible work table for easy setup of clamping tools and workpieces
Powerful servo-drives ensure high feed dynamics Effective coolant system ensures optimum use of tools and excellent chip removal 24-station tool changer with dual-arm tool gripper - short changing times and high capacity A multitude of options allow maximum customization to meet any requirements
Preloaded precision ball screws
Servo drives on all 3 axes
51
CN C M achi ni ng
NEW with Siemens Sinumerik 828D
X.mill 640 with Siemens control and 4th axis (option) shown Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control or Siemens 828 D, electronic hand-wheel, servo drives on all three axes, 16-station tool changer, pneumatic tool clamping, air conditioning, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, Ethernet and USB ports, inclined chip tray, automatic central lubrication, spindle oil cooler, operating tools, operator manual. Options for X.mill 640 (with Siemens 828 D) 4th axis, see page 247
Specifications X.mill 640 GPlus 450 Siemens 828 D Working area X axis travel in 25.2 25.2 Y axis travel in 15.7 15.7 Z axis travel in 19.7 19.7 Table dimensions in 29.5 x 14.2 29.5 x 14.2 Table height in 33.5 33.5 Table load capacity lbs 661 661 T-slots (qty x width x spacing) in 3 x 0.7 x 4 3 x 0.7 x 4 Spindle nose-to-table dist. in 2.0 - 21.6 2.0 - 21.6 Headstock Speed range rpm 60 - 8000 60 - 8000 Spindle throat in 16.9 16.9 Spindle mount MAS BT 40 MAS BT 40 Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis in/min 1,181 1,181 Work feed in/min 0.2 - 197 0.4 - 197 4th axis with tailstock, vertical and horizontal setup (option) Manual lathe chuck in 6 Positioning accuracy sec 40 Repeatability sec 4 Braking torque ft/lb 169.6
Gear ratio Spindle mount Dimensions Weight (with motor) Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool size x length (max.) Tool weight (max.) Tool changing time, Tool/Tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (contin./30 min) Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. Price $
in lbs qty in lb sec in in Hp
16 3.1 x 9.8 18 1.6 0.00012 0.00008 10 / 15
90 : 1 A-6 7.3 x 3.5 x 6.9 154.3 16 3.1 x 9.8 18 1.6 0.00012 0.00008 9 / 13
in in
76 x 98 x 94 7,937 181 285
76 x 98 x 94 9,259 181 286
52
X.mill 640

4th and 5th axis (optional)
The Power Package = Compact, Powerful, Precise and Very Economical
X.mill 640 with GPlus control is shown
starting at
Premium linear guides on all axes Powerful axis servo drives Solid cast-iron machine body serves as foundation for high precision at high travel speeds, and powerful chip removal
Options for X.mill 640 (with GPlus 450) 4th axis, see page 247
Totally enclosed work space with side doors ensures maximum safety and flexibility
GPlus 450 control
Siemens Sinumerik 828D
53
CN C M achi ni ng
Closed cooling circuit supplies preloaded ball screws, spindle and motor bearings
KNUTH Machining Centers with mineral casting frame

for high-precision production and maximum productivity
Excellent damping properties High rigidity Excellent thermal stability High-speed advance and rapid feed for a significantly increased machine efficiency Constant accuracy and stability ensured by premium preloaded ball screws with integrated cooling (X.mill 700 HS) Milling spindle with closed cooling circuit for maximum precision and durability at high-speed machining operations (X.mill 700 HS) Superior mechanical properties of the total component package ensure longer tool life Easy accessibility of work table for easy setup and tooling
1. Preloaded ball screws feature internal cooling to prevent excessive heat build-up during high-speed machine operation 2. The cutter spindle features closed-circuit cooling to ensure a constant optimum temperature range 3. The milling motor bearing is integrated into the cooling circuit to prevent any heat transfer from the motor to the cutter head 4. High-capacity cooling system
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 CNC control or Siemens 828 D control, 24-station tool changer with dual-arm gripper, electronic handwheel, spiral chip conveyor, totally enclosed work space, work lamp with program end indicator, Ethernet and USB ports, cooling system for milling spindle (700 HS), cooling system for preloaded ball screw (700 HS), air-conditioned control cabinet, automatic central lubrication, cutting oil system, spray gun for rinsing, operating tools, operating and programming instructions Options Part No. Price $ Milling spindle HSK-E 50 with 24,000 rpm (Model HS) 250 241 Milling spindle HSK-E 50 with 30,000 rpm (Model HS) 250 242 Automatic tool length measurement 250 217 Coolant nozzle ring for milling spindle 250 313 Linear scale measuring system (Model HS) 250 248 4th axis; see page 247 Additional options available upon request
54
X.mill 700 700 HS

World-Class High-Performance Machining Center features Mineral Casting Frame
starting at
Premium CNC Machining Center
NEW with Siemens 828 D Main spindle speed up to 30,000 rpm (optional) Preloaded ball screws with inside cooling Rapid feed 197 ft/min Axis acceleration 1g
Specifications Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (Number/Width/Spacing) Spindle nose-to-table distance Throat (Spindle center to frame distance) Headstock / Drive type Spindle speed Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Work feed X / Y / Z axis Tool Carrier Number of tool stations
X.mill 700 in in in in lb qty/in in in 27.6 19.7 19.7 29.5 x 17.7 661 5 x 5/8 x 3 3 - 22.5 21 Belt drive 8000 BT 40 1,181 393 24
X.mill 700 HS 27.6 19.7 19.7 29.5 x 17.7 661 5 x 5/8 x 3 3 - 22.5 21 (GPlus) 18 (Siemens) Direct drive 15000 BT 40 2,362 472 24
rpm
Tool size x L (max.) Tool weight (max.) Tool-changing time - Chip/Chip - Tool/Tool Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Motor rating - Main drive (Cont/30 min) - X / Y / Z axis drive Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions
in lb sec sec in in
3 (4.75) x 10 17.6 3 2.5 0.00012 / 12 0.00008 / 12
3 (4.75) x 10 17.6 3 2.5 0.00012 / 12 0.00008 / 12 10 / 15 (GPlus) 12 / 17 (Siemens) 4 22 102 x 98 x 106 13,228 181 260 181 261
Hp Hp kVA in
10 / 15 2.5 20 98 x 98 x 106 13,228 170 083 -
in/min in/min qty
Weight lb Part No. with GPlus 450 control Price $ with GPlus 450 control Part No. with Siemens 828 D control Price $ with Siemens 828 D control
55
CN C M achi ni ng
EcoMill 350
The perfect machine for your entry into the world of CNC machining!
Compact Milling Machine with GPlus CNC control for cost-effective single parts and batch productions Rigid cast-iron bed with hardened and counter-coated box ways Preloaded ball screws on all axes, driven by powerful servomotors Infinitely variable speed (60 to 3000 rpm) Telescoping guideway cover made of stainless steel on Y axis Mechanical weight balance on Z axis Electronic hand-wheel simplifies machine set-up High-quality spindle bearing ensures very quiet operation and long service life Complete enclosure with large sliding door and wide-opening side doors for easy access and optimum protection Reliable central lubrication
CNC Milling Machine
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, coolant system, collet chuck ISO 30 with collets (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2 in diam.), central lubrication, electronic handwheel, work lamp, USB port, M16 draw bar, operating tools, programming instructions Specifications EcoMill 350 Control Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Throat Max. milling capacity, vertical Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Work feed X / Y / Z axis Speed range Spindle mount Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating X axis Motor rating Y/Z axis Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ rpm 60 - 3000 ISO 30 0.0001 0.0005 3.0 0.6 1.14 0.05 72 x 63 x 77 3,087 180 122
GPlus 450 in in in in lb in in in in in/min in/min 15.2 9.1 15.2 31.5 x 9.5 220.5 3 x 0.55 x 3 2.4 - 18.1 11.8 0.5 236.2 0.098 - 78.7
in in Hp Hp Hp Hp in lb
56
EcoCenter 350
Compact Machining Center with 10-station tool changer
This high-performance vertical machining center was developed based on the proven design of the EcoMill machining center A reliable 10-station tool changer minimizes downtime, resulting in a significant increase in productivity Higher motor rating for powerful machining and an even more effective use of tool technologies Wide speed range, infinitely variable (60 - 6000 rpm) Telescoping guideway cover made of stainless steel on Y and Z axis
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, coolant system, totally enclosed work space, work lamp, USB port, central lubrication, electronic hand-wheel, 10-station tool changer, operating tools, operating instructions Specifications EcoCenter 350 Control Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Throat Max. milling capacity, vertical Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Work feed X / Y / Z axis Headstock Speed range
Options for this machine are listed on our website under EcoCenter (product search) BT 30 qty in lb in in Hp Hp Hp in lb 10 3.6 x 4.7 8.8 0.0001 0.0004 5 1 0.05 74 x 65 x 79 3,351 180 123
GPlus 450 in in in in lb in in in in in/min in/min rpm 15.7 9.5 15 31.5 x 9.5 221 3 x 0.55 x 3 2.4 - 18 11.8 0.5 236 0.098 - 78.74 60 - 6000
Spindle mount Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool size x length (max.) Tool weight (max.) Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating Y / Y / Z axis Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
57
CN C M achi ni ng
Mark Super CNC

Low-Cost Entry-Level CNC Milling Machine with advanced Windows-based GPlus control
Proven box-column design made of cast-iron and hardened guideways ensure high table load capacities up to 441 lb Powerful main motor with electronic controls and low-noise 2-step gears ensure high torque and a wide speed range Vertical cutter head with manual quill feed can be switched via hand-wheel to precision feed for maximum flexibility The cutter head swivels 45 to both sides, quill feed allows angular bores Servo motors on all axes provide precise and constantly accurate positioning of the work table via preloaded ball screws Ideal for single parts production: by omitting the enclosure, the operator has plenty of clear space for handling the workpiece and clamping medium; therefore, the control will operate only in a single-set mode
CNC Drill Press/Milling Machine
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, Ethernet and USB port, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, base frame, operating tools, operator manual For available options for this machine, visit our website and search Mark Super CNC (product search) Specications Mark Super CNC Working area X / Y / Z axis travel Table dimensions T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Head stroke, vertical Spindle nose-to-table dist. Table load capacity (max.) Vertical Cutter Head Spindle motor rating Spindle speed, vertical Spindle mount Quill stroke Throat Head swivel range Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Feed X / Y / Z axis Accuracy Positioning accuracy / repeatability Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating Y / Y / Z axis Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ 45 in/min in/min in Hp Hp in lb 236 0.04 - 157.5 0.00016 / 0.0001 2.0 2.0 / 2.0 / 3.0 67 x 75 x 79 1,543 180 260
in in in in in lb Hp rpm in in
19.7 / 11 / 15.7 31.5 x 9.4 3 x 0.55 x 3 15.7 2.0 - 17.7 441 2.0 3000 ISO 30 4.7 11.4
58
KSB 40 50 CNC
CNC Drill Press for Drilling, Reaming and Thread-Cutting in Series-Production
This heavy-duty box-type column design made of cast-iron with wide, hardened, plastic-coated rectangular guideways is extremely rigid and vibration-resistant Powerful main motor with manual transmission ensures high torque across the entire speed range Very solid, heavy-duty design ensures quiet, smooth operation, even at highest loads Large work space and wide set-up area facilitate easy machining of enclosures Powerful servo motors and premium preloaded ball screws ensure quick and accurate positioning of the work table Automatic central lubrication for low maintenance and low wear The Siemens 802 S control is easy to program and allows the creation of programs with customized cycles and graphical support, including circle of holes, row of holes, drilling, countersinking, and deep-hole boring
starting at
CNC Drill Press
KSB 50 CNC is shown
Standard Equipment: Siemens Control 802 S, drill chuck 3-16 mm / B18, reducing sleeve MT5 - MT4, reducing sleeve MT4 - MT3, reducing sleeve MT3 - MT2, halogen work lamp, coolant system, fastening bolts, operating tools, operating instructions Options for this machine are listed on our website under KSB 40 or 50 CNC (Product Search) Specications Drilling capacity in steel in Working area Table setup area in T-slots (qty x width x dist) in Quill stroke in Vertical table travel in Z axis feed in/min Feed force, axial (max.) lb Distance in Spindle nose-to-table dist. (max.) Throat in Vertical head travel in KSB 40 CNC 1.5 33.5 x 17.7 3 x 0.6 x 4 9.8 23.6 x 11.8 60 3600 10.2 - 27.6 13.2 7.9 KSB 50 CNC 2.0 33.5 x 17.7
3 x 0.6 x 4
9.8 23.6 x 11.8 60 3600 8.7 - 27.6 13.2 7.9
Headstock Speed range Torque (max.) Spindle taper Drive Capacities Headstock motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Flow-rate, coolant pump Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
rpm ft/lb
315 - 1400 258 MT 4 4 0.12
315 - 1400 258 MT 5 5 0.12 6.6 73 x 68 x 98 4,409 101 671
Hp Hp
gal/min 6.6 in 73 x 68 x 98 lb 4,409 101 670
59
CN C M achi ni ng
Heat-treated machine bed made of premium HT300 cast-iron Large, induction-hardened and precision-ground rectangular guides with synthetic coating ensure optimum sliding and damping properties 4-step precision gears and infinitely variable 74 Hp main motor - for high torque (up to 29,500 ft/lbs) across the entire speed range High-precision preloaded ball screws from renown manufacturers on all axes Includes the proven Siemens 802 D SL control All guideways are lubricated timely via a central lubrication
system Hydraulic clamping of cross traverse Highly accessible 4-jaw face chuck allows easy clamping of complex workpiece The work area is easily accessible through a wide opening safety door Stand-alone control cabinet to reduce vibrations affecting electronic components Hip conveyor and chip cart round off this extensive standard equipment
Face plate with 4-station tool changer
Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 D SL control, electronic hand wheel, 4-jaw face chuck, electrical 4-station tool changer, totally enclosed work space, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, separate control cabinet, heat exchanger for control cabinet, signal lamp, chip conveyor, chip tray, hydraulic unit, oil cooler, work space lighting, operating tools, operator manual Options Part-No. Price $ Hydraulic 3-Jaw Chuck 250 249 Electric 5-station Tool Changer 250 250 Electric 6-station Tool Changer 250 251 For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VDM 1250, 1600, 2000 (Product Search) Specifications VDM Control Working area Turning diameter (max.) Max. machining height X axis travel Z axis travel W axis travel, vertical Max. part weight Headstock Speed range Torque (max.) Lathe chuck diameter Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis W axis feed 1250 Siemens 802 D SL 49 39 33.5 27.5 26 7050 1 - 250 18,440 41 236 17 1600 Siemens 802 D SL 63 47 40 31.5 33 / 41 11,010 1 - 200 23,600 55 236 17 2000 Siemens 802 D SL 78.75 49 49 32 35 17,630 3,2 - 100 29,500 71 236 17
lbs rpm ft/lbs
/min /min
60
CNC Vertical Lathes
VDM 1250 1600 2000

Efficience and Precision with proven control technology
starting at
Specifications VDM Tool Changer Number of tool stations Tool-changing time (tool to tool) Tool weight (max.) Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont. / 30 min.) Motor rating Y / Z axis Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
1250 4 30 55 0.0012 0.0006 Hp Hp 40 / 50 3 191x113x134 19,850 180 650
1600 4 30 55 0.0012 0.0006 60 / 74 3 207x128x146 29,110 180 651
2000 4 30 55 0.0012 0.0006 60 / 74 3 240x130x161 33,070 180 652
s lbs
lbs
61
CN C M achi ni ng
Cost-effective Vertical Lathe for Large Turning Diameters VDL 800

Massive headstock and heavy machine bed with wide boxways ensure maximum rigidity during heavy-duty machining Flat profile of headstock allows easy tooling and unloading of machine Optimized design for easy accessibility via crane and fork-lift All guideways are protected effectively with solid covers Automatic feed on X and W axis, without thread-cutting Face plate chuck with individually clampable jaws, with a maximum clamping diameter of 31.5 in Infinitely variable main spindle drive with powerful 10.0 Hp motor and 2-step gears
VDL 800 is shown
Standard Equipment of VDM / VDL: 3-axis position indicator (2-axis position indicator on VDL 800), vertical and horizontal tool holder, central automatic lubrication, work lamp, foundation bolts, operating tools, operator manual For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for VDM or VDL (Product Search) Specications Working area Max. in-gap diameter Turning of upper tool holder set Turning of side tool holder set Max. machining height Travel - X1 axis, upper support - Z1 axis, upper support - W axis travel - X2 axis travel, side support - Z2 axis travel, side support Swivel range of upper tool holder Max. part length Nax. part weight Headstock Speed range Max. torque of headstock VDM 800 in in in in in in in in in in lb rpm ft/lb 31.5 31.5 28 31.5 22 24 23 20 32 30 31.5 2,646 (16) 10-315 7,376 VDM 1000 39 39 35 31.5 26 25.5 23 20 32 30 31.5 4,409 (16) 8-250 9,220 VDM 1250 49 49 39 39 28 25.5 26 24 35 30 39 1,819 VDM 1600 63 63 55 39 36 31.5 26 25 35 30 39 11,023 VDM 2300 90.5 90.5 79 53 45 31.5 35 25 45 30 53 17,637 (16) 2.5-80 23,602 VDM 2600 102 102 90.5 59 51 39 43 29 46.5 30 59 22,046 (16) 1.2-40 23,602 VDL 800 31.5 20 20 3,15 20 360 24 1,323 (2) 0-160 -
(16) 6.3-200 (16) 5-160 12,907 18,439
62
VDM 800 - 2600 VDL 800

Solid and proven technology, power and precision for the production of heavy workpieces VDM
Optimum tooling and easy access for cranes and forklift trucks top support includes a 5-station tool holder, side support with independent feed for perfect inside and outside turning The heavy column design and hardened guideways for cross traverse and side support give this machine the proper rigidity to support its power Cross traverse clamping is hydraulic, and the set position will be fixated exactly The material and sturdy guide structure give the vertical boom excellent stability and accuracy for large throat widths The spindle runs in a high-precision double-row roller bearings and is adjustable Reduction gear drive ensures high torque and speed ranges of 1.2 - 40 up to 10 - 315 rpm (Depending on model)-1 including position indicator
Vertical Lathes
starting at
shown without 5-station tool changer
Specications Rotary table diameter Feed Feed speed X / Z axis W axis feed Rapid feed of upper / side support Tool holder Tool weight (max.) Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating X axis Motor rating Z axis Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
in in/min in/min in/min in lb Hp Hp Hp in lb
VDM 800 28 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 20 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 95 x 83 x 109 14,330 300 380
VDM 1000 35 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 20 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 95 x 86 x 109 17,637 300 381
VDM 1250 39 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 30 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 93 x 89 x 110 19,842 300 382
VDM 1600 55 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 30 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 111 x 105 x 111 27,556 300 383
VDM 2300 79 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 40 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 126 x 112 x 130 39,683 300 384
VDM 2600 90.5 (0.5) 0.03-3.4 17 71 1.2 x 1.6 110 50 1.7 / 2.4 1.7 / 2.4 130 x 158 x 138 48,502 300 385
VDL 800 27.6 0.2-4.8 (only X) 0.2-4.8 0.8 x 2 22 10 1 1 59 x 59 x 79 3,968 300 379
63
CN C M achi ni ng
Compact 720 shown
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-TD control, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 10 in (Compact 580), hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 8 in (Compact 600), hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 15 in (Compact 720), hydraulic 10-station tool turret (Compact 580), hydraulic 12-station tool turret (Compact 600), hydraulic 8-station tool turret (Compact 720), hydraulic tailstock (Compact 580 and Compact 720), coolant system, chip conveyor, chip collection container, foundation bolts, machine feet, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, foot switch for chuck, grease gun, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions, maintenance manual Options for Compact 580 600 Workpiece gripper Automatically opening and closing door Manual tool setter Oil and coolant separator Options for Compact 720 Manual tool setter Steady rest (manual) Specifications Compact Control Working area Turning diameter over bed (max) Turning diameter over support (max) Part length (max.) X axis travel Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Spindle inside taper Lathe chuck diameter Spindle bore Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder diameter Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Y / Z axis Repeatability X / Y / Z axis Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (continuous / 30 min.) Motor rating Y / Z axis Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ Part No. 250 693 250 694 250 695 250 696 Part No. 250 705 250 701 Price $ Workspace vacuum exhaust and wet-collector for oil Bar feed Programmable tailstock Driven tools & C-axis
250 697 250 698 250 699 250 700
Price $ Rotating quill Coolant system 580 Fanuc 0i-TD 600 Fanuc 0i-TD 23.6 15.7 18.5 8.5 19.7 50 - 4900 A2-6 8 2.4 1,417 1,417 12 0.98 x 0.98 1.6 0.00015 0.0001 15 / 20 4 26 146 x 89 x 84 11,288 180 451 250 702 250 704 720 Fanuc 0i-TD 33.5 19.7 39.4 13.8 43.3 40 - 2000 A2-11 15 5.2 472 787 8 1.26 x 1.26 2.0 0.0002 0.0001 30 / 35 5 30 233 x 90 x 100 28,440 180 452
in in in in in rpm in in in/min in/min
22.8 14 25.8 9.3 27.6 50 - 3500 A2-8 10 3.4 1,181 1,181 10 0.98 x 0.98 1.6 0.00015 0.0001 20 / 25 4 26 167 x 72 x 89 13,118 180 450
in in in in Hp Hp kVA in lb
64
Compact 580 600 720

Robust, powerful and universal with machining lengths up to 39.4 in
extensive standard equipment
CNC Inclined Bed Lathes
starting at
Compact 600 shown
Construction and material of the machine frame ensure optimum dampening of vibrations and lasting, consistent machining accuracy Turning diameters up to 33.5 in and center width up to 39.4 in allow machining of large parts Inclined bed with an angle of 45 or 30 (Compact 600) ensure smooth flow of chips to the standard chip conveyor Linear guides on X and Y for high rapid feed speeds and high positioning accuracy Headstock and spindle head ensure maximum accuracy, even at high, continuous loads The advanced cooling system prevents thermal influences and
ensures low-wear operation Preloaded ballscrews ensure zero backlash and excellent rigidity These features combined with a large leadscrew ensure minimum temperature influence and high dynamics Fanuc 0i-TD - proven control with absolute reliability Extensive standard equipment, including hydraulic tool turret, hydraulic power chuck, and hydraulic tailstock (Compact 580, Compact 720) Laser calibration for controlling the positioning accuracy ensures maximum precision 65
CN C M achi ni ng
CNC Lathe
B
starting at
StarChip 450
Powerful and dynamic - includes extensive standard equipment
Inclined 45 machine bed, monoblock design, made of premium tension-free annealed cast-iron Precision-ground preloaded ball screws with preloaded nuts and precision linear guides low maintenance and high reliability Hydraulic unit with coolant system to maintain constant
oil temperature during continuous operation High-pressure cooling system through the bidirectional tool turret Fanuc 0i-Mate Control with Manual Guide 0i Duplomatic 8-station tool turret for quick and bidirectional tool changes
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate control with Manual Guide 0i, electric handwheel, chip conveyor, hydraulic 8-station turret, hydraulic tailstock, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 8, high-pressure coolant system, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, programming manuals, operator manual, operating tools Option Handybar bar feed
Part No. 123 960 Price $
Heavybar 30 bar feed Max. spindle torque (cont./30 min.) Travels - X axis - Z axis Rapid feed of both preloaded ball screws Number of tool stations Tool shank Boring bar holder Tailstock quill/- Tailstock quill travel Dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part no. Price $
Specifications StarChip 450 Control Max. turning diam. - over bed - over support Max. workpiece diam. Max. workpiece length Machine bed incline Spindel speed Headstock motor type Spindle motor rating (cont./30 min.) Spindle taper Spindle bore Chuck bore 3-jaw hydraulic chuck
Fanuc 0i-Mate 17.7 8 11 19.5 45 45 - 4000 Fanuc B12/7000i 15-20 A 2-5 1.377 2 8
ft/lbs
/min
rpm Hp
lbs
67/91 6.5 19.5 800 1.25 8 0.8 x 0.8 1.3 MT 5 / 3.15 4 142 x 70 x 70 11023 180 150
66
Turnstar 200 C
Low-cost turned parts with maximum precision!
CNC Horizontal Lathe
starting at
Ribbed, wide machine bed made of tempered cast-iron for maximum rigidity and constant accuracy Wide linear guides and large preloaded ball screws allow lowfriction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide Linear tool changer for up to 6 tools allows quick tool changes Infinitely variable speeds, wide speed range
Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings Hydraulic collet chuck ensures minimal deformation during clamping, even with small part diameters; excellent concentricity
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 6-station linear tool changer, hydraulic collet chuck, collets, hydraulic unit, automatic central lubrication, chip tray, operating tools, operator manual Options: Collets from 2 to 35 mm Part No. 106 300 - 106 333 (intermediate sizes upon request) Prices starting at $ For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Turnstar 200 C (Product Search) Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder diameter Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Z axis Repeatability X / Z axis Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating for X / Z axis drive Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ 0.8 x 0.8 0.8 0.00059 / 0.00063
0.0004 / 0.0005
Specifications Turnstar 200 C Working area Max. turning diam. over bed Max. turning diam. over support Workpiece length (max.) X / Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Spindle bore Spindle bore inside chuck Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis Tool Carrier Number of tool stations
17 7 7.75 31.5 / 9 rpm 70 - 4000 A2-5 1.75 1.25 315 / 591 6
Hp Hp W
5 1.25 / 2 6000 83 x 73 x 67 3750 180 620
/min
lbs
67
CN C M achi ni ng
Lots of spance for special tools the wide linear setup table allows many combination possibilities
Wear-resistant box ways and large preloaded ball screws allow low-friction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide on all axes Powerful spindle motor with infinitely variable speed Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings Central lubrication fed to guides and preloaded ball screws Easy access to the work space through large sliding door
Hydraulic workpiece clamping via hydraulic 3-jaw chuck with 160 mm diameter ensures easy and exact setup of the workpiece electric tool changer with 4 stations, 3 boring bar holders Rapid feed up to 15 m/min for effective and cost-efficient machining operations The GPlus control features a 17 TFT color monitor with touch-screen display that shows all data for a user-friendly programming experience and easy operation
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control Electric 4-station tool changer
3 boring bar holders Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 160 mm Hydraulic unit
Automatic central lubrication Coolant system Totally enclosed case Chip tray
Operating tools Operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Turnstar 300 C (Product Search) Specifications Turnstar 300 C Working area Max. turning diam. over bed Max. turning diam. over support Center width Machining length (max.) X axis travel Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Spindle mount
15 7 17.75 12 24 19.5 rpm 70 - 4000 A2-5
Lathe chuck diameter Bore Spindle bore inside chuck Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder diameter
6.25 2 1.75 /min /min 472 590 7 0.75 x 0.75 0.75
68
Turnstar 300 C
Low-cost turned parts with maximum precision!
Ribbed, wide machine bed made of tempered cast-iron for maximum rigidity and constant accuracy
Specifications Turnstar 300 C Tailstock Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diameter Tailstock quill stroke Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Drive Capacities
MT 4 2.25 4.75 0.0006 0.001 0.0004 0.0006
Main motor rating Motor rating for X axis Motor rating for Z axis Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
Hp Hp Hp W
5 1 2 6000 87 x 58 x79 4850 180 621
lbs
69
CN C M achi ni ng
Compact CNC lathe with a 30 inclined bed constructed of heavy, torsionally rigid cast-iron to ensure optimum results at high machining rates Wide linear guides and large preloaded ball screws allow lowfriction and very accurate positioning of the tool slide on all axes Linear tool changer with 6 stations (S model) and rapid feeds up to 18 m/min allow quick tool changes and efficient production Very exact and rigid headstock support on radial angular ball bearings and two rows of cylindrical roller bearings Easy access to the totally enclosed work space via a wide opening door All guideways and the centally positioned preloaded ball screwsare realiably protected by telescoping covers Headstock with infinitely variable speed adjustment - changeover to C axis (RS model) for exact angle positioning and thread cutting function Powered drilling/cutter heads with 2 tools are mounted in a radial position and are moved via the Y axis; 2 driven axial drill heads are mounted directly on the linear changer (RS model) All axes feature powerful servo motors The GPlus control features a 17 TFT color monitor with touch-screen display that shows all data for user-friendly programming experience and easy operation Quick setup of drilling, milling and thread cutting tasks on turned parts directly at the GPlus control All guideways and preloaded ball screws are lubricated timely and adequately by the central lubrication system Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck with 160 mm diameter ensures easy and exact setup of the workpiece
Very precise C axis angle positioning (RS model) and driven tools for drilling and milling of turned parts Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control 6-station linear tool changer (S model) 3-station linear tool changer (RS model)
2 driven axial drilling/cutter heads (RS model) 2 driven radial drilling/cutter heads (RS model) C and Y axes (RS model)
Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 6.25 Hydraulic unit Automatic central lubrication Coolant system
Totally enclosed case Chip tray Operating tools Operator manual
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Turnstar 200 S / 200 RS (Product Search) Specifications Turnstar Working area Max. turning diam. over bed Max. turning diam. over support Workpiece length (max.) X axis travel Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Spindle inside taper Lathe chuck diameter Spindle bore Spindle bore inside chuck 200 S 17 7 8 31.5 10 rpm 70 - 4000 1:50 6.25 2 1.75 200 RS 17 7 8 31.5 10 70 - 3000 1:50 6.25 2 1.75 Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar mount diameter Driven Tools Quantity Spindle speed torque /min /min 472 709 472 709
6 3 0.75x0.75 0.75x0.75 0.75 0.75 4 1400 5
rpm ft/lbs
70
Turnstar 200 S RS
Universal, quick, compact - also with C and Y axes and driven tools
starting at
Turnstar 200 S is shown
Specifications Turnstar Accuracy Positioning accuracy - X axis - Y axis - Z axis - C axis Repeatability - X axis - Y axis - Z axis - C axis Drive Capacities
200 S
200 RS Main motor rating Motor rating for X axis Motor rating Y axis Motor rating for Z axis Motor rating for driven tools Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ Hp Hp Hp Hp Hp W 5 1.25 2 6000 85x60 x76 4630 180 623 6 1.25 1 2 1 7000 85x60 x76 4630 180 622
0.0005 0.0009 0.000016 0.00024 -
0.0005 0.0005 0.0006 0,03 0.00016 0.000016 0.00024 0,01
lbs
71
CN C M achi ni ng
Ecoturn 500/500 shown
Heavy inclined bed design and rigid headstock were FEManalyzed and optimized in the design phase Extra-wide, hardened rectangular guides ensure quiet operation and long-term precision - Even for complex manufacturing tasks, like heavy roughing work or interrupted cuts A total of 5 high-precision spindle bearing groups ensure optimum turning results, even at high axial and radial loads Exact positioning hydraulic 8-station tool turret Excellent chip removal and standard chip conveyor support an efficient and cost-effective machining operation Hydraulic tailstock and hydraulic hollow chuck can be
controlled via foot switch (standard) Efficient coolant system with coolant nozzles at every tool mount Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i scores with high reliability and maximum availability High-quality preloaded ball screws with powerful servo-axisdrive ensure excellent positioning accuracy and repeatability
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i, chip conveyor, electronic hand-wheel, 8-station tool turret, hydraulic tailstock, hydraulic hollow chuck 11.8 in, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, center MT 5, machine feet, foundation bolts, operating tools, operating and programming instructions Options for Ecoturn 500 Steady rest, hydraulic Specications Ecoturn Control Working area Center width Center height Turning diameter over bed (max) Turning diameter over support (max) X axis travel Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Headstock torque (max.) Spindle mount Spindle bore without / with draw tube Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder diameter Part No. 250 707 Price $ Tool gauge Automatic bar feed, 16 ft 500/1000 630/1000 Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i 39.4 39.4 10.0 13.4 9.8 43.3 50 - 3000 126 A2-6 2.4 / 2.0 315 472 8 0.98 x 0.98 1.6 39.4 43.3 12.6 17.7 12.6 43.3 10 - 1000 177 A2-8 3.3 / 2.4 315 472 8 0.98 x 0.98 1.97 250 708 250 709 630/1500
500/500
in in in in in in rpm ft/lb in in/min in/min
19.7 39.4 10.0 13.4 10.2 23.6 50 - 3000 126 A2-6 2.4 / 2.0 315 472 8 0.98 x 0.98 1.6
59 43.3 12.6 17.7 12.8 63 10 - 1000 177 A2-8 3.3 / 2.4 315 472 8 0.98 x 0.98 1.97
in in
72
Ecoturn 500 630

Heavy-duty CNC Lathe for cost-effective machining of large parts and series production
CNC Inclined Bed Lathe
For parts up to 5 ft. in length
starting at
Ecoturn 630/1000 shown Options for Ecoturn 630 Steady rest, hydraulic Ecoturn Tailstock Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diameter Tailstock quill stroke Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Drive Capacities Motor rating - Main drive (contin./30 min) - X / Z axis Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ Part No. 250 707 500/500 MT5 3.9 3.9 0.00063 0.001 0.0003 0.0004 20 / 25 1.6 / 2.4 118 x 59 x 69 8,819 100 230 Price $ Steady rest, manual Tool gauge 500/1000 MT5 3.9 3.9 0.00063 0.001 0.0003 0.0004 20 / 25 1.6 / 2.4 147 x 59 x 69 9,921 100 231 630/1000 MT5 5.1 3.9 0.00063 0.001 0.0003 0.0004 25 / 30 2.4 / 3.4 136 x 44 x 82 15,432 100 232 250 710 250 711 630/1500 MT5 5.1 3.9 0.00063 0.001 0.0003 0.0004 25 / 30 2.4 / 3.4 156 x 66 x 82 20,944 100 233
in in in in in in Hp Hp in lb
For more information and options, visit
www.knuth-usa.com
73
CN C M achi ni ng
Solid 6-station tool turret for tools with 0.79 in shank diameter
Larger models also use the proven, rigid 45 inclined bed construction made of premium cast-iron to ensure maximum rigidity and easy chip removal Rectangular guideways provide excellent rigidity and maximum precision 10 Hp main spindle motor provides high torque across the entire speed range The workspace is enclosed on all sides with easy access through a large sliding door for set-up, tooling and unloading A high-performance chip conveyor is included in the standard
Options 8-station tool turret, hydraulic Part No. 250 715 Price $
equipment Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i features advanced control technology and maximum reliability Hydraulic 6 in chuck and hydraulic tailstock are included in standard equipment An automatic lubrication system reduces the operator's workload and simplifies maintenance
Hydraulic 6.3 in 3-jaw chuck with chuck opening
250 716
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control with Manual Guide 0i, 6-station tool turret, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6 in), hydraulic tailstock, chip conveyor, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual and programming instructions Specications Roturn Control Working area Center width Center height Turning diameter over bed Turning diameter over support X axis travel Z axis travel Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Spindle bore without draw tube Spindle bore with draw tube Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis Work feed X / Y axis Tool Carrier Tool carrier type 400 480 Fanuc 0i-Mate TD with Manual Guide 0i in in in in in in rpm in in in/min in/min 11.8 13.4 15.8 11 7.1 16.5 250 - 3000 A2-5 2.0 1.3 236 118 Turret 11.8 17 18.9 13.8 9.1 16.9 250 - 3000 A2-6 2.0 1.3 236 118 Turret
74
Roturn 400 480

A successful concept with a larger size Completely equipped with Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control, hydraulic tailstock and 6-station tool turret
starting at
Roturn 480 shown
Specications Roturn Tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder diameter Tailstock Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diameter Tailstock quill stroke Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Z axis Repeatability X / Z axis Drive Capacities Main motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
in in
400 6 0.79 x 0.79 0.98 MT 4 3.3 3.1 0.00063 / 0.00079 0.00028 / 0.00032 10 0.16 97 x 54 x 74 6,614 180 606
480 6 0.79 x 0.79 0.98 MT 4 3.3 3.1 0.00063 / 0.00079 0.00028 / 0.00032 10 0.16 98 x 58 x 76 7,055 180 607
in in in in Hp Hp in lb
75
CN C M achi ni ng
Roturn 320
B
starting at
Compact Automatic Lathe with inclined bed for precise batch production of small turned parts
4 Hp main spindle motor with wide speed range up to 3000 rpm Machine frame is constructed as a solid heavy 45 inclinded bed to ensure maximum rigidity and easy chip removal Rectangular guideways on Z are hardened and ground, ensuring high rigidity and accuracy even at highest loads V-block guides on X axis ensure high load capacity Automatic central lubrication reduces maintenance
Options Rod cartridge with counter-weight Part No. 250 713 Price $
Enclosed workspace protects and a large sliding door provides easy access Fanuc 0i-Mate plus Manual Guide 0i features advanced control technology and maximum reliability 6-station tool turret reduces downtimes Hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in) and hydraulic tailstock are included in standard equipment
Feeder rod cartridge 250 714
Standard Equipment: Fanuc 0i-Mate TD control with Manual Guide 0i, 6-station tool turret, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in), hydraulic tailstock, automatic central lubrication, operator manual and programming instructions Specications Roturn 320 Control Working area Center width / center height in Turning diameter over bed / support (max)in X / Z axis travel in Headstock Speed range rpm Max. torque ft/lb Spindle mount Lathe chuck diameter in Spindle bore in Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis in/min Work feed X / Y axis in/min Tool Carrier Tool stations Tool shank dimensions Tailstock Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diameter Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Z axis Repeatability X / Z axis Drive Capacities Main motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ qty in 6 0.63 X 0.63 MT 3 2.4 0.00063 / 0.00078 0.00028 / 0.00032 4 1.2 69 x 46 x 59 3,307 180 605
Fanuc 0i-Mate TD 11.8 / 6.3 12.6 / 7.1 6.5 / 8.3 250 - 3000 15.5 A2-5 6.3 2.0 236.2 118.1
in in in Hp Hp in lb
76
www.knuth-usa.com
Proton XL XXL
CNC Lathes
4 spindle bore
Heavy-duty Cycle Lathes with powerful Fagor 8055 control for demanding applications and turning of complex single parts and series production parts
starting at
Heavy-duty lathes for powerful chip removal and high accuracy A variety of center widths and turning diameters give the user an optimum selection Powerful motors and automatic 4-step gears ensure high chip removal power High torques even at low spindle speeds Precise turning of complex contours - both inside and outside
Large guideways and a rigid machine bed provide for excellent machine stability The extraordinary solid design reduces vibrations to a minimum 4-station tool changer automatically performs the programmed tool changes, resulting in a significant productivity increase.
Standard Equipment for Proton XL: Fagor 8055 control, 3-jaw chuck (13 diam. for XL 630 series), 3-jaw chuck (20 diam. for XL 800 series), 4-station tool changer, tailstock, dead center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton XL / XXL (Product Search)
77
CN C M achi ni ng
Proton XL XXL
Specifications Proton Control Max. turning diameter - over bed / - over support Center width Bed width Z axis travel X axis travel X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Spindle bore Spindle mount Spindle speed (4 steps) Main motor rating Headstock torque (max.) Coolant pump Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock taper Tailstock quick diameter Chuck diameter Tool stations Tool shank Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ Specifications Proton Control Max. turning diameter Over bed (max) Over support (max) Center width Bed width Z axis travel X axis travel X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Spindle bore Spindle mount Spindle speed (4 steps) Main motor rating Headstock torque (max.) Coolant pump Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock taper Tailstock quick diameter Chuck diameter Tool stations Tool shank Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ XL 630.15 Fagor 8055 25 / 13 59 22 53 16 118 236 4 C 11 12.5-1000 15 998 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 145x70 x70.5 8820 100 300 XL 630.30 Fagor 8055 25 / 13 118 22 112 16 118 236 4 C 11 12.5-1000 15 998 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.001 204x70 x70.5 11020 100 301 XL 630.50 Fagor 8055 25 / 13 197 22 191 16 118 236 4 C 11 12.5-1000 15 998 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.003 0.0005 0.001 298x70 x70.5 15650 100 302 XL 800.15 Fagor 8055 32 / 20 59 22 53 19 118 236 4 C 11 10-800 15 1036 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 145x79 x72 9260 100 303 XL 800.30 Fagor 8055 32 / 20 118 22 112 19 118 236 4 C 11 10-800 15 1036 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.001 204x79 x72 11460 100 304 XL 800.50 Fagor 8055 32 / 20 197 22 191 19 118 236 4 C 11 10-800 15 1036 90 10 MT5 4 20 4 1x1 0.001 0.003 0.0005 0.001 298x79 x72 16090 100 305
CNC Lathes
inch/min inch/min
rpm Hp Ft. Lb. W
lbs
XXL 1000.15 Fagor 8055 39 25 59 30 51 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 189x86 x86 19840 100 309
XXL 1000.30 Fagor 8055 39 25 118 30 110 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1x1 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.001 248x86 x86 24250 100 310
XXL 1000.50 Fagor 8055 39 25 197 30 189 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1x1 0.001 0.003 0.0005 0.001 327x86 x86 28660 100 311
inch/min inch/min
rpm Hp Ft. Lb. W
lbs
78
Proton XXL
Heavy-duty Cycle Lathe with massive machine bed and 30 Hp main motor
Turning diameter over bed up to 49 Center widths from 59 to 197 Very high torque Spindle bore 5 30 wide bed
CNC Lathes
5 spindle bore
starting at
Proton XXL 1250 shown
XXL 1250 - program-controlled, self-positioning 4-station tool holder
XXL 1250 - tailstock with 12 quill stroke
Standard Equipment for Proton XXL: Fagor 8055 control, 4-jaw independent chuck (40 diam.), 4-station tool changer, electrically driven tailstock, dead center MT6, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operating manual and programming instructions For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton XL / XXL (Product Search)
79
CN C M achi ni ng
Proton XXL
CNC Lathes
Proton XXL 1250 shown
Fagor 8055 CNC Control

Versatile and powerful plus extremely easy operation Very easy to operate without previous programming knowledge, quick to learn Easy set-up and storage of tool parameters For track programming, the user merely enters any known data for the contour into the smart profile editor
Specifications Proton Control Max. turning diameter Over bed (max) Over support (max) Center width Bed width Z axis travel X axis travel X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Spindle bore Spindle mount Spindle speed (4 steps) Main motor rating Headstock torque (max.) Coolant pump Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock taper Tailstock quick diameter Chuck diameter Tool stations Tool shank Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ XXL 1250.15 Fagor 8055 49 35 59 30 51 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1.5x1.5 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 189x86x87 22050 100 312
Complete graphics support Various cycles, like facing and plain turning, includes linear and taper thread cutting; inside and outside Interactive, graphic help window is available during cycle input
XXL 1250.30 Fagor 8055 49 35 118 30 110 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1.5x1.5 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.001 248x86x87 26450 100 313
XXL 1250.50 Fagor 8055 49 35 197 30 189 22 118 236 5 A2-15 3.15-315 30 4650 150 12 MT6 6 40 4 1.5x1.5 0.001 0.003 0.0005 0.001 327x86x87 33070 100 314
inch/min inch/min
rpm Hp Ft. Lb. W
lbs
80
Proton 560/1500 560/2000

Interactive teach programming with graphic support for cost-effective batch and single-part production
starting at
CNC Lathes with Teach Control
Heavy-duty teach-controlled lathe Automatic 4-station tool changer for increased productivity Automatic gear steps for high turning force Infinitely variable speed for optimum work results Two electronic hand-wheels for manual operation
Program complex parts without any DIN programming knowledge Implemented cycles for facing and plain turning radius, taper, thread, plunge-cut and complete contouring
Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, autom. central lubrication, autom. 4-station tool changer, tailstock, LED work lamp, coolant system, 2 sliding doors with windows, operating and programming instructions
Easy programming via cycles Specifications Proton Control Turning diam. over bed Turning diam. over cross slide Center height Center width Bed width Spindle speeds - High, 2 levels rpm - Low, 2 levels spindle mount Spindle bore Tool shank rpm 560/1500 560/2000 Fagor 8055 TC 22 11.8 10.5 60 80 15.75 400 - 1000 800 - 2000 25 - 250 + 200 - 500 C 8 (stud bolt) 3 1 x 1
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Proton 560 (Product Search)
Cross slide travel Tailstock - Quill diameter - Quill stroke - Taper Repeatability X, Z Positioning accuracy X, Z Headstock motor Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
12 3.25 5.75 MT 5 0.0005; 0.0008 0.001; 0.002 7.5 136x53 155x53 x69 x69 8160 10370 180 164 180 176
HP
lbs
81
CN C M achi ni ng
Proton 660/1000 B shown
Rigid one-piece construction of the machine frame, and bed guides with wide V-blocks allow heavy machining and ensure an excellent finish of the workpiece Headstock of main spindle and gears were constructed to ensure optimum temperature balance and minimum heat influence Enclosure panels were designed under consideration of ergonomic aspects to provide good visibility over the entire machining process The heavy-duty tailstock is easy to handle and features high clamping force
The automatic 6-station tool turret is part of the standard package and ensures maximum flexibility and productivity Ease of control and practical design are major aspects of this machine - two electronic hand-wheels simplify manual operation A workshop-oriented control for single cycles or programming of complex parts is mounted directly on the machine - work directly from the drawings without any DIN programming knowledge Integrated cycles for facing and plain turning, radius, taper, threads, plunge-cuts, and complete contouring processes
Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, 6-station tool turret, tailstock, 2 electronic hand-wheels, steady center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, programming instructions Options Steady rest 7.1 - 9.8 in 3-jaw lathe chuck steel 12.4 in Lathe chuck with 7.1 - 9.8 in capacity Specications Proton Control Working area Center width Bed width Max. turning diameter - Over bed - Over support X axis travel Z axis travel Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Headstock Spindle bore Spindle mount Speed range Chuck diameter Tool Changer Tool stations Part No. 250 717 146 383 250 718 Price $ Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 660/1000 B) Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 660/1500 B) Hydraulic pump 660/1000 B Fagor 8055i / A-TC in in in in in in in/min in/min in rpm in 39.4 15.4 26 14.4 11.4 30 157.5 315 3.2 D8 (3) 35 - 2500 12.4 6 Part No. 250 719 250 721 250 720 Price $
660/1500 B Fagor 8055i / A-TC 59 15.4 26 14.4 11.4 50 157.5 315 3.2 D8 (3) 35 - 2500 9.4 6
82
Proton 660 B
Cycle Lathe with 6-station tool turret for cost-effective single parts and batch productions
CNC Lathes
3.2 spindle bore
starting at
Specications Proton Tool shank dimensions Tool diameter Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Tailstock Tailstock quill stroke / diameter Tailstock taper Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating X axis Motor rating Z axis Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
in in in in in in in
660/1000 B 0.98 x 0.98 1.3 0.00118 0.00177 0.000472 0.000787 5.9 / 2.9 MT5 20 1.4 2.6 126 x 83 x 87 6173 180 170
660/1500 B 0.98 x 0.98 1.3 0.00118 0.00177 0.000472 0.000787 5.9 / 2.9 MT5 20 1.4 2.6 146 x 83 x 87 6834 180 171
Hp Hp Hp in lb
83
CN C M achi ni ng
Wide V-block guides, hardened and ground Superior rigidity of the lathe flat bed, even with large center widths Headstock and main spindle feature abolute rigidity under high loads, constant temperature balance and superior accuracy Easy tooling and set-up through practical design of enclosure panels The solid tailstock has a large quill with MT5 taper and is especially rigid and load-resistant An automatic 6-station tool turret increases productivity even in small batch productions
Manual operation via 2 electronic hand-wheels, for manual control and easy set-up and measuring of tools and workpieces Automatic central lubrication for simplified maintenance This Proton series also includes a workshop-oriented Fagor control with intuitive programming and integrated cycles for facing and plain turning, radius, taper, threads, plunge-cuts, and complete contouring processes
Standard Equipment: Fagor 8055 control, 6-station tool turret, tailstock, 2 electronic hand-wheels, steady center MT5, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, programming instructions Options Steady rest 7.1 - 9.8 in 3-jaw lathe chuck steel 9.8 in Lathe chuck with 7.1 - 9.8 in capacity Specications Proton Control Working area Center width Bed width Max. turning diameter - Over bed - Over support X axis travel Z axis travel Feed X axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Headstock Spindle bore Spindle mount Speed range Chuck diameter Tool turret Tool stations Part No. 250 717 146 373 250 718 Price $ Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/1000 B) Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/1500 B) Hydraulic tailstock (Proton 500/2000 B) Hydraulic pump 500/1500 B Fagor 8055i / A-TC 59.1 15.3 19.7 11.4 9.4 50.4 158 315 3.2 D8 (3) 35-2500 10 6 250 719 250 721 250 722 250 720
500/1000 B Fagor 8055i / A-TC in in in in in in in/min in/min in rpm in 39.4 15.3 19.7 11.4 9.4 30.7 158 315 3.2 D8 (3) 35-2500 10 6
500/2000 B Fagor 8055i / A-TC 78.7 15.3 19.7 11.4 9.4 70 158 315 3.2 D8 (3) 35-2500 10 6
84
Proton 500 B
Entry-level model of the proven Proton Series with center width from 39 to 78.7 in
CNC Lathes
Extensive selection of options available
starting at
Proton 500/1000 B shown
Specications Proton Tool shank dimensions Tool diameter Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Tailstock Tailstock quill stroke / diameter Tailstock taper Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating X axis Motor rating Z axis Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
in in in in in in in
500/1000 B 0.98 x 0.98 1.3 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 5.9 / 3.0 MT5 15 1.4 2.6 126 x 83 x 87 5,953 180 173
500/1500 B 0.98 x 0.98 1.3 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 5.9 / 3.0 MT5 15 1.4 2.6 146 x 83 x 87 6,614 180 174
500/2000 B 0.98 x 0.98 1.3 0.001 0.002 0.0005 0.0008 5.9 / 3.0 MT5 15 1.4 4.2 165 x 83 x 87 7,716 180 175
Hp Hp Hp in lb
85
CN C M achi ni ng
Numturn 420
User-oriented and Fully Equipped
CNC Cycle Lathes
starting at
Shown with Siemens control
Manual movement of X and Z axes via 2 electronic hand-wheels User-oriented cycle interface for easy parts programming - turning cycles with many programming options to create a complete parts program Induction-hardened, ground guideways Servo-drive for a powerful main spindle drive Hydraulic 8 in chuck with adjustable holding force included in standard equipment
Smart central lubrication system for low-maintenance operation Longitudinal and transverse movements via high-quality preloaded ball screws 6-station tool turret provides more automation and improved efficiency, saves time when machining complex parts
Options for this machine can be found on our website under Numturn 420 (product search) Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 S MM Base Line or GPlus 450 control, 2 electronic hand wheels, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck (8 in diam.), 6-station tool turret, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, operating tools,operating and programming instructions Specifications Numturn 420 Control Working area Center width Turning over bed / support (max) X / Z axis travel Part length (max.) Headstock Spindle speed Spindle mount Spindle bore Hydr. jaw chuck diam. Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis Tool Carrier Number of tool stations Tool shank dimensions Boring bar holder Tailstock Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diam. Accuracy Positioning accuracy X axis Positioning accuracy Z axis Repeatability X axis Repeatability Z axis Drive Capacities Headstock motor rating Motor rating Y / Z axis Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
Siemens in in in in rpm in in in/min qty in in
GPlus 450
in in in in in in Hp Hp Hp in lb
29.5 16.5 / 9.1 8.7 / 29.5 29.5 3000 A2-6 2.0 1.3 157.5 / 315 6 0.98 x 0.98 1.2
3.9 MT 4 2.0 0.0004 0.0006 0.002 0.0004 10 2.0 0.17 83 x 47 x 67 4,409 180 147 180 146
86
Numturn 320
Easy to use and very flexible - The ideal entry-level machine for cost-effective batch productions
CNC Cycle Lathe
Heavy-duty horizontal machine bed features V-block guides for high load capacity Induction-hardened, ground guideways Infinitely variable spindle speed Preloaded ball screws and powerful servo-motors ensure dynamic longitudinal and transverse feeds Hydraulic 6 in chuck with adjustable holding force 6-station tool turret for high productivity
User-oriented GPlus 450 control with excellent graphical support Easy data exchange - the control can be connected to a network and has a USB port Automatic operation by defining individual cycles Easy set-up and operation via a standard electronic handwheel Automatic central lubrication for guideways and support
Options for this machine can be found on our website under Numturn 320 (product search) Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, electronic hand-wheel, hydraulic 3-jaw chuck 6 in, 6-station tool turret, coolant system, totally enclosed work space,automatic central lubrication, foundation bolts, work lamp, Ethernet and USB port, operating tools, operator manual Specications Numturn 320 Control Working area Center width Turning diam. over bed / support (max) X / Z axis travel Part length (max.) Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Spindle bore Hydr. jaw chuck diam. Feed Rapid feed X / Z axis X / Z axis feed Tool Carrier Tool-changer type Number of tool stations
GPlus 450 in in in in rpm in in in/min in/min 29.5 13 / 6.3 10.6 / 28.3 29.5 100 - 2500 A2-5 1.6 6 157.5 / 299 118 / 158 Turret 6
qty
Tool shank dimensions Tailstock Tailstock taper Tailstock quill diam. Tailstock quill stroke Accuracy Positioning accuracy X / Z axis Repeatability X / Z axis Drive Capacities Headstock motor rating Motor rating Y / Z axis Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
in
0.55 x 0.55 MT 3 1.3 3.9 0.00008 / 0.00098 0.0005 / 0.00063 3 2.1 0.2 85 x 46 x 65 2,646 180 145
in in in in Hp Hp Hp in lb
87
CN C M achi ni ng
Tool towers are easy to traverse on separate guideways
Standard Equipment: Siemens 802 D SL control, 4-jaw independent chuck 126 in, chip guard to protect the operator, work space lamp, operating tools, operator manual Options Rests 24 - 55 in 55 - 98 in Part No. 250 302 250 303 Price $
Specifications Vulkan 4K Siemens control Working area Max. turning diam. over bed Max. turning diam. over cross slide Max. part weight Max. part length Chuck diameter Max. torque at the lathe chuck Max. cutting force at the tool Spindle speed (infinitely variable) Z axis travel X axis travel Rapid feed Z / X axis Z / X axis feed Tool shank dimensions
802-D SL in in tons in in ft/lb kN rpm in in in/min in/min in 157.5 118 132 (with rest) 315 126 147,512 120 (2) 0.4 - 80 335 59 79 0.04 - 79 3.1 x 3.1
Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock rapid feed speed Accuracy Positioning accuracy Z axis Positioning accuracy X axis Repeatability Z axis Repeatability X axis Drive Capacities Main motor rating Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. Price $
in in/min in in in in Hp kVA in tons
7.9 78.7 0.0014 0.00079 0.0014 215 240 650 x 236 x 197 287 101 501
88
Vulkan 4K
A new dimension of high-powered machining Modular design - Customized configuration to meet your requirements
Max. turning diameter over bed 157.5 in Max. part weight 132 tons, including rest Part length 315 in
Heavy-Duty CNC Lathe
Modular design 2 independent supports 215 Hp headstock motor
KNUTH Vulkan Heavy-Duty Lathes feature a modular design for customer-specific configurations based on the exact specifications provided by the customer (See specifications) From configuration to startup, the machine is designed in close cooperation with the machine manufacturer Controls and drive components as well as mechanical and
electrical components come from renown suppliers and meet international standards The machine manufacturer will setup the machines at the customer's site and perform the startup The machine frame features a multi-track bed and a modular design 89
CN C M achi ni ng
Furnished with completely assembled 3-axis position indicator Rest diameters up to 43 in (Option for DL E Heavy 1000)
Standard Equipment for DL E Heavy: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw independent chuck (DL E 500 and 630 series = 39 in DL E 800 series = 55 in, DL E 1000 series = 63 in), coolant system, steady rest (DL E 500 series 2.0 - 19 in, DL E 620 series 2.0 - 23 in, DL E 800 and 1000 series 9 - 25 in), follow rest 2.0 - 9 in (except DL E 800 and 1000 series), halogen work lamp, centers, reducing sleeves, foundation bolts, central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual
Options Steady rest for series: DL E Heavy 500, 9 - 25 in DL E Heavy 620, 9 - 25 in DL E Heavy 800, 10 - 35 in DL E Heavy 1000, 20 - 43 in
Part No. 250 641 Part No. 250 642 Part No. 250 644 Part No. 250 646
Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $
follow rest for series DL E Heavy 800, 2 - 9 in DL E Heavy 1000, 2 - 9 in

500/8000 315 620/1500 59
Part No. 250 643 Price $ Part No. 250 645 Price $
620/8000 315
Specifications DL E Heavy Center width Turning diameter - over bed (max) - over support (max) Travel - X axis - Z axis - Z1 axis Workpiece weight (max.) Bed width Top-slide swivel range Spindle speed (forward/reverse) Spindle bore Spindle mount Feed - X axis - Z axis - Z1 axis Rapid feed - X axis - Z axis Thread cutting - metric - diametric - module - Whitworth Tailstock quill taper diam. Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Headstock motor rating Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
lbs
rpm
/rev /rev /rev /min /min DP TPI
HP
lbs
500/3000 500/5000 118 196.9 39 26 20 51 110 189 12 12,230 30 180 3.15 - 315 (21) / 3.15 - 400 (12) 5.1 A2-15 0.03 - 0.5 0.0012 - 0.24 0.0006 - 0.12 74 147.25 (45) 0.04 - 4.8 30 - 1/4 (42) (46) 0,02 - 2.4 0.5 - 60 (48) 3.1 / 6.3 12 0.1 30 181 x 73 240 x 72 319 x 72 x 71 x 71 x 71 20620 23920 27890 300 499 300 500 300 502
500/1500 59
307
437 x 72 x 71 35500 300 504
620/3000 620/5000 118 196.9 49 35 25 51 110 189 12 12,230 30 180 3.15 - 315 (21) / 3.15 - 400 (12) 5.1 A2-15 0.03 - 0.5 0.0012 - 0.24 0.0006 - 0.12 74 147.25 (45) 0.04 - 4.8 30 - 1/4 (42) (46) 0,02 - 2.4 0.5 - 60 (48) 3.1 / 6.3 12 0.1 30 181 x 72 240 x 74 319 x 74 x 71 x 76 x 76 21500 25470 29330 300 505 300 506 300 508
307
437 x 74 x 76 37040 300 510
90
DL E Heavy
Powerful 30Hp motor ensures very high chip removal capacity Induction hardened and ground guideways Large spindle bearings Overload clutch is mounted inside apron
Universal Heavy-Duty Lathe
30 Hp motor max. part weight 22000 lbs
5 spindle bore, large turning diameter and center widths up to 315

A heavy, large cast-iron body and machine bed with strong ribbing reduce vibrations to a minimum Joystick control for X and Z axis feed is mounted directly to support Hand lever for tailstock adjustment (only on machines with a center width above 118) Separate rapid feed motor for X and Z axis Sturdy multi-disk clutch for headstock drive
starting at
Specifications DL E Heavy Center width Turning diameter - over bed (max) - over support (max) Travel - X axis - Z axis - Z1 axis Workpiece weight (max.) Bed width Top-slide swivel range Spindle speed (forward/reverse) Spindle bore Spindle mount Feed - X axis - Z axi - Z1 axis Rapid feed - X axis - Z axis Thread cutting - metric - diametric - module - Whitworth Tailstock quill taper diam. Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Headstock motor rating / voltage Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
lbs
rpm
/rev /rev /rev /min /min DP TPI
HP
lbs
800/5000 800/8000 197 315 63 50 32 110 189 307 8 13,230 38 180 2.5 - 250 (21) / 3.15 - 250 (12) 5.1 A2-15 0.003 - 0.5 0.001 - 0.2 0.0006 - 0.1 74 147 (45) 0.04 - 4.8 30 - 1/4 (42) (46) 0,02 - 2.4 0.5 - 60 (48) metric 3.1 / 6.3 12 0.1 30 238 x 81 317 x 81 435 x 81 x 88 x 88 x 88 28,300 35,600 46,200 300 512 300 514 300 516
800/3000 118
1000/2000 79
71
205 x 87 x 95 28,600 300 518
1000/3000 1000/5000 118 197 79 63 40 110 189 8 22,050 43 180 2 - 200 (21) / 2.5 - 200 (12) 5.1 A2-15 0.003 - 0.5 0.001 - 0.2 0.0006 - 0.1 74 147 (45) 0.04 - 4.8 30 - 1/4 (42) (46) 0,02 - 2.4 0.5 - 60 (48) metric 3.1 / 6.3 12 0.1 30 240 x 87 319 x 87 x 95 x 95 40,700 51,000 300 519 300 520
1000/8000 315
307
510 x 94 x 99 66,100 300 522
91
Tur ni ng
DL B
Heavy-Duty Lathe
Extensive standard equipment
Rigid and Accurate for machining of part diameters up to 4.134

Extra heavy ribbed machine bed Induction hardened and ground guideways Massive headstock with high-precision spindle running in tapered roller bearings Gears are hardened and ground Large capacity spindle bore of 4.134 Central, easy to operate control for feeds and thread leads Wide spectrum of diametric, inch, module, and metric threads Support and top slide are designed for high cutting forces Joystick control for X and Z feeds mounted directly to support Powerful 15 Hp motor for powerful machining Overload clutch is mounted inside apron Includes completely assembled 3-axis position indicator
DL 465/3000B shown
Specifications DL Center width inches Max. turning diameter - over bed inches - over support inches - over gap bridge inches Gab bridge length inches Bed width inches Spindle speeds (quantity/range) rpm Spindle bore inches Spindle taper Longitudinal feeds inches/rev Transverse feeds inches/rev Rapid feed (longit/transv) inches/min Max. cross slide travel inches Max. top slide travel inches
465/1500B 60 37.4 26.4 44.9 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
465/3000B 120 37.4 26.4 44.9 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
465/4000B 157 37.4 26.4 44.9 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
465/5000B 196 37.4 26.4 44.9 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
550/1500B 60 43.3 31,1 50 15.35 21.65
550/3000B 120 43.3 31,1 50 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
550/4000B 157 43.3 31,1 50 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
550/5000B 196 43.3 31,1 50 15.35 21.65 (18) 6-800
(18) 6-800 4.13 MT5 (64) 0.004 - 1 0.002 - 0.47 78.7 / 157.5 7.75
19.5
22,6
92
starting at
incl. position indicator
Rigid 4-station tool holder plus one follow rest (included)
Standard Equipment DL B: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 12, 79-jaw independent chuck 19.5, face plate 37.40 (DL465), face plate 43.30 (DL550), change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady rest 3 - 12.6 , follow rest 1.2 - 3.1, chuck guard, protective shield for support, halogen work lamp, steady center, operating tools, operator manual
Options Part No. Price $ Steady rest 280 - 480 mm 250 649 Coolant concentrate 5 L 103 184 Radius cutter head 103 350 Quick-adjusting spindle bore stop, size 10, 90-110 mm 103 026 Quick-change tool holder Set, WC 103 196 For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for DL B (Product Search) Specifications DL Swing range of top slide Tapping - Metric - Whitworth - Module - Diametric Tailstock quill taper diam. Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock transverse adjustment Motorating Motorvoltage Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ 465/1500B 465/3000B 465/4000B 465/5000B 550/1500B +/- 90 (50) 1-240 (26) 0.5 - 0.04 (53) 0.02 - 4.7 (24) 1.1 - 0.04 MT5 / 4 9.75 +/- 0.6 15 380 276x61 138x62,5 x66 x69 16,975 11,574 301 476 301 478 550/3000B 550/4000B 550/5000B
inches DP inches inches mm Hp V inches lbs
138x61 x66 10,700 301 470
197x61 x66 13,000 301 472
236x61 x66 14,550 301 474
197x62,5 x69 13,889 301 480
236x62,6 x69,3 15,653 301 482
276x62,5 x69 17,856 301 484
93
Tur ni ng
94
CNC Precision Lathe
Sinus D
Overload protection for feed shaft and leadscrew Rapid feed
Precision Lathe with large center height and spindle bore of 4, including taper turning and assembled 3-axis position indicator
Removable bridge (12.5) for machining of large parts with diameters up to 35 High precision and quiet opertion even at maximum loads Heavy, large bed Hardened guideways (>HB 400) 4 spindle capacity for machining of large
parts Manual central lubrication Multi-disk clutch for soft starts when working with heavy parts Automatic lubrication of headstock and main gears Protected leadscrew
Quick change tool holder (option)
Specifications Sinus Center width Max. turning over bed Max. turning over support Max. turning w/o bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speed (steps) Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds
rpm
/rev /rev
330/1500 D 60 26 17 35 12.5 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
330/2000 D 80 35 17 35 12.5 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
330/3000 D 120 35 17 35 12.5 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
400/1500 D 60 31 22 41 10 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
400/2000 D 80 31 22 41 10 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
400/3000 D 120 31 22 41 10 16 25 - 1600 (16) 4 D1-8 / MT5 (25) 0.002-0.06 (25) 0.001-0.03
/min
TPI

158/79 14.5 9 45 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.5 10 146 x 49 x 63 6400 300 011 158/79 14.5 9 45 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.5 10 185 x 49 x 63 7280 300 012 158/79 16.5 9 90 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.4 10 127 x 45 x 45 7100 300 015 158/79 16.5 9 90 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.4 10 147 x 45 x 75 7730 300 013 158/79 16.5 9 90 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.4 10 187 x 45 x 75 8530 300 014
DP
Rapid feed (longit./transv) Max. cross-slide travel Max. top-slide travel Top-slide swivel range Tapping - metric - Whitworth - Module - Diametric Tailstock taper / Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating Overall dimensions (LxWxH)
HP
Weight lbs Part No. incl. position indicator Price with position indicator $
158/79 14.5 9 45 (54) 0.02 - 4.75 (54) 0.44 - 80 (46) 0.01-2.25 (42) 0.88 - 160 MT 5 / 3.5 9.25 0.5 10 126 x 49 x 63 5960 300 010
Taper turning feature (included)
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 3-jaw chuck (12 diam.), 4-jaw chuck (15 diam.) face place with 18 diam., dog plate, 4-station tool holder, up to 2000 mm center width, includes splatter guard (wall); from 3000 mm upwards with splatter guard (moves along with support), coolant system, steady rest and follow rest, taper turning feature, chuck guard, halogen work lamp, reducing sleeves, dead centers, operating tools, operator manual starting at For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Sinus D
(Product Search)
Total Price including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)
For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com Tur ni ng
Sinus D 330/2000 shown
95
96 Large number of thread leads Removable bridge for machining of large diameters Stop spindle with four adjustable linear stops A quick-action tool changer system is available as an option
Faceplate is included 230/2000 78.7 280/1500 56.2 6.5 11.8 Constant cutting speed for a awless surface throughout 4.7 128 x 82 x 75 1900 320 557 320 575 280/2000 280/3000 75.9 115.3 22.0 14.0 30.9 6.7 13.8 (12) 25 - 1600 L 25-200 / H 200-1600 3.1 Camlock D1-8 / MT7 0.0023 - 0.0648 0.00078 - 0.02256 12.4 5.1 52 (47) 0.2 - 14 (60) 2 - 112 TPI (39) 0.1 - 7 (50) 4 - 112 MT 5 / 3.0 7.1 0.47 10.0 112 x 45 132 x 45 171 x 45 x 58 x 58 x 58 2370 2720 3430 320 559 320 560 320 561 320 572 320 573 320 574 320 571
Lead Screw and Feed Shaft Lathes
Turnado 230 280
A proven classic in 2 designs: With manual transmission or with infinitely variable speed adjustment and constant speed (Vconst)
Low price and lasting high value Well arranged control panel with ergonomically located selectors Camlock spindle mount D1-6 or D1-8 Wide bed, ground and hardened Tailstock can be moved sideways for taper turning
Specifications Turnado Center width Max. turning diam. over bed - Over support - Over bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speed (quantity/range)
230/1000 39.8
Incl. infinitely variable speed adjustment
in in in in in in rpm rpm in
Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds Max. cross-slide travel Max. top-slide travel Top-slide swivel range Thread Cutting - metric - Whitworth - Module - Diametric Tailstock quill taper / Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating / voltage Overall dimensions (LxWxH)
in/rev in/rev in in
mm TPI mm DP in in in Hp in
Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
lb
230/1500 59.4 18.1 10.6 27.2 6.1 11.4 (12) 25 - 2000 L 30-600 / H 600-3000 2.3 Camlock D1-6 / MT6 0.0012 - 0.0669 0.00055 - 0.03086 11.4 5.0 52 (41) 0.1 - 14 (60) 2 - 112 (34) 0.1 - 7 (50) 4 - 112 MT 4 / 2.4 4.8 0.51 7.4 85 x 42 107 x 41 x 54 x 54 1720 1970 320 555 320 558
Part No. with position indicator a. infin. variable speed adjust.
320 570
Turnado with innitely variable speed adjustment: Back gearing, first-class control technology and a powerful headstock motor allow a wide range of speeds and high torque for powerful machining Very quiet operation at maximum spindle speed Max. speed for the Turnado 230 series is 3000 rpm, infinitely variable The extensive features of the X.Pos Position Indicator are complemented by a speed display and vconst (constant speed) function: During face turning, the spindle speed automatically adapts to the changing workpiece diameter The constant cutting speed at the cutting edge of the turning tool ensures superior turning results with a quality comparable to CNC lathes
Price with position indicator a. infin. variable speed adjust. $
Options 4-jaw lathe chuck 10 in for Turnado 230 4-jaw lathe chuck 10 in for Turnado 230 with infinitely variable speed adjustment 4-jaw lathe chuck 12 in for Turnado 280 Quick-change tool holder set WB for Turnado 230 Quick-change tool holder set WC for Turnado 280 Oscillation element LT 55 (per piece) for Turnado 280 Clamped turning tool set 0.98 in Indexable insert set, 0.98 in, 30 pieces Power Worker chip lift-off device Knurling tool kit, angled Knurl holder Coolant concentrate 1.3 gal
Part No. Price $ 116 624
146 473 146 483 103 195 103 196
Part No. Price $ 103 322 108 670 108 675 123 040 108 521 108 520 103 184
Live centers MT 5 106 760 Oscillation element LT 33 (per piece) for Turnado 230103 321
For additional options for this machine, visit our website and search for Turnado (Product Search)
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 10 in (Turnado 230), 3-jaw chuck 12 in (Turnado 280), 4-jaw face plate chuck 12 in (Turnado 230), 4-jaw face plate chuck 16 in (Turnado 280), face plate 14 in (Turnado 230), face plate 18 in (Turnado 280), 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, stop spindle, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, halogen work lamp, reducing sleeve, steady center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual
Including stop spindle
starting at
Incl. Position Indicator
97
Tur ni ng
The cutting speed selected by the operator...
=80mm S=717rpm
=100mm S=580rpm
The extensive features of the X.Pos Position Indicator (catalog page 250) are complemented here with a digital speed indicator and an easy to program auxiliary function Constant speed - During face turning, the spindle speed automatically adapts to the changing workpiece diameter the constant cutting speed at the cutting edge of the turning tool ensures superior turning results with a quality comparable to CNC lathes A quick-action tool changer system is available as an option
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw chuck (10 diam.), face place with 13.75 diam., change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, turret stop, micrometer stop, chip tray, splatter guard, support shield, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, halogen work lamp, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual Option 3-jaw chuck, 8 Camlock 1-6, 4000 rpm 4-jaw chuck, 8 Camlock 1-6, 4000 rpm Quick-change tool holder set WB Part No. 146 372 146 472 103 195 Price $
... will be held constant by automatically controlling the spindle speed ...
=20mm S=2900rpm
... up to a maximum speed of 3000 rpm.
Live center MT 4 106 755 Oscillation element LT 33 (per piece) 103 321 Clamped Turning Tool Set 0.6/0.8/0.9, 9-pc 108 780 Clamped turning tool set 1 108 670 Indexable Insert Set 0.6/0.8/0.9, 30-pc 108 782 Indexable insert set, 1, 30 pieces 108 675 Coolant concentrate 5 l 103 184 Power Worker chip lift-off device 123 040 Turret MT 4 105 050 Knurl holder 108 520 Knurling tool kit, angled 108 521 Quick-adjusting spindle bore stop, size 6 103 020 Accessory-Set MT 4 8-pc. 104 594 For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for V-Turn (Product Search)
Specifications V-Turn Center width Max. turning diam. - over bed - over support - over bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speeds (range) Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds Max. cross-slide travel Max. top-slide travel
410/1000 40 16 10 22.8 10 10 L 30 - 550 H 550 - 3000 2 D1-6 / MT 6 0.002 - 0.0067 0.001 - 0.033 8 5.5
410/1500 1500 16 10 22.8 7.5 10 L 30 - 550 H 550 - 3000 2 D1-6 / MT 6 0.002 - 0.0067 0.001 - 0.033 8 5.5
rpm
Camlock
Top-slide swivel range Tapping - metric - whitworth - module - diametric DP Tailstock quill taper diam. / Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating Hp Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
45 (39) 0.008 - 0.55 (45) 2 - 72 (18) 0.012 - 0.14 (21) 8 - 44 MT 4 / 2 4.7 0.5 7.5 76 x 32 x 50 3420 300 820
45 (39) 0.008 - 0.55 (45) 2 - 72 (18) 0.012 - 0.14 (21) 8 - 44 MT 4 / 2 4.7 0.5 7.5 96 x 33 x 52 3970 300 821
/rev /rev
98
V-Turn 410
Convincing Price and Performance! With infinitely variable speed adjustment and constant cutting speed
CNC Precision Lathe
Including 3-axis position indicator with intergrated spindle speed indicator, completely assembled
starting at
Shown with optional accessories
A heavy ribbed machine bed and a massive one-piece cast-iron frame provide the solid basis for this machine Wide, hardened and ground guideways ensure superior turning results and long life Large spindle bearings and high-precision headstock ensure excellent concentricity Headstock gears and shafts are hardened and ground for quiet operation und constant speed 7 Hp headstock motor ensures powerful machining Spindle speeds are infinitely variable from 30 to 550 and 50 to 3000 rpm Micrometer and turret stop are included Integrated central lubrication at the support for low maintenance
Quick change tool holder (optionally)
99
Tur ni ng
DM 1000 A
Large spindle capacity of 2 and powerful 7 Hp motor
Universal Lathe: 16x40
starting at
incl. Position Indicator
Heavy-duty bed with large dimensions, hardened and precision-ground, removable bridge Adjustable overload clutch inside the support Large headstock in a solid bearing with Camlock D1/6 All gears and shafts are hardened and ground and run in an oil-bath
Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 10, 4-jaw chuck 12, face plate 20, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, work lamp, reducing sleeve, dead center, operating tools, operator manual
Manual central lubrication Foot brakes for instant stop and shut-down of the headstock
Option 4-jaw lathe chuck 7.9 Quick-change tool holder set WB Live center MT 4 Oscillation element LT 33 Clamped turning tool set 0.98 Coolant concentrate 1.32 gal Part No. 116 624 103 195 106 755 103 321 108 670 103 184 Price $
Specifications DM 1000 A Center width Max. turning diam. - Over bed - Over support - Over bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speeds (number/range) rpm Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds inches/r Transverse feeds inches/r Max. cross-slide travel Max. top-slide travel
40 16 9.5 23 8 11.4 (12) 30 - 1600 2.1 Camlock D1-6 /MT6 0.0015 - 0.043 0.0022 - 0.04 9 5.5
Top-slide swivel range Tapping - Metric - Whitworth - Module - Diametric Tailstock quill taper diam. Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
45 (25) 0.02 - 0.79 (35) 80 - 1 3/4 (25) 0.01 - 0.4 (30) 160-3 1/2 MT4 / 2.4 5 0.4 7.5 86 x 38 x 51 3200 320 612
DP
Hp lbs
100
The successful Basic Series Long record of proven performance in craft and industry applications
Ideal for single part and batch production, or for training Universal range of applications Reliability, Lasting value User-friendly operation Excellent price/performance ratio Extensive accessory package included Reliable replacement parts availability High customer satisfaction After-Sales Service Quality by Knuth Short delivery time
Powerful drive Camlock quick-action clamp Hardened guideways Lathe beds with heavy ribbing Rigid, heavy-duty cast-iron design Basic 180 V with v-const and 3000 rpm Gears are hardened and precision-ground Oil-bath lubrication Headstock runs in precision-bearings Large spindle bore Very quiet operation Total Price including digital 3-axis assembled Guideways are induction-hardened and ground
Basic Plus
101
Basic 170 Super
Basic 180 V
Basic 180 Super
Basic
Basic 180 Super

Precise tool shop lathe at a low price
Lathe: 14x40
Cast-iron bed, heavily ribbed All tracks are induction-hardened and precision ground Headstock with D1-4" mount, bore diameter 1.5, in 2 adjustable tapered roller bearings All gears are made of Cr-Ni steel, hardened, precision ground, with oil bath lubrication
Powerful main drive (2-3 Hp), including base frame Slides are adjustable via tapered gibs Tailstock can be moved 0.4 for taper turning Closed cooling circuit
Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 6, 4-jaw chuck 8, face plate 12, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady and follow rests, chip tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, base, micrometer longitudinal stop, change gears, reducing sleeves, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual
5C Collet Chuck (optional) Specifications Basic 180 Super Center width Max. turning diam. - over bed - over support - over bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speeds (number/range) rpm Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds /rev Transverse feeds /rev Max. cross-slide travel
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic 180 Super (Product Search)
40 14 8.7 20 8 8 (16) 45 - 1800 1.5 Camlock D1-4 / MT 5 0.0012 - 0.029 0.0003 - 0.01 7
Max. top-slide travel Top-slide swivel range Tapping - metric - whitworth Tailstock quill taper diam. Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
3.6 50 (37) 0.4 - 7 (28) 4 - 56 MT 3 / 1.75 4.75 0.4 2/3 77 x 31 x 48 1940 300 805
Hp lbs
102
Basic 180 V
Cost-effective precision lathe provides constant cutting speed: Vconst!
Mechanics Lathe: 14x40
Speed up to 3000 rpm Consistent cutting speed
starting at
Speed adapts to the part radius - consistent track speed ensures uniform quality finish at any diameter. Position indicator with speed display Infinitely variable spindle speed on 2 gear levels
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, 4-jaw faceplate chuck 200mm, faceplate 320mm, change gears, 4-station tool holder, coolant system, steady rest and follow rest, chip collection tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brakes, base, halogen work lamp, axial micrometer stop, reducing sleeve, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual Part No. 146 378 Part No. 116 600 Price $ Price $ 7 3.6 50 mm TPI (37) 0.4 - 7 (28) 4 - 56 MT 3 / 1.75 4.75 .38 5.5 76 x 31 x 48 1940 300 807
Consistent cutting speed Vconst. Shown with optional accessories: Specifications Basic 180 V Center width Max. turning diam. - across bed - across support - across bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speed (inf. variable) (range) Spindle bore Spindle mount/taper Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds
3-jaw chuck 160 mm Camlock 1-4 4500 min-1 4-jaw chuck 160 mm Camlock 1-4 4500 min-1
40 14 8.6 19.9 8.1 8.1 L 45 - 1800 H 155 - 3000 1.5 Camlock D1-4 / MT 5 .0018 - .025 .0005 - .008
rpm
IPR IPR
Max. cross slide travel Compound travel Swivel range - compound Tapping - metric - inch Tailstock quill taper/ - Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock transverse adjustment Moter rating/voltage Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
Hp lbs
103
Tur ni ng
Basic Plus
Low-Cost-Version leadscrew and feed shaft lathe
Incl. position indicator
Cast-iron bed, heavily ribbed Induction-hardened and precision ground tracks Headstock with camlock D1-4" mount, bore diameter 1.5, in 2 adjustable
precision tapered roller bearings Tracks adjustable via tapered gibs Tailstock can be moved 0.4 for taper milling
Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 6, 4-jaw chuck 8, face plate 10, 4-station tool holder, steady and follow rests, chip tray, splatter guard, chuck guard, base, change gears, reducing sleeves, dead center, thread gauge, operating tools, operator manual
Turret (option) Specifications Basic Plus Center width Max. turning diam. - Over bed - Over support - Over bridge Bed width Spindle speeds (number/range) Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds Max. cross-slide travel
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic Plus (Product Search)
32 12 7 17 7 (9) 60 - 1500 1.5 Camlock D1-4 / MK 5 0.002 - 0.055 0.0005 - 0.015 7
rpm
/r /r
Max. top-slide travel Top-slide swivel range Tapping - Metric - Whitworth Tailstock quill taper Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $
3.75 60 mm (26) 0.4 - 7 (34) 4 - 56 MK 3 4 0.4 1.5 63 x 29 x 50 1,146 300 809
Hp lbs
104
Basic 170 Super

Solid Precision Bench Lathe with large center width
max. spindle speed 2000 rpm
Hardened and ground headstock gears Gapped bedway Max. speed 2000 rpm Adjustable headstock bearing Oil-bath lubricated main drive and feed gear Shift gear system to change feed direction Cast-iron bed, double v-guide,
hardened and ground Interlocking feature prevents simultaneous advance of leadscrew and feed shaft Double-walled apron box with oil-bath lubrication
Standard Equipment: position indicator, 3-jaw chuck 6, 4-jaw chuck 8, face plate 12, 4-station tool holder, steady and follow rests, splatter guard, chuck guard, foot brake pedal, base, halogen work lamp, dead center, operating tools, operator manual Steady rest (standard) Specifications Basic 170 Super Center width Max. turning diam. - Over bed - Over support - Over bridge Bridge length Bed width Spindle speeds rpm (number/range) Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds /rpm Transverse feeds /rpm
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for Basic 170 Super (Product Search)
40 13 7.75 18.75 6.5 7.4 (8) 70 - 2000 1.5 Camlock D1-4 / MT5 0.001 - 0.061 0.001 - 0.100
Max. cross-slide travel Max. top-slide travel Top-slide swivel range Tapping - Metric - Whitworth Tailstock quill taper Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating / voltage Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. inc. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $
6.3 2.6 60 mm mm (32) .4 - 7 (32) 4 - 56 MT 3 3.9 0.4 2 72 x 27 x 52 1150 300 815
Hp lbs
105
Tur ni ng
HRD 42PF HRD 60PF

High productivity, easy handling the ideal option for series production
starting at
Turret Lathe
Drilling with the HRD HRD 60PF shown
The HRD PF series provides an electric speed control for comfortable and quick rpm adjustments via a 12-position rotary switch A powerful drive motor (7 Hp) provides plenty of power at all speed levels Fine speed adjustments from 120 to 2000 rpm Automatic tool turret change-over and single-lever operation against adjustable end stops allow short machining times and maximum repeatability Minimized downtimes when using the bar feeding feature and cut-off unit
Standard Equipment: coolant system, bar feeder, collet chuck Specifications Max. part - Round - Hexagonal - Square Collet mount Travel - Axial slide - Cross slide HRD 42PF 1.5 1.375 1.125 1.2, 1.65 3.5 4 HRD 60PF 2.25 2 1.5 1.65, 2.36 3.5 4
Pneumatic collet clamping with 85 psipressure; uses 0.04 galair per clamping
collet mount Collet diameter (0.4 increm.) Part No. Price $ Part No. Price $ - Turrent slide - Cut-off slide Main rating Spindle speed Coolant pump Weight with bar feeder Dimensions (LxWxH) Part No. Price $
1.18 1.7 0.01 - 1.13 0.01 - 1.6 116 2+ 116 1+ 116 230 116 142
F 2.4 0.02 - 2.3 116 0+

116 060
Hp rpm Hp lbs
5.9 1.3 7 (2)120-2000 0.1 1,940 63x31x63 100 823
5.9 1.3 7 (2)120-2000 0.1 2,000 63x31x63 100 826
106
Universa 550 V
Turning - Milling - Drilling - the ideal machine for the demanding requirements of model builders, training facilities, and precision mechanics
Universal Lathe/Milling Machine
incl. 2-axis position indicator
Turning
Drilling / Milling
Digital length measuring system on Z and X axes
Very practical machine with leadscrew for turning / milling / drilling of parts Infinitely variable speed in 2 ranges - for turning with quiet belt drive, for milling with 2-step gears Easy tooling change-over from turning to drilling / milling Rigid machine bed with hardened and ground guideways, taper gibs for zero-backlash adjustments Precision bearings ensure high spindle concentricity Tailstock adjustable for taper turning Milling unit with swivel head
Specifications Universa 550 V Turning Center width Max. turning diameter - Over bed - Over support Bed width Spindle speeds (inf. variable) rpm 2 steps via belt drive Spindle bore Spindle mount / taper Longitudinal feeds inches/rev Max. cross slide travel Max. top slide travel Tapping - Metric - Inch TPI Tailstock quill taper / -
Cross slide with T-slots for parts clamping

Standard Equipment: 3-jaw chuck 5, digital speed indicator, 4-station tool holder, chip tray, splatter guard wall, chuck guard, base, operating tools, operator manual
21.5 9.8 5.9 5.3 Lo 50 - 1250 Hi 100 - 2500 1 MT 4 0.0027 - 0.0078 2.75 4.5 0.4 - 3.5 8 - 56 MT 2 / 1.37
Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock cross adjustment Motor rating/ voltage Milling Max. drilling capacity Max. end milling cap. Spindle mount Spindle-to-table distance Throat Head swivel Speed (infin. variable) 2 gear steps Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
Hp
2.75 0.236 1 5/8 5/8 MT 2 5.9 6.8 90 Lo 50 - 1125 Hi 100 - 2250 0.67 47 x 21 x 61 275 101 490
rpm Hp lbs
107
Tur ni ng
PicoMill CNC
Standard electronic hand-wheel Rigid cast-iron frame with wide dovetail guides Preloaded ball screws on all axes
Mini CNC Drill Press/Milling Machine
Small CNC Milling Machine for training, model construction and small batch productions
Manual central lubrication Infinitely variable spindle speed
Standard Cycles Milling: deep-hole drilling, tapping with compensating chuck, hole series - circle, hole series - line, drilling, countersinking, milling of pockets, grooves, and round pockets Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 1/2 drill chuck, central lubrication, base, operating tools, operator manual, programming instructions
Options 4th axis Vise PB 80 Vise PB 100 Vise MS 100 Collet chuck MT3 Collets 2 - 20 mm End Milling Set
Part No. 250 764 104 835 104 840 104 950 104 300 104 325 104 415 108 440
Price $
at Drilling up to 0.984
Specifications PicoMill CNC Drilling capacity in steel Slot milling up to Max cutter diameter Max spindle-to-table distance Spindle stroke Throat Spindle mount Spindle speeds rpm Table set-up area
1 0.75 3 9.8 3.1 9 MT 3 150 - 2000 17.7 x 6.3
Table travel Repeatability Positioning accuracy Spindle motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
HP
lbs
10 x 4.13 0,0004 0,0004 1 33 x 32 x 67 860 180 511
108
PicoTurn CNC
Small CNC Lathe for training, model construction and small batch productions
Automatic 4-station tool changer Infinitely variable spindle speed Small footprint Manual central lubrication Preloaded ballscrews Electronic hand-wheel
Mini CNC Lathe
Standard Cycles Turning: plunge-cut, recess, chip removal, tapping, drilling, spotfacing, deep-hole drilling, tapping with compensating chuck, reaming Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, 3-jaw chuck 5, autom. 4-station tool changer, central lubrication, base, operating tools, operator manual, programming instructions Options Turning tool set 0.472 Part No. 108 680
Automatic tool changer is included Specifications PicoTurn CNC Center width Max. turning over bed Bed width Spindle speeds (inf. varivel) (range) Spindle mount Longitudinal feeds Transverse feeds Rapid feed (long./transv)
Price $
rpm
21 9.75 5 150 - 1750 MT 3 19.5 9.5 78
inches/min inches/min inches/min
Max. cross slide travel Tailstock quill taper/ - Tailstock quill stroke Tailstock transv. adjustm. Motor rating Connected load Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
Hp kVA lbs
3 MT 2 / 1.2 2 4 1.3 1.6 47 x 21 x 51 880 180 501
109
Tur ni ng
Conturn 300
Heavy-duty Lathe with GPlus 450 Control for cost-effective series productions
CNC Lathe
Rigid, horizontal machine bed made of heat-treated cast-iron Wear-resistant linear guides on both axes - Low resistance, high capacity and precision Preloaded ball screws and powerful servo drives ensure superior dynamics and positioning accuracy Powerful main spindle motor with infinitely variable speed Precise, rigid main spindle bearing ensures excellent concentricity even under high loads
Linear tool changer for up to 6 tools allows quick tool changes and increased productivity Rapid feed up to 59 ft/min for effective and cost-efficient machining operations Easy access to the work space through large sliding door Easy maintenance due to central lubrication system
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, electronic hand-wheel, chuck, linear tool changer, automatic central lubrication, work lamp, total enclosure, operating tools, operator manual and programming instructions Specications Conturn 300 Working area Turning diameter over bed Turning diameter over support Max. part length Chuck opening diameter X axis travel Z axis travel X axis rapid feed
in in in in in in in/min
13.7 6.3 13 2 11 13,4 472
Z axis rapid feed Speed range Main motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
in/min rpm Hp in lb
709 300 - 3400 7.4 83 x 57 x 63 2,646 180 520
110
GPlus 450
CNC Programming Station
Software and work preparation plus CNC training without having to use an actual CNC machine.
Utilize the advantages of a GPlus 450-Dry Every individual in the class is included at all times
Every trainees work can be monitored Trainers have the full attention of the whole class at all times GPlus 450-Dry workstation and machine with GPlus 450 control provide a completely integrated training package! Take advantage of this excellent programming and training system to increase your productivity and reduce your production cost!
Trainee Machine
Master
Trainee
Trainee
Pre-requisites for GPlus 450-Dry Software (Single Workstation): Industrial computer with Intel processor Win2000 or WinXP Operating System At least a 17" monitor with a resolution of 1280 x 1024, ideally the monitor should be vertically adjustable Prerequisites for multiple workstations: Class Management Software (e.g. Vision6). The basic requirement is a standard PC, on which the GPlus 450-Dry Software can be installed to easily adapt the PC for various requirements (turning or milling). The user interface of the PC matches the machine's user interface.
Application Example: The required number of PCs can be prepared in a class room by installing the respective software packages and dongles (copyright protection feature in form of a connector). This way the trainer can teach while each individual trainee can individually program at their workstations to store, simulate and learn NC programming in a hands-on fashion. A USB port and RJ-45 Ethernet interface are included for easy data transfers to the machine.
GPlus 450-Dry Software (Per workstation):

GPlus 450-Dry Software for 3- and 4-Axis Milling (Incl. dongle) Part No. 577 190 Price $ GPlus 450-Dry Software for Turning (incl. dongle) Art.-Nr. 577 191 Preis $ Class Room License for 15 + 1 workstations: e.g. GPlus 450-Dry Software for 3- and 4-Axis Milling (incl. dongle) Part No. 577 193 Price $
For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html
111
CN C M achi ni ng
Including Position Indicator
Preloaded ball screw with zero backlash for easy and precise feeds Simultaneous axis movement Turcite-B coated guides Dovetail guide on X axis Square guides on Y and Z axes (only Z axis on UWF 10) Hardened and ground gears, nitrated Swivelling control panel, fully equipped with all operating controls Automatic lubrication Spindle brakes Equipment according to CE
UWF 10 is shown
Specifications Set-up area (L x W) Number of T-slots T-slot width T-slot distance Table travel, longitudinal X Table vertical travel Z Transverse travel (milling beam) Y Head swivel range Spindle mount Spindle speeds Feed, longitudinal (infinitely var.) Feed, transverse (infinitely var.) Feed, vertical (infinitely variable) Rapid feed, longitudinal Rapid feed, transverse Rapid feed, vertical Spindle nose-to-table dist. Throat Main drive capacity Axis drive for each axis Max. table load capacity Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price $
in in in in in in
rpm in/min in/min in/min in/min in/min in/min in in Hp lb in lb
UWF 10 48.6 x 18.1 5 0.7 3.1 35.4 17.7 25.6 360 ISO 40 (27) 30 - 2050 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4 0.2 - 25.2 100 100 66.9 2 - 20 2.5 - 28 7.5 DC Servo 1,764 76 x 87 x 83 6,614 301 240
UWF 12 B 64.4 x 19.7 5 0.7 3.1 51.2 17.7 25.6 360 ISO 50 (27) 30 - 2050 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4 0.2 - 19.7 86.6 86.6 43.3 3.1 - 20.9 2.4 - 30 10 DC Servo 3,968 84 x 103 x 76 7,716 301 271
UWF 15 B 78.7 x 19.7 5 0.7 3.1 59.1 19.7 25.6 360 ISO 50 (27) 30 - 2050 0.4 - 39.4 0.4 - 39.4 0.2 - 19.7 86.6 86.6 1100 3.1 - 20.9 2.4 - 30 10 DC Servo 3,968 84 x 118 x 76 12,125 301 272
112
For the latest specials, visit www.machine-tools.com
UWF 10 12B 15B

Servo drive X, Y, Z Extra large work area
Extra-large work table and large travel ranges on all axes Sturdy and torsionally rigid construction Universal swivel head cutter can be moved to any spatial angle Infinitely variable feed speeds and rapid feed with servo motor and motion control on all 3 axes
Universal Milling Machine
Total Price including 3-axis

position indicator (assembled)
starting at
UWF 12B is shown including position indicator
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, universal swivel head, operating tools, automatic central lubrication, coolant system, operating instructions Options Oscillation element LT 55 (per unit) Hydraulic vise HS 150 Part No. 103 322 125 028 Price $ Divider ST 155 110 965 Magnetic chip lift-off device 123 040 Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 18 / M16 105 305
www.knuth-usa.com
113
M i l l i ng
Cutter head 90 with automatic quill feed and 2.4 in quill stroke
Universal swivel table (optional)
Ribbed machine stand ensures maximum dynamic rigidity and constant precision Vertical setup table with 8 setup slots allows individual positioning of the sturdy, large work table Micro-tuning (18 steps) of spindle gears to maintain a constant optimum spindle speed Fine adjustments of work feeds and rapid feed on all axes ensure maximum versatility and productivity The quill can be advanced manually or automatically (3 steps) Very wide hardened guideways ensure constant accuracy Ergonomically arranged controls and a swivelling control panel plus standard digital position indicator for maximum operator comfort Including automatic lubrication system
View: Operator side with position indicator Specifications WF 4.2 Working Area Travel
- X axis - Y axis - Z axis lbs
Table setup area Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Feed Rapid feed - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Feed Speed - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Quill feeds Vertical Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount
19.5 13.5 15.5 31 x 15.5 660 8x.6 x 1.5 47 47 47 .4-20 .4-20 .4-20 0,03 / 0,06 / 0,12 40 - 2000 (18) ISO/NMTB40
/min /min /min /min /min /min mm/U rpm
Quill stroke Throat Spindle nose-to-table distance Head swivel range Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Spindle axis-to-table distance Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating for feed Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
2 6.5-20 .2-15.5 90 rpm 40 - 2000 (18) ISO 40 1.4 - 17 4 2 0.1 72 x 65 x 67 5060 370 313
Hp Hp Hp
lbs
114
WF 4.2
High machining quality and maximum reliability Separate feed gears with fine gradation and rapid feeds in all axes Large work table (31.5x14) and travels up to 20x14x16 for maximum versatility Extensive accessory package included
Tool Milling Machine
Total Price including 3-axis

Heavy-duty Universal Tool Milling Machine, for tool and die construction, form and mold construction as well as for training use
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, reducing sleeves (MT1, MT2, MT3, MT4), cutter head clamping assembly, chip tray, draw bar, anchor bolts, coolant system, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual
Options Universal swivel table 24.8 x 11.8 in X / Y axis swivel range: 30, Z axis swivel range: 360 Oscillation element LT 33 (per unit)
Part No.
Price $
170 313 103 321
Hydraulic vise HS 125 125 024 Divider ST 130 110 960 Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 16 / M14 105 300 Combination snap-on punch, 27 / SK 40 103 905 Milling chuck Weldon ISO 40 / 0.79 in 106 806
115
M i l l i ng
High speed range (Rapid feed up to 19.7 ft/min) and good controllability via a low-maintenance servo-motor.
Electronic hand-wheel is standard equipment
Options Universal Knee Universal Reaming Head
Part No. 250 760 250 761
Price $ Rotary table Divider 250 762 250 763
Standard Equipment: GPlus 450 control, short tool shank (0.86, 1.06 in), 6 in vice, reducing sleeves MT1 / MT2 / MT3 / MT4, cutter head clamping assembly, milling chuck with collets (1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8 in), chip tray, electronic hand-wheel, draw bar, anchoring bolts, coolant system, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual Specications WF 4.2 CNC Control Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Spindle nose-to-table distance Throat Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Work feed Vertical Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Quill stroke Spindle nose-to-table distance Head swivel range Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Spindle axis-to-table distance Accuracy Positioning accuracy Repeatability Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating X / Y axis Motor rating Z axis Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ in in 3.5 0.98 - 16.7 90 4000 ISO 40 3.5 - 19.3 0.0008 0.0004 10 1.7 1.9 114 x 85 x 92 4,409 101 425
GPlus 450 in in in in lb in in in rpm 19.7 13.8 15.7 15.8 x 31.5 661 14 x 0.28 x 2.0 0.98 - 16.7 7 - 21 40 - 4000 ISO40 236 0.079 - 118 4000 ISO 40
rpm in in in Hp Hp Hp in lb
in/min in/min rpm
116
WF 4.2 CNC
CNC Tool Milling Machine
Cutter Head Swivels +/-90
This proven technology is now available with CNC control! Versatile Use in Workshop Applications
starting at
Rigid, heavily ribbed construction ensures excellent damping characteristics All-around enclosure of work table provides optimum protection from chips and coolant liquids Chip removal channel is positioned directly below the work table for easy removal of material waste Easy operation - Optimized for time-saving processes hydraulic tool clamping is standard equipment
Quill feed at the vertical cutter head allows manual drilling Hardened, plastic-coated guideways ensure long tool life, low friction and minimal wear Infinitely variable spindle speeds (40 - 4000 rpm) flexible use for a wide variety of materials Intuitive GPlus 450 control for maximum efficiency and costeffectiveness 117
M i l l i ng
Easy to read 3-axis position indicator included in price!
18 speeds from 40 - 2000 rpm
Powerful main drive motor with 4 HP
Vertical cutter head with 3 quill stroke, swivels 90
Top slide with max. travel of 16
1.5 HP feed motor Large removable work table with 6 T-slots ensures safe positioning of workpieces Rapid feed 50/min
WF 4.1 shown
118
WF 4.1 3.1 2.1

Milling Machines for Tool Construction with Digital Position Indicator
Automatic feeds on all 3 axes Outer arbor support for horizontal milling Heavily ribbed cast-iron machine base ensures maximum static and dynamic rigidity Steamlined arrangement of operating controls on the right side Vertical head quill for drilling, with hand lever feed Quill stroke 3 Central lubrication Hardened guideways Chip collector pan
Tool Milling Machines
WF 4.1 shown Incl. position indicator
119
M i l l i ng
To use the WF 2.1 for horizontal milling, just rotate the vertical milling head 90 Outer arbor for horizontal milling is included in standard equipment Wide variety of applications
starting at
Standard Equipment: position indicator, 4 milling arbors (long - 16, 22, 27, 32 mm), reducing sleeves (MT 1, 2, 3), collet chuck with collets (2, 3,4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm), draw bar, coolant system, chip collector tray, oscillation elements (WF 3.1 and WF 4.1), outer arbor support for horizontal milling, work lamp, foundation bolts, operating instructions, operating tools
Optional Equipment: Universal swivel table for WF4.1 WF3.1 WF2.1 Setup area Swivel around X and Y axis Swivel around Z axis Part No. Price $
12.5 x 24 30 360 129 347
WF 2.1 shown WF 2.1 29.5 x 12.5 32.5 x 8.75 (5) 1/2 x 2.5 (2) 1/2 x 5 650 16 7.75 15 1.25 - 16.75 3 - 17.5 26.5 (12) 40 - 1600 ISO 40 0.3 - 12 50 3 3 1 51x56x72 2420 302 331 WF 3.1 29.5 x 12.5 32.5 x 8.75 (5) 1/2 x 2.5 (3) 1/2 x 2.5 650 16 12 15.75 3.25 - 19 2 - 17.5 16.75 (18) 40 - 2000 ISO 40 0.4 - 15 50 3 3 1 48x48x71 2870 302 332 WF 4.1 31.5 x 15.75 41.5 x 9.75 (6) 1/2 x 2.5 (3) 1/2 x 2.5 650 19.5 15.75 15.75 2 - 17.5 2 - 17.5 21.26 (18) 40 - 2000 ISO 40 0.4 - 15 50 3 4 1.5 51x56x72 3090 302 333
Specifications Work space dimensions Vertical table dimensions T-slots, work table T-slots, vertical table Table load capacity lbs Travels - longitudinal (X) - transverse (Y) - vertical (Z) Spindle axis-to-table surface distance - horizontal spindle - vertical spindle Max. throat Speed range rpm Spindle mount Feeds /min X, Y, Z axis Rapid feed /min Quill stroke Main motor rating Hp Feed motor rating Hp Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part. No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $
120
Horizontal milling with outer arbor support
Universal swivel table (optional)
The WF 4.1 Milling Machine features a vertical cutter head with a +/- 90 swivel range. The degrees are easily set on the integrated scale. The large quill features a stroke of 3.15 and is clamped mechanically via a lever. For horizontal milling applications, merely remove the vertical cutter head via the swivel arm, shift the upper beam, and mount an outer arbor support.
Conversion and setup costs are very low. All 3 axis of this machine are equipped with automatic feeds and rapid feeds. The X and Y axes are engaged and disengaged via one single directional lever. For the cross feed (Y), a separate lever has been provided at the upper beam. In addition, all axes can be manually moved using the integrated scaled hand-wheels.
Infinitely variable vertical cutter head with a swivel range of 90
121
M i l l i ng
This universal cutter head features a 360 swivel and is easy to control for versatile and complex machining of a wide variety of workpieces. Two swivel levels allow setting of virtually any angle! Robust and proven design Very rigid, heavy machine bed made of premium cast-iron to ensure maximum precision and low vibration Increased operator comfort with large step guard along the entire work table length Easy accessibility to the universal cutter head for easy tooling and unloading of machine when working with large workpieces Robust, specially hardened guideways ensure maximum precision and durability; an automatic central lubrication system minimizes maintenance work The worktable features are optimized to fulfill the needs of a wide spectrum of applications: large table setup area of 98.4 x 22.6 in and high table load capacity of 6,614 lb Easy and quick change-over from vertical to horizontal alignment of cutter spindle Infinitely variable automatic linear and cross feed Reliable hydraulic clamping on all axes Powerful 15 Hp motor for high-capacity machining
Options Divider F11160A Rotary table TS 400 Vice 8 in Step blocks, assorted Divider ST 155 Option for ST 155 Rotary table RT 320 Tailstock for RT 320 Rotary table RTS 320 End-face roughing cutters 10-pc Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST30 Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST40
Part No. 250 233 250 234 250 235 105 340 110 965 110 971 125 845 125 825 125 815 108 445 103 760 103 770
Price $
Power Worker chip lift-off device 123 040 Machine vice HS 200 125 029 Machine vice NZM 200 104 922 Machine vise HNCS 200 104 936 Dial feed for HNCS 200 104 937 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 1/4 in 106 811 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 5/16 in 106 812 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 3/8 in 106 813 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 1/2 in 106 814 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 5/8 in 106 815 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 13/16 in 106 816 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 15/16 in 106 817 Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 1.5 in 106 818
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, collet chuck ISO 50 with collets (1/8, 1/4, 5/16, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1 in diam.), reducing sleeve (ISO 50/MT4), coolant system, foundation bolts 11xM24x500, operating tools, operator manual Specifications KB 2500 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (qty x width x distance) Feed X axis rapid feed Y axis rapid feed Z axis rapid feed Feed speed X axis Feed speed Y axis Feed speed Z axis Cutter head
in in in in lb in in/min in/min in/min in/min in/min in/min
59 23.6 35.4 98.4 x 22.6 6,614 3 x 0.87 x 6 118 118 71 0.79 - 87 0.79 - 87 0.47 - 52
Speed range Spindle mount Spindle nose-to-table distance Head swivel range Drive Capacities Main motor rating Feed motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
rpm
50 - 1624 ISO 50 2 - 37.4 360 15 4 0.12 169 x 126 x 130 26,456 301 425
in
Hp Hp Hp in lb
122
KB 2500
Bed-Type Milling Machine
With hydraulic axis clamping and universal swivel head
The Universal Heavy-Weight with high table load capacity and powerful main spindle drive
123
M i l l i ng
This universal cutter head features maximum rigidity and quiet operation. The angle can be set manually on an infinitely adjustable scale from 90 to 45. This allows an exact adjustment of the headstock in user-defined spatial angles and easy movement to a horizontal position.
The KB 2100 includes a horizontal cutter arbor holder with excellent rigidity, allowing the user to fully utilize the advantages of a bed-type milling machine design for machining with long cutter arbors.
Standard Equipment: Universal swivel head Coolant system Drawbar
1 set ISO 50 milling chucks (8-pc. 0.16, 0.24, 0.31, 0.47, 0.71, 0.87, 1) ISO 50 milling arbor 1.5 Part-No. 106 811 106 812 106 813 106 814 106 815 106 816 106 817 106 818 104 934 125 028 104 960 104 920 106 022 Price $
Horizontal arbor holder Horizontal milling arbor 1.25 Work space lighting Operating tools
Foundation bolts M12 x 19.5 Operator manual
Optional Equipment Optionen Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 6 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 8 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 10 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 12 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 16 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 20 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 25 mm Milling Chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 32 mm Machine Vise HNCS 160V Machine Vise HS 150 Machine Vise MS 160 Machine Vise NZM 160 Machine Vise PAL 180 Specifications KB 2100 Working area Travel X-axis Travel Y-axis Travel Z-axis Table set up area Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (number x spacing) Feed Rapid feed X- / Y-axis Rapid feed Z-axis Feed speed X- / Y-Achse Vertical milling head Speed range
Coolant Concentrate 5 Ltr. Pivoted Mounts LK 55 Power Worker Metal Cutter Reduction Sleeve SK50 / SK30 Reduction Sleeve SK50 / SK40 Rotary Table RT 250 Tailstock / RT 200/250 Step of Step Blocks Universal Indexing Head 200 mm Universal Indexing Head 250 mm Universal Indexing Head 320 mm Roughing End Mill Cutter 63 mm
Part-No. 103 184 103 322 123 040 103 760 103 770 125 840 125 820 105 340 101 288 101 287 101 286 108 402
Price $
lbs
59 28 28 82 x 19 4400 4 pieces x .78 140 70 .8 - 70 (12) 40 - 1600
/min /min /min rpm
Spindle mount Throat Vertical spindle-to-table distance Milling head swivel range Drive capacity Motor rating main drive Motor rating feed Motor rating coolant pump Measures and weights Overall dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
ISO 50 24 0-28 360 Hp Hp Hp 10 2.5 3/4 130 x 94x108 16,000 301 285
lbs
124
KB 2100

Large machine bed, wide column, plus high intrinsic weight - Power package for machining of large parts and heavy-duty chip removal capacity
An extremely rigid, large-sized box-column design, made of premium cast-iron, provides a solid base for optimum work results Extra wide box ways ensure maximum stability and precision at high loads All guideways are hardened and ground for lasting precision Extra long table travel distance and large table set-up area allow machining of large single parts or interactive machining
of several parts - to give you a leading edge over your competition Wide spindle speed range from 40 to 1600 rpm Infinitely variable linear and cross feed Control panel on a long extending arm that can be ideally positioned by the operator
125
M i l l i ng
KB 1400
Only the cutter head not the machine table moves on the Z axis. This results in improved stability, less vibration, and ultimately in increased precision and extremely high table load capacity! Infinitely variable speed adjustment provided through frequency drive Rigid, rectangular flat guideways ensure consistent accuracy Mehanite cast-iron frame Hardened and ground guideways on all axes Cutter head swivels 30 Standard 3-axis position indicator
High-Capacity Bed-Type Milling Machine for large parts and heavy machining
Inc. Position Indicator
Face milling with cutter head Standard Equipment KB 1400: position indicator, reducing sleeves MT4, MT3 and MT2, coolant system, work lamp, central lubrication, operating tools, operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for KB 1400 (Product Search)
Specifications KB 1400 Spindle mount Spindle nose-to-table distance Spindle nose -to column distance Speeds (infinitely var.) Table size Head swivel range Travel - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Feed speed - X / Y axis - Z axis Rapid feed
rpm
ipm ipm ipm
ISO/NMTB 50 6 - 25.5 20 30 - 1800 55 x 15.7 30 31.5 15.75 19.7 0.75 - 25 (9 steps) 0.75 - 25 65
T-slots (# x width x spacing) Max. speed of height adjustment ipm Quill travel Main motor hp Feed motor hp Z axis motor hp Coolant pump w Coolant pump flow rate gal/min Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. including position indicator Price including position indicator $
3 x 1/2x 4 65 4 10 1 1 40 7 90 x 70 x 84 8070 301 320
126
VFM 4
Vertical Milling Machine
Total price including 3-axis

Rugged Knee-and-Column Milling Machine - ideal for single-part production, rework, and repairs
Massive machine frame with very rigid knee slide X and Y axis with automatic feed and rapid feed Z axis with motorized rapid feed Work table and guides are hardened and ground Extremely rigid cutter head, swivels +/-35 Manual quill feed for boring and micro-feed
starting at
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, reducing sleeve ISO50/MT4, draw bar, central lubrication, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual Options Machine vise NZM 160 Oscillation element LT 55 (per piece) Coolant concentrate 1.25 gal Power Worker chip lift-off device Specifications VFM 4 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table setup area T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Throat Head swivel range Workpiece weight (max.) Feed Rapid feed X / Y axis Z axis rapid feed X / Y axis feed speed Part No. 104 920 103 322 103 184 123 040 Price $ Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 6 mm Milling chuck WELDON ISO 50 / 32 mm Clamping tools, assorted, De Luxe 16/M16 Reducing sleeve ST50 / ST40 Part No. 106 813 106 818 105 300 103 770 Price $
lbs /min /min /min
40 12 16 52 x 13 5 x 0.5 x 2.5 14 35 660 47,250 23,630 (8) 1-14
Vertical Cutter Head Speed range Spindle mount Quill stroke Vertical spindle-to-table distance Drive Capacities Main motor rating Feed motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price $ with position indicator
rpm
58 - 1710 ISO 50 2.75 2 - 17 5 1 1/8 87 x 72 x 74 5070 301 281
Hp Hp Hp
lbs
127
M i l l i ng
UWF 4
Universal Knee-and-Column Milling Machine

Superior price/performance ratio, for single part production and training purposes
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, adapter sleeve ST 50 / MT4, vertical and horizontal drawbar, coolant system, central lubrication, halogen work lamp, operating tools, test certificate, operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UWF 4 (Product Search)
Including 3-axis position indicator maximum stability Vertical and horizontal spindles feature their own powerful drives The vertical cutter head swivels on 2 levels allowing virtually All gears and shafts are hardened and ground any angle setting Large, wide, supported table rotates 35 Automatic feeds and rapid feeds on all axes Wide rigid, hardened rectangular guideways ensure
Specifications UWF 4 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Feed Rapid feed X / Y / Z axis Feed speed, X axis Feed speed, Y axis Feed speed, Z axis Vertical Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Throat Spindle nose-to-table distance Head swivel range Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Spindle axis-to-table distance Drive Capacities Motor rating horizontal / vertical spindle Feed motor rating Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ 9 - 29 6.5 - 22 360 rpm (12) 58 - 1800 ISO 50 0 - 16 5 1.5 0.1 78 x 80 x 75 4850 362 700
lbs
39 11 / 11.5 15.75 52 x 14 550 3 x 0.5 x 3.75 51 / 47 / 20 0.75 - 17 0.75 - 16 0.4 - 7 (12) 60 - 1750 ISO 50
/min /min /min /min rpm
Hp Hp Hp
lbs
128
UFM 3 Plus
Versatile and powerful
Horizontal milling with rigid outer arbor support
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, reducing sleeves (MT2, MT3), draw bar,1 set wrenches, collet puller, foundation bolts M20 x 19.5, operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UFM 3 Plus (Product Search)
The Knee-and-Column Milling Machine features a heavily ribbed box-shaped design that will absorb any static and dynamic forces and provides superior rigidity All controls and indicators are practically arranged Automatic feeds and rapid feeds on all 3 axes Universal cutter head swivels at two levels for vertical/
Specifications UFM 3 Plus Table dimensions Table load capacity (max.) Travel - linear - cross - vertical - top-slide Feed - linear, cross - vertical Rapid feed - linear, cross - vertical Number of feeds T-slots 59 x 12 550 30.75 9.25 15.75 18.5 0.6 - 29 0.2 - 10 83 28 14 (3) 0.7
horizontal/angular milling Work table rotates 45 Simultaneous machining of one part with the horizontal and vertical spindle is possible
T-slot spacing Table rotation Horizontal spindle-to-table distance Spindle mount Spindle speed - horizontal - vertical Main motor - horizontal spindle - vertical spindle Feed motor Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $ 2.75 45 0.75 - 16.5 ISO 40 (12) 35 - 1600 (8) 67 - 1600 5 3 1 67 x 60 x 68 6290 362 692
lbs
/min /min /min /min
rpm rpm Hp Hp Hp lbs
129
M i l l i ng
Total Price including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)
Sturdy Universal Milling Machine with swivelling cutter head for universal machining applications
UWF 3
Sturdy, zero-backlash box guideways Universal cutter head can be adjusted to virtually any spheric angle (HURON System) Rapid feeds on all axes allow quick positioning Control panel swivels for easy operation Separate drives with gearbox for powerful material removal Large machine table with 39 X travel
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, central lubrication, coolant system, work lamp, operating tools, operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UWF 3 (Product Search) Specifications UWF 3 Working Area Travel Head swivel range Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Horizontal spindle-to-table distance Spindle axis-to-table distance Drive Capacities Motor rating for horizontal spindle Motor rating for vertical spindle Motor rating for feed Motor rating for Z axis feed Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ 360 rpm 40-1300 (12) ISO/NMTB4040 0.8-18.5 7.5-25.5 4 4 0.7 1 0.1 80x67 x79 4400 370 297
- X axis - Y axis - Z axis lbs
Table setup area Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Feed Rapid feed - X / Y axis - Z axis Feed Speed - X axis - Y axis Vertical Cutter Head Spindle speed Spindle mount Throat Spindle nose-to-table distance
39 11 17.5 52x12.5 700 0.2x0.5x2.4 47 15.5 0.8-14 1.2-14 45-1660 (11) ISO/NMTB40 7.5-29.5 7.5-28.8
/min /min /min /min rpm
HP HP HP HP HP
lbs
130
UWF 1

With Universal Swivel Head
Solid engineering, rigid construction, and exacting performance

Extra large work table with 45 swivel range Excellent priceperformance ratio Universal cutter head adjusts to any spatial angle
Horizontal cutter (standard equipment)
Cutter head swivels 360 For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for UWF 1 (Product Search) Specifications UWF 1 Work Area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table setup area Table load capacity T-slots (number/width/distance) Feeds Feed speed, X axis Rapid feed, X axis Vertical Cutter Head Spindle speeds Spindle mount Standard Equipment: position indicator, outer arbor support for horizontal milling, coolant system, halogen work lamp, operator manual
lbs
23.6 10.6 15.7 44x10.25 550 5 -.5 - 1.9 (8) 1 - 28 IPM 28 IPM
rpm
45 - 1660 ISO/NMTB 40
Throat Vertical spindle-to-table surface distance Head swivel range Horizontal Cutter Head Spindle speeds rpm Spindle mount Drives Main motor rating Hp Dimensions and Weights Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $
2.3 - 19.6 0 - 17.3 360 45 - 1600 ISO/NMTB 40 3 65x59x68 2860 362 691
131
M i l l i ng
MF 5 V
All the benefits of the MF 1 V plus:
Multi-Purpose Milling Machine
More rigid and more powerful with 5 Hp motor ISO/NMTB 40 spindle Wide square guides in y and z axis 3 automatic drill feeds Manual coarse feed for quill, toggles to microfeed Quill with micrometer depth stop Reverse switch for forward and reverse operation Spindle brake Infinitely variable speeds Head swivels 90 to the right and to the left TV 1000 table feed in x and y, infinitely variable with rapid feed Coolant system Chip tray Central lubrication Optional preloaded ball screw for X and Y axis
Innitely variable spindle speeds up to 3600 rpm
starting at
Incl. position indicator
Table feed for X axis (Standard equipment)
Options Oscillation element LT 55 (Per unit) Hydraulic vice HS 125 Divider ST 130 Milling Chuck ISO40 Clamping tools, assorted De Luxe 16/M14 Specifications MF 5 V Table size Travel X, Y, Z axis Quill Spindle taper (ISO/NMTB) Quill feeds (3 steps) Speed range infinitely variable Spindle motor /rpm rpm Hp
Part No. 103 322 125 024 110 960 106 044 105 300
Price $
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, chip tray, coolant system, manually operated central lubrication, horizontal guideway cover, operating tools, operator manual Max. table load cap. lbs lbs 770 3500 100 x 85 x 88 301 223
10 x 50 31 x 15 x 15 5 40 0.0016 / 0.0032 / 0.0053 70 - 3600 5
Weight Dimensions (LxWxH) Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $ Part No. with position indicator plus preloaded ball screw Price with position indicator plus preloaded ball screw $
301 224
132
For more information, please contact us or visit www.knuth-usa.com
MF
Multi-Purpose Milling Machine

ng milli sed wide! ely u orldt wid Mos ne type w hi mac
starting at
MF 1
Speed change through v-belt change-over
Multi-Purpose Milling Machine for workshops, single part production, design, training
Universal use Head swivels through 3 axes swivel r + l 90 tilt forward + reverse 45 rotation on the column 45 3 automatic drill feeds Manual coarse feed for quill, with change-over for manual fine feed Quill with automatic micrometer depth stop Spindle mount ISO 30 / R-8 Reversing switch for forward reverse rotation Central lubrication for spindle, nut and guides Manual spindle brake Test certificate
MF 1 V with preloaded ball srew + position indicator

Infinitely variable spindle speed adjustment by handwheel Large table and travels Coolant system With table advance TV 1000 in X direction Dove-tail guides, adjustable Available with recirculating ball screws in X and Y for maximum precision and minimum force Part no. 301 206
Specifications Table dimensions Traverses X-axis / Y-axis Knee travel (Z-axis) Quill travel (Z-axis) Spindle mount Quill advances Table length advance (TV 1000)
MF 1 V shown Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, coolant system, manually operated central lubrication, vertical guideway cover, operating tools, operator manual T-slot / T-slot spacing Speeds Throat Main motor rating Dimensions (L x W x H) 5/8 / 2.5 (16) 80 - 4500 6.75 - 18.75 3 79 x 63 x 82 2420 301 228 5/8 / 2.5 70 - 3600, inf.
variable
Price $
MF 1 41 x 9 26.4 / 11.4 14.6 5 ISO 30 or R8 3 steps /rpm MF 1 V 49 x 9 29.9 / 11.4 14.6 5 ISO 30 or R8 3 steps 0.75 - 35 infin. variable rapid feed
rpm
Hp
Weight lbs Part no. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
6.75 - 18.75 3 81 x 64 x 82 2090 301 214
133
M i l l i ng
VHF 1
Flexible Entry-Level Machine - A very compact Horizontal/Vertical Drill Press/Milling Machine Combination
Compact, easy to handle universal milling machine with rigid frame made of vibrationdampening cast-iron Vertical cutter head with robust gears for smooth shifting Quill moves via capstan handle or manual precision feed Horizontal spindle speed adjustable via easy accessible belt drive Table swivels horizontally Table feed in X direction with gear drive for positive power transmission without loss of torque Adjustable stops on all axes Wide, adjustable dovetail guides with clamping fixtures on all axes
Vertical head with horizontal swivel to both sides, top beam with horizontal swivel
Specifications Max. drilling capacity in steel Max. cutting diameter in steel Tapping up to Counter-boring up to Spindle taper Spindle speeds (vertical) Speed range Spindle speeds (horizontal) Speed range Throat (spindle center to frame) Spindle nose-to-table dist. Spindle nose-to-table distance
in in in
rpm rpm in in in
VHF 1 1.25 1.0 0.625 3.9 ISO 40 8 115 - 1750 9 60 - 1350 7.9 - 27.6 2.6 - 15.2 0 - 11.8
VHF 2 1.25 1.0 0.625 3.9 ISO 40 8 115 - 1750 12 40 - 1300 6.3 - 24 3.5 - 15.8 0 - 11.8
Table setup area X travel Y travel Z travel Quill stroke Motor (vertical) Motor (horizontal) Overall dimensions (LxWxH)
in in in in in Hp Hp in
Weight lb Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
39.4 x 9.4 23 7.9 13.2 4.7 2.0 3.0 51 x 48 x 83 1,874 362 640
44 x 11 23.6 10.6 11.8 4.7 2.0 3.0 67 x 58 x 83 3,087 362 650
134
VHF 2
VHF - ideal series for mechanic workshops, training, single part and replacement part manufacturing, and prototyping
This excellent price/performance ratio is made possible by high-volume production with standardized VHF assemblies Height height adjustment of the work table via automatic feed - precision feed via smooth hand crank all 3 axes are provided with clamping fixtures The vertical head swivels to both sides ( 90), the quill is fed via capstan handle or manual precision feed (hand wheel) The integrated feed (standard equipment) allows moving of the X axis by hand wehel or via feed For horizontal machining, the top beam including the head can be rotated by 180 on the column, the spindle speed is changed via gears
Standard Equipment VHF 1 and VHF 2: 3-axis position indicator, 2 milling arbors ( 7/8, 1), collet set - 3/16 - 5/8 with mount, drill chuck 5/8, milling chuck ISO 40, reducing sleeve ISO 40 / MT3, reducing sleeve ISO 40 / MT2, work lamp, operating tools, coolant system For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VHF 1, VHF 2
(Product Search)
Wide, adjustable guides
Feed gears with rapid feed
Upper beam swivels
135
M i l l i ng
VHF 3

Solid Universal Milling Machine for drilling and milling work requiring long travel distances
All 3 axes with automatic and rapid feeds Vertical head swivels 45 Spindle speeds for horizontal and vertical spindle controlled by separate switch gears with oil-bath lubrication Capstan-controlled quill feed for drilling, manual micro-feed for milling 3 automatic quill feeds For horizontal spindle operations, the top beam including head can be completely rotated on the stand Adjustable ground dovetail guideways on the X axis, and wide square guideways on Y and Z axis Clamping on all 3 axes Adjustable stops for drilling depth and table adjustment
Standard Equipment: position indicator, drilling chuck 5/8, milling chuck ISO 40, reducing sleeve ISO 40 / MT3 and ISO 40 / MT2, coolant system, chip tray, work lamp, machine operating tools, operator manual
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for VHF 3
(Product Search)
Specifications VHF 3 Work table Table set-up area T-slots (quantity / width / distance) Table load capacity Feeds Travel - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Feed speeds X axis (from - to / number) Feed speeds Y axis Rapid feed - X axis - Y axis - Z axis Vertical cutter head Spindle mount Spindle speeds (from - to / number) Quill stroke
Quill feeds (3) 52 x 12 0.2 / 0.5 / 2 660 29.5 11 17 0.7 - 14 / 8 0.7 - 14 / 8 40 40 26 ISO/NMTB 40 90 - 2000 / 8 4.7 Throat Vertical spindle-to-table distance Head swivel range Horizontal cutter head Spindle mount Spindle speeds (from - to / number) Spindle axis (horizontal) to table distance Drive rating Drive motors (vertical / horizontal) Feed motor Coolant pump Physical measurements Dimensions (LxWxH) Machine weight Part No. inc. position indicator Price inc. position indicator $
/rev
lbs
0.003; 0.006; 0.001 7.75 - 21.25 5.5 - 21.25 45 ISO/NMTB 40 38 - 1310 / 12 2 - 17.5 3/3 0.7 0.1 67x68x92 3,970 301 410
rpm
/min /min /min /min /min
Hp Hp Hp
lbs
rpm
136
KBF 50
Drill Press/Milling Machine Total Price

including 3-axis position indicator (assembled)
For drilling, milling, tapping, reaming, and universal use in mechanical engineering, training and construction
Machine head runs in sturdy dovetail guide Motorized machine head positioning Automatic quill feed (3 steps) Manual quill feed for drilling and fine feed for milling Multi-step gear for maximum drilling and milling capacity Large compound sliding table on rigid guideways Automatic table feed, X and Y axis
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, solid cast-iron base, coolant system, central lubrication, vertical guideway cover, operating tools, work lamp, operating instructions, collet chuck set, drill chuck, tool mounts
Options Part No. Price $ Accessory set, ISO 40, 5 pieces 104 596 Hydraulic vice HS 125 125 024 Divider ST 130 110 960 Milling chuck ISO40 106 044 Clamping tools, assorted deluxe 16 / M14 105 300 Additional Options for this machine are listed on our website under KBF 50 (Product Search) Specifications KBF 50 Max. drilling capacity Spindle Taper Quill stroke Travel Spindle nose to table Spindle speed Feeds (3) Table working surface T-slots (3) Travels Table power feed (8) Spindle drive motor Dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $ 1/2 x 3.75 X= 23.6; Y= 14 1 - 28 2-3 68 x 68 x 91 3,080 362 410
rpm /rev
2 ISO/NMTB 40 7 4.72-24.4 (16) 95-2250 .004; .006, .012 48 x 14
/min Hp lbs
137
M i l l i ng
Unimill
Horizontal and Vertical Milling Machine
Super Compact Universal Milling Machine with Automatic Feed

Horizontal milling feature is included in standard equipment - Easy change-over from vertical to horizontal machining Vertical cutter head swivels 45 to both sides Rigid cast-iron frame with dovetail guides on all axes ensure maximum rigidity and accuracy Automatic table feed for X axis Infinitely variable spindle speeds up to 2000 rpm
Cutter head swivels 45 Standard Equipment: Drill chuck ( 0.5 in), outer arbor support for horizontal milling, milling arbor for horizontal milling, automatic table feed on X axis, machine base, operating tools, operator manual Options for this machine are listed on our website under Unimill (product search) Specications Unimill Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Drilling capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Cutter head Speed range Spindle mount
in in in in in in rpm
12 4 4 18 x 5 0.5 3 x 0.5 x 1.4 200 - 2000 MT 3
Head swivel range Spindle nose-to-table distance Drive Capacities Main motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions without base frame Weight Part No. Price $
in Hp
45R 45L 6.5 0.7
in lb
24 x 29 x 24 251 101 292
138
Optimill 25
Drill Press/Milling Machine
Rigid Drill Press/Milling Machine Combo for workshops and model construction features infinitely variable drive and feed
Compact, rigid machine frame made of premium cast-iron Adjustable dovetail guides on all axes Cutter head swivels 45 to the left and 90 to the right all the way to the horizontal spindle position Strong clamps for quill and guides ensure maximum rigidity during work processes Automatic table feed for X axis (Standard equipment) Powerful spindle motor with infinitely variable speed and digital speed indicator Integrated tapping feature Easy change of rotation via forward / reverse switch on the control panel Quill feed via hand-lever (crosslever), change-over to precision feed via hand-wheel Digital depth indicator for quill travel with 0.01 mm scale divisions Base frame included in standard equipment
Swivels 90 to the right and 45 to the left Standard Equipment: Drill chuck ( 0.6 in), automatic table feed on X axis, indicator for depth and rpm, machine base, operating tools, operator manual Options for this machine are listed on our website under Optimill 25 (Product search) Specications Optimill 25 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Drilling capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Cutter head Speed range Spindle mount Quill stroke Head swivel range Spindle nose-to-table distance Drive Capacities Main motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions without base frame Weight Part No. Price $ in in Hp 2.8 90R 45L 15 1.3
19 5.7 12 27.6 x 6.3 0.98 3 x 0.5 x 1.7 100 - 1750 MT 3
in lb
30 x 28 x 37 441 101 290
139
Milling
Digital indicator for swivel angle
Control panel with tapping feature and potentiometer
Extremely solid cast-iron machine frame with wide dovetail guides Cutter head swivels 45 to both sides, including digital indicator, which is more accurate and user-friendly than conventional scales Precision-ground guideways are adjustable via taper gibs on all axes The brushless spindle motor is infinitely variable and delivers high torque in the low and medium speed range
Digital speed (rpm) indicator on the control panel Motorized height (Z) adjustment of the cutter head ensures maximum operator comfort and simplifies work Quill feed via hand-lever (cross-lever), change-over to precision feed via hand-wheel Quill stroke with digital indicator that shows up to 0.0004 in Automatic feed on X axis is included in the standard equipment, ensuring uniform traverse and rapid positioning Automatic thread cutter
Standard Equipment: Drill chuck ( 5/8 in), automatic table feed on X axis, indicator for swivel angle, depth and rpm, work lamp, machine base, operating tools, operator manual Options for this machine are listed on our website under Optimill 30 (Product search) Specications Optimill 30 Working area X axis travel Y axis travel Z axis travel Table dimensions Drilling capacity T-slots (qty x width x spacing) Cutter head Speed range Spindle mount Quill stroke Head swivel range Spindle nose-to-table distance Drive Capacities Main motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ in in Hp 3.4 45R 45L 15.7 2
16 9.6 13 32.3 x 9.4 1.2 4 x 0.6 x 2 100 - 1600 MT 4
in lb
43 x 33 x 43 750 101 291
140
Optimill 30
The large model of the Optimill series features superior performance, operator comfort and innovative details
Mini Drill Press / Milling Machine Combo

Large spindle mount MT 4 Automatic X axis feed Digital angle indicator Infinitely variable speed control
141
Milling
Examples of Applications:
Inside diameter boring and facing
Milling with milling arbor
Slot cutting with divider
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator Base Drill chuck 1/2 inch Tool holder bits Operating tools
Option The infinitely variable table feed TV 1000 M (page 220) includes adjustable limit stops, which activate the shut-off upon contact. The point of origin can be approached via the rapid traverse. Part No. 121 477 Price $ H For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for Mark Super
(Product Search)
Angle boring
Tapping
Specifications MARK SUPER Operating Range Head elevation Spindle column Work table X-way Y-way Speeds rpm Spindle nose-to-table distance (max.) Head + Column Spindle mount Quill elevation Quill diameter Head swivel Column- / width Drilling capacity End milling Motor Hp Dimension (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. Price with position indicator $
F
12 10 31.5 x 9.5 20.75 7.87 (12) 80 - 3150 21 MT 4 5 3 45 7.5 1.0 1.125 1.5 39 x 35 x 83 950 301 495
142
Mark Super
Cutter head with variable angle, plus large travel ranges ensure maximum versatility
Drill Press/Milling Machine
Motor for automatic height adjustment
Dovetail guide
Manual micro-feed for milling Head swivels 45
Digital depth indicator for quill (LCD display) standard
The machine head height is adjusted by dovetail guide and an levating motor with spindle to provide precise travel. This results in a significantly improved stability during milling operations compared to column-guided systems. The integrated tapping feature automatically changes directions upon reaching the preset depth.
Base including storage shelf
Rigid, and safety-oriented structure of all operation groups, manufactured with maximum precision The enclosed design of all operation and drive train elements prevents contamination, and ensures troublefree operation.
143
M i l l i ng
R 32 Basic
Rigid Radial Drill Press with an unbeatable price/ performance ratio
For drilling, reaming and tapping Machine frame made of high-quality fine-grain cast-iron with heavy ribbing to ensure maximum reduction of vibrations Precision-ground gears for quiet operation
Radial Drill Press
Practical layout of electrical and mechanical controls at the headstock for easy operation Motorized arm height adjustment The spindle is made of high-quality hardened steel for consistent accuracy Mechanical clamping for head, column, and arm
Specifications R 32 Basic Drilling capacity (steel / cast-iron) Column diameter Throat (spindel-to-column surface) max. Throat (spindel-to-column surface) min. Spindle nose-to-table dist. max. Spindle nose-to-table dist. min. Cube table dimensions (LxWxH) Machine table dimensions (LxWxH) 1.3 7.9 32 12.6 34 12.6 15.7x15.7x13.8 54x28x6.3
Standard Equipment: Coolant system, Cube table, Halogen work lamp For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for R 32 Basic (Product Search) Spindle mount Quill stroke Speeds (quantity/range) Feeds (quantity/range) Motor rating Weight (approximate) Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Part No. Price $ MT 4 9.4 (6) 75-1220 (3) 0.004 - 0.009 2 3140 55x28x74 101 522
rpm /rev Hp lbs
144
Horizontal Boring Mill
BO 110 BO 130
Table load capacity up to 11 tons and a Work Area up to 79 x 79
starting at
Rigid, hardened and precision ground square guides ensure many years of accurate operation Mechanical functions that may not be run simultaneously are provided with interlocks Headstock and feed gears are equipped with an overload clutch Lever-operated shift gears for positioning of the gears in the desired position The manual control panel is set upin a userfriendly and clear manner, the panel includes controls for spindle rotation, tool clamping, scale lighting, etc. Table rotates 360 Telescoping steel covers protect the guides from chips and contamination With variable frequency drive, plus 3-axis servo motor Tailstock included (BO 110), optional (BO 130)
Standard Equipment: 3-axis position indicator, alignment wedges, central lubrication, work lamp, foundation bolts, operating tools, operator manual
BO 110 shown
Standard 3 axis digital position indicator on all machines For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for BO 110 / BO 130 (Product Search)

Rotary table rotational speed Main motor rating Rapid feed motor Hydraulic pump Spindle stroke motor Read-out accuracy, optic Counter-bore accuracy Overall dimensions (LxWxH) BO 130 5 ISO 50 35.4 9.8 2.5 - 125 22,000 7,050 0 - 70.8 2.36 24 4 - 800 18 Speed range rpm 4 - 200 2.5 - 125 Feed for quill, headstock, and table/spindle rotation Range I @ 8 - 400 rpm /rev 18 (0.0016 - 0.24) Range II @ 500 - 1000 rpm /rev 18 (0.0004 - 0.06) Feed of facing slide, headstock, and table, facing slide rotation Range I - 18 steps /rev 0.003-0.47 003-.472 Max. spindle torque ft/lb 900 2300 Max. lathe chuck torque ft/lb 1450 3600 Travel - longit./transv. 39/35 78/78 Vertical head travel 35.25 70.8 Table setup area 43 x 38 63 x 70.8 Rapid feed, headstock /min 100 100
rpm lbs lbs
rpm Hp Hp Hp Hp m
lbs
Specifications Spindle diameter Spindle taper Spindle feed Facing slide feed Facing slide rotation, 18 steps Max. table load capacity Max. spindle axial thrust Spindle center-to-table distance Drilling capacity Spindle speeds Speed range Facing slide speed (rpm)
rpm
BO 110 4.25 ISO 50 23.6 7.1 4 - 200 5,500 2,750 0 - 35 1.97 22 8 - 1000 18
Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
1 10 4 1 7 0.0004 H7 Ra-1.6 192x97 x108 25,300 301 499
1.2 20 7 2 7 0.0002 H7 Ra-1.6 277x184 x150 64,600 399 022
145
Dr i l l i ng
Hydraulic feed and rotational speed gears
Standard Equipment R 40 R 60 R 70 R 80 R 100: Coolant system, cube table, halogen work lamp Optional Equipment for R 40R60R70R80R100 Part No. Reducing sleeve MT 5/2 103 835 Reducing sleeve MT 5/3 103 840 Reducing sleeve MT 5/4 103 845 Accessory set, MT 4 (8 pieces) 104 594 Price $
R 40
1.25 in drilling capacity, large throat and compact dimensions Spindle speeds and feed velocity are hydraulically controlled for easy and safe operation The drill spindle is driven via multi-disk reversing clutch for smooth change-overs between forward and reverse Independent manual clamping of drill head and boom The boom can be moved vertically, while column and head remain clamped and fixed in their positions The drill head can be moved radially and positioned with high precision via a centrally located hand-wheel
The operator can pre-select via a switch, if the boom should be released for swiveling, whereby both axes will be simultaneously fixed in the requested position above the drill head clamping lever
R 60
Optimum size/performance ratio and a new drive technology make this a bestseller Infinitely variable spindle speed and easy to read digital display The quill of the R60 features a guided counter-weight for optimum balance Hydro-mechanically shifted feed gears Independent hydraulic clamping: boom can be moved vertically without losing the spindle-tobore alignment Drill head and column can be clamped/released together or separately with the push of a button A central lubrication system ensures reliable lubrication of the column
R 40 is shown
146
R 40 R 60 R 70 R 80 R 100
KNUTH Radial Drill Presses - Perfect in every detail, powerful, rigid and easy to handle
Radial Drill Presses
R 60 is shown
Base, column, boom and gear head are made of premium high-quality cast Major design features include a large column and a highly torsion-resistant boom Boom height adjustment via a powerful motorized drive and vertical spindle The boom lifting gears run in an oil-bath for maximum reliability and minimum wear Advanced column swivel design with optimized clamping features maximum rigidity and minimum clamping offset
Swivel axis and travel axis feature extremely smooth operation to make the operator's everyday production work easier The gears feature hardened and precision-ground chromenickel steel gears for smooth and low-noise operation All gear parts are lubricated reliably via oil pump The main spindle runs on precision bearings and features an automatic spindle brake
147
Dr i l l i ng
Depth stop with Nonius
Powerful machining with automatic feed
R 70 R 80 R 100
A large throat and high boring capacities are supported by a very rigid structural design, without compromising the ease of handling and smoothness of operation Spindle speeds and feed velocity are hydraulically controlled for easy and safe operation The drill spindle is driven via multi-disk reversing clutch to avoid excessive load peaks and for easy operation Independent hydraulic clamping of head, column and boom Drill head and column can be clamped/released together or separately; confirmation of operation via push button The boom is automatically supplied with lubricant via a central lubrication system
Specifications Drilling capacity in steel Tapping capacity (steel / casting) Throat (spindle-to-column surface) max. Throat (spindle-to-column surface) min. Drill head travel (horizontal) Max. spindle nose-to-table distance Min. spindle nose-to-table distance Arm stroke (vertical) Cube table dimensions (L x W x H) Machine table dimensions (L x W x H) Spindle mount Boring depth, max. Speeds (quantity/range) Feeds (quantity/range) Motor rating Lift motor Machine dimensions (L x W x H) Weight (approximate) Part No. Price $
in in in in in in in in in in rpm in/rev Hp Hp in lb
R 40 1.6 M 30 / M 36 39.4 9.8 29.5 20.5 8.7 21.7 17.7x23.6x17.7 37x23.5x5.9 MT 4 9.8 8 71 - 1800 4 (0.005 - 0.02) 3 1 69x30 x79 3,086 101 550
R 60 2.4 M 46 / M 52 63 13.8 49.2 49.2 13.8 24.4 19.7x29.5x19.7 66.9x38.6x7.9 MT 5 12.4 Infin. variable 38 - 2000 8 (0.002 - 0.04) 5.5 2 98x39 x109 8,378 101 649
R 70 2.8 M 50 / M 56 78.7 17.7 63 63 15.7 23.6 31.5x24.8x19.7 78.7x39.4x7.9 MT 5 15.7 16 20 - 1600 16 (0.002 - 0.13) 7.5 2 121x49 x130 15,432 101 654
R 80 3.1 M 56 / M 64 98.4 19.7 78.7 78.7 21.7 39.3 39.4x31.5x22 139x55.1x11.8 MT 6 17.7 16 16 - 1250 16 (0.002 - 0.13) 10 4 147x55 x159 24,251 101 652
R 100 3.9 M 70 / M 80 124 22.4 101.6 98.4 29.5 39.3 39.4x31.5x22 108.3x48x11.8 MT 6 19.7 22 8 - 1000 16 (0.002 - 0.13) 20 4 188x64 x186 44,093 101 653
148
R 40 R 60 R 70 R 80 R 100
Proven performance, quality and cost-effectiveness
Radial Drill Presses
starting at
R 100 is shown
Quill teeth are precision-ground for a smooth feed and minimum wear The drill head moves on hardened and ground guideways All models feature adjustable overload clutches in the feeds Adjustable boring depth stop with large, easy to read scale and Nonius
All operator controls are placed within reach for convenient and practical handling and quick learning Powerful coolant system with coolant reservoir integrated into the machine foot 149
Dr i l l i ng
KSB
Box-Column Drill Press
starting at
Superior Rigidity for Demanding Drilling, Reaming and Thread-Cutting Tasks

Box-column design provides high load capacity, and is torsionproof and rigid Table and drill head can be moved individually for an optimum machining height 9-step feed and speed gears, with oil-bath lubrication High torque across the entire speed range Thread-cutting unit automatically reverses upon reaching the preset depth
Specifications Drilling capacity in steel Feed force Torque Spindle drive Spindle taper Throat Vertical head travel Quill stroke Speed range / # Spindle feeds / # Max. spindle nose-to-table dist. Vertical table travel T-slot width / # Table setup area Coolant pump Flow rate Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ KSB 25 A 1 lbs 20,000 ft/lbs 120 Hp 3 MT 3 11 8 8 rpm 502000 / 9 /rev .002-.07/9 28 12 .7/3 16 x 22 W 90 gal/min 6.6 38x33 x91 lbs 2090 101 691 KSB 32 A 1.25 20,000 120 3 MT 4 11 8 8 502000 / 9 .002-.07/9 28 12 .7/3 16 x 22 90 6.6 38x33 x91 2090 101 692 Standard Equipment: coolant system, tapping feature, halogen work lamp, operating tools, operator manual Options Universal facing and boring head Coolant concentrate 1.3 gal Accessory set, MT 4 (8 pieces) Reducing sleeve MT 5/4 KSB 40 B 1.5 35,000 260 4 MT 4 13.2 8 10 311400 / 12 .002-.07/9 29.5 12 .7/3 19 x 22 90 6.6 41x99 x36 2760 101 693 KSB 50 C 2 35,000 360 5 MT 5 13.2 8 10 45850 / 9 .002-.07/9 29.5 12 .7/3 19 x 22 90 6.6 41x99 x36 2760 101 694
Part No. 103 402 Part No. 103 184 Part No. 104 594 Part No. 103 845 KSB 80 B 3 65,000 590 7 MT 6 14.8 10 10 40570 / 9 .004-.03/6 31.5 12 .7/3 25.5 x 21.5 90 6.6 38x57 x110 5510 101 696
Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $ KSB 100 4 97,500 848 7,5 MT 6 18.9 300 12 26-320/6 .004-.003/6 33.5 12 .7/3 760 x 650 75 25 57x38 x125 7700 101 697
KSB 63 B 2.5 65,000 590 7 MT 5 14.8 10 10 40570 / 9 .004-.03/6 31.5 12 .7/3 25.5 x 21.5 90 6.6 38x57 x110 5510 101 695
150
KSR 40 Advance
Linear guides for flexible handling and maximum rigidity
Large travel ranges and many different machining stations provide maximum setup and machining possibilities Powerful machine for drilling, tapping, countersinking and boring Extremely sturdy construction ensures high accuracy and reliability Quick and precise tool positioning: hydraulic clamping is released by the push of a button, head easily swivels forward, backward and horizontally Motorized up and down movement of drill head Height can be adjusted without changing the drilling position Provides great flexibility when machining large parts Drill head swivels 90 degrees Automatic feed with depth stop Thick-walled column and large dimensions of all components ensure maximum accuracy Digital drilling depth indicator
High-Speed Radial Drill Press
Infinitely variable spindle speed with digital display and digital drilling depth indicator for maximum operator comfort
starting at
Optional Compound Sliding Table Optional Milling Chuck with Collets
Optional Equipment: Compound Sliding Table with Milling Chuck Set Compound Sliding Table Table size 25.2x8.1 Cross travel 14.6 Linear travel 6
Dimensions 9.4x15.6 Weight lbs 525 Milling Chuck with Collets Collet diameter 02,03,04, 05,06,063 Part No. 162 364 Price $
Standard Equipment: digital speed indicator, additional setup areas at the side and rear, cube table, swivelling horizontal table, digital boring depth indicator, halogen work lamp, coolant system, tapping option, drill chuck with tool-holder bits, reducing sleeves, operating tools, operator manual Spindle feeds (quantity) Column diameter Table setup area (LxW) T-slots, qty x width (table) Main motor Height adjustment motor Coolant pump motor Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part no. Price $ 0.003 - 0.02 (6) 8.75 47 x 20 3 x 5/8 3 2 .5 68 x 47 x 89 6041 162 363
Specifications KSR 40 Advance Max. drilling capacity Max. tapping capacity Distance (spindle-to-column) Max. distance (spindle nose-to-table) Upper beam travel Column stroke Quill stroke Head swivel range Spindle mount Spindle speeds, inf. variable rpm
1-1/2 1-1/8 22 30 23.2 15.7 8 90 MT 4 50 - 315, 315 - 2000
Hp Hp Hp lbs
151
Dr i l l i ng
SSB F Super
Production Drill Press with infinitely variable speed and thread-cutting function
Ideal for single part and batch productions, for drilling, countersinking, reaming, and thread-cutting Very rigid construction with thick-walled column and large throat Infinitely variable speed adjustment with back gearing and digital speed display 4 automatic drill feeds with electromagnetic clutch control and automatic shut-off when reaching the limit stop Motorized table height adjustments Large drilling table with circumferential coolant groove, height adjustment, and 45 swivel range Thread cutter is included with standard equipment
Column Drill Presses
starting at
SSB 40 F Super is shown
Digital drilling depth indicator Standard Equipment: thread-cutting unit, protective shield, halogen work lamp, coolant system, operating tools, operator manual For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for SSB 40 / 50 F Super (Product Search) Specifications SSB Drilling capacity (diam.) Tapping capacity Table setup area Quill stroke Spindle mount Speed rpm Feed / # settings /rev Spindle nose-to-table dist. Spindle nose-to-foot dist. 40 F Super 1 1/2 M 24 20 x 17 7 1/2 MT 4 60 - 2600 0.004: 0.008; 0.012; 0.02 (4) 26 47 50 F Super 2 M 30 23 x 18 8 MT 4 50 - 2200 0.004; 0.008; 0.012; 0.02 (4) 23 46
SSB 50 F Super is shown
Throat Table travel Table swivel range Column diameter Motor rating Overall dim. (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
HP lbs
13 22 18 (motorized) 45 5.5 2 39 x 26 x 87 1100 162 337
14 21 16 (motorized) 45 7 3 45 x 27 x 93 1440 101 668
152
Column Drill Presses
SSB 32 Xn SSB 40 Xn
Powerful Universal Drill Presses for versatile use in the workshop

Heavy cast-iron construction with thick-walled column Thread-cutting feature is standard Automatic drill feeds are activated and deactivated via electromagnetic clutch Including coolant system and work lamp Table rotates and swivels 45 2-step motor (SSB 32 Xn) Head swivels 45, adjustable height (SSB 32 Xn) Digital speed (rpm) display (SSB 32 Xn)
Coolant system is included Standard Equipment: thread cutter, protective shield, halogen work lamp, coolant system, operating tools, operator manual, For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for SSB 32 Xn or SSB 40 Xn (Product Search) Specifications Drilling capacity (diam.) Tapping capacity Table setup area Quill stroke Spindle mount Speed range / # rpm Feed / # settings /rev Spindle nose-to-table dist. Spindle nose-to-foot dist. SSB 32 Xn 1.25 M .75 19.5 x 16.5 6 MT 4 125 - 3030 / 12 0.004; 0.008; 0.012 / 3 25 46.5
SSB 40 Xn shown
SSB 32 Xn shown SSB 40 Xn 1.5 M 1 22 x 19 7 MT 4 72 - 2150 / 9 0.005; 0.01; 0.02 / 3 26 47 Throat Table travel Head travel Head swivel range Table swivel range Column diameter Motor rating Overall dim.(LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ 12.5 16 11 45 45 5 1.5 33 x 20 x 77 1190 162 332 14 22 45 5.5 2.5 38 x 23 x 90 1120 162 338
Hp lbs
153
Dr i l l i ng
SBF 32 40
Drilling and Milling - A true added value for a low price
Column Drill Press with Milling Function
Universal Skill Package for the Shop Floor - Drilling, Thread cutting, and Milling
Both machines feature a large compound sliding table for coordinated drilling and milling work Quiet operation with oil-bath lubricated gears for long tool life and durability The milling machine's high-quality spindle bearing can withstand higher loads for the long term Manual drill feed can be switched to high-precision feed via a hand-wheel The SBF 40 also features a controllable automatic feed with 3 gear steps Adjustable height of gear head and table Table guides are adjustable with high precision via taper gibs Gear head swivels to both sides Cutter mounts are secured by a drawbar Automatic tapping feature and digital depth indicator are included The SBF 40 features an integrated coolant system
starting at
SBF 40 shown
Cutter head swivels to both sides Specifications Working area Travel - X axis - Y axis - Z1 / Z2 axis Table setup area Table load capacity (max.) T-slots (number/width/spacing) T-slot foot (number/width/spacing) Spindle speeds (12) Spindle mount Quill stroke Throat Column diameter Spindle nose-to-table distance Spindle nose-to-foot distance Drilling capacity in steel / ST37 Head swivel range Thread cutting in steel / St 37
Graduated scale on the cutter head SBF 32 in in in in lb in in rpm in in in in in mm 14.6 7.5 10.2 28 x 8.3 221 3 x 0.55 x 2 2 x 0.55 x 8 75 - 3200 MT 4 4.7 10.6 4.5 24 46.5 32 45 M16 SBF 40 19.7 7.5 22.8 28.7 x 8.3 221 3 x 0.55 x 3 2 x 0.98 x 5 75 - 3200 MT 4 4.7 10.9 4.5 23.6 46.5 40 45 M16
Standard Equipment: Thread cutter, digital depth indicator, draw bar, drill chuck, tool-holder bits, coolant system, operating instructions Drive Capacities Main motor rating Coolant system Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. Price $
Hp Hp in lb
1.5 0.05 35 x 30 x 67 750 101 570
1.5 / 2.0 0.05 33 x 30 x 73 838 101 571
154
TSB 25 TSB 35
Versatile Use in Workshop Applications
Rigid cast-iron construction Height-adjustable machine head 6 or 12 speed levels Rectangular table with T-slots and circumferential coolant groove TSB 35 Automatic quill feed Rpm indicator Coolant system Head swivels 45
Bench-mounted Column Drill Press
TSB 25 shown
TSB 35 shown
Standard Equipment: base, protective shield, halogen lamp, coolant system (TSB 35), drill chuck, operating tools, operator manual For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for TSB (Product Search) Specifications Drilling capacity in steel Tapping capacity in steel Working area Setup area, foot Quill stroke Vertical head travel Spindle nose-to-foot dist. Throat Column diameter Spindle speed TSB 25 1 M 16 12 x 12.5 4 18.5 25.5 9 3.75 (6) 125-2825 TSB 35 1 3/8 M 22 14.5 x 14 6 20 25 12.5 4.75 (12) 125-3030 Spindle mount Drive Capacities Main motor rating Feed Quill feeds Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ MT 3 Hp 1 MT 4 1.3 (3) 0.004; 0.008; 0.012 32 x 20 x 66 750 162 345
/rev
lbs
28 x 16 x 62 490 162 340
rpm
155
Dr i l l i ng
KST 16V shown
KSS 32 shown
Industrial Drill Presses
Rigid table (KST) and column drill presses (KSS) with large work tables
Specifications Drilling capacity Column diameter Quill stroke Throat Max. distance Spindle to table Spindle to foot Mount Spindle speed range Automatic feed Table setup area Foot setup area Motor Weight Height Part No. Price $ rpm KST 16 5/8 3.5 4 7 16.75 24 MT 2 (6) 290-2000 11 x 12 9.5 x 9.5 1 240 42 162 510 KST 16V 5/8 3.5 4 7 16.75 24 MT 2 (6) 290-2000 (4)0.004;0.006 0.007;0.010 11 x 12 9.5 x 9.5 1 240 42 162 500 KST 25 1 3.5 5 7 16.75 24 MT 2 (9) 160-1820 11 x 12 9.5 x 9.5 1.75 240 42 162 506 KSS 25V 1 4 5 9 26.75 38 MT 3 (6) 230-2160 (3) 0.004;0.006 0.010 13 x 15 12.5 x 12.5 2 420 62 162 502 KSS 32 1-1/4 4 5 9 29.5 38 MT 3 (9) 160-1880
KST KSS
Hp lbs
13 x 15 12.5 x 12.75 2 420 69 162 508
Automatic feed (model KST 16V + KSS 25V) Coolant system (model KSS 25V + KSS 32) Quiet belt drive High precision spindle bearing Handwheel and gear rack for table movement Adjustable depth stop Large quill stroke Thick-walled column
156
KB 32 shown
KB 20 shown
KB 25 shown
Bench Drill Presses
KB 20 25 32
in in in in in in rpm in Hp in lb KB 20 0.79 11.4 x 11.4 5.5 - 21.7 25.2 7.0 3.1 KB 25 0.98 13.6 x 13.6 5.5 - 33.5 53.5 8.5 3.1 KB 32 1.26 18.7 x 16.7 8.3 - 28.7 47.2 10 3.6
With a universal drill table: Swivels 45 Rotates 360 around column
Specifications Drilling capacity Working area Table setup area Spindle nose-to-table dist. Spindle nose-to-foot distance Throat Column diameter Headstock Speed range Spindle mount Quill stroke Drive Capacities Main motor rating Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
Versatile use in workshop applications, for training and small-parts production

Adjustable depth stop Quiet belt drive operation Forward/reverse can be set by a single switch Headstock runs in precision-bearings 12 speeds allow selection of optimum speeds at the workpiece
Standard Equipment: Drill chuck guard, 0.63 in drill chuck, operator manual Options for this machine can be found on our website under KB 20, KB 25 or KB 32
(product search)
(12) 120 - 2580 (12) 120 - 2580 (12) 150 - 2700 MT 2 MT 2 MT 3 3.1 3.1 4.7 0.74 33 x 22 x 11 187 162 520 1.0 57 x 26 x 13 243 162 521 1.5 58 x 26 x 14 320 162 522
157
Dr i l l i ng
Ill. KGB 30
III. KGB 25
Gear-Drive Drill Press
KGB
rpm
Specifications Max. drill cap. in steel Thread Quill stroke Spindle taper Speed range Spindle-to-column dist. Head swivel Spindle-to-table distance Spindle-to-base distance Max. table travel max. head travel Table setup area Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part no. Price $
Hp lbs
KGB 25 1 5/8 5.5 MT 3 (8) 100 - 2900 8.8 4.25 - 16 12 11.5 x 11.75 0.75 /1 16 x 22 x 49 440 101 690
KGB 30 1 5/8 5.5 MT 3 (8) 100 - 2900 8.8 45 1.2 - 23.5 42 18 9.5 13 x 15 0.75 /1 19 x 25 x 66 600 101 685
Heavy-duty Gear Drill Press at a Low Price

8 speed steps with positive torque transmission no belt slippage Easy speed adjustment via two levers Heavy construction with thick-walled column Hand wheel for vertical feed of head Depth scale with adjustable depth stop Vertical table feed (only KGB 30) Work table swivels +/-50 (only KGB 30)
For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for KGB (Product Search)
158
K2 shown
K3 shown K4 shown
Bench / Column Drill Presses
K2 K3 K4
Specifications Max. drill capacity Max. tapping capacity Spindle mount Speeds Quill stroke Throat Max. spindle nose-to-table dist. Max. spindle nose-to-foot dist. Table setup area 3 T-slots Column diameter Motor rating 230 V Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ rpm K2 0.75 1/2 MT 2 100 - 1500 3 10 15 29 12.5 x 14 1/2 3.5 1.5 27 x 15 x 48 480 162 511 K3 1 1/2 MT 3 100 - 1800 4 11 18 36 15.5 x 13.5 1/2 4.25 2 29 x 18 x 72 700 162 512 K4 1 3/4 MT 3 L 100 - 600 H 200 - 1700 4.75 12 23 45 17 x 15 1/2 4.75 2 33 x 22 x 73 1,240 162 514
Comfortable and quiet operation with high accuracy - ideal for precision mechanics, laboratories or workshops
Infinitely variable speed Digital speed and drill depth indicator Table height adjustment per handwheel and gear rack 360 rotating work table Thread cutting function Forward and reverse operation
Standard Equipment: drill chuck, toolholder bits, operating tools, operator manual For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for K2 / K3 / K4
(Product Search)
Hp lbs
159
Dr i l l i ng
F
starting at
VB
Metal band saws
Vertical Metal Band Saws with Proven Solid Construction, including Band Saw Blade Welder
Torsionally rigid steel construction Table tilts 15 in all directions New! Electrical speed control from 65-280 ft/min and 400-1,640 ft/min, with band speed indicator (VB 410 and higher) Increased cutting precision Functional and practical design High-precision blade guides with carbidetipped back-roller Blow-out feature results in improved cut control With replaceable plastic bandage Hand wheel for quick blade tension adjustments Blade welder with stress relief, saw-shears, grinding stone, chip box
VB 610 shown
Standard Equipment: complete saw blade welder, lighting, 1 saw blade Bandsaw Blades for model VB 300 VB 360 VB 410 VB 510 VB 610 Specifications Cutting capacity Height x throat Speeds /min Blade width Table Table adjustment Motor rating HP Table height Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. Price $ Dimensions 98x3/16x0.025 / 98x3/8x0.025 114x3/16x0.025 / 114x3/8x0.025 132.5x3/16x0.025 / 132.5x3/8x0.025 151x3/16x0.025 / 151x3/8x0.025 155.5x3/16x0.025 / 155.5x3/16x0.025 VB 300 7x12 .8 - 4 .1 -.6 20x16 15 0.5 35 28x51x79 500 102 500 VB 360 9x14 .8 - 4 .1 -.6 20x16 15 0.75 38 14x25x61 560 102 550 VB 410
Optimum blade tension via hand-wheel Teeth/Inch 10 / 14 / 22 10 / 14 / 22 10 / 14 / 22 10 / 14 / 22 10 / 14 / (22 only for .20 width) VB 510 12x21 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20 .1 -.6 24x20 15 1.5 39 18x32x75 1110 102 692 VB 610 12x24 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20 .1 -.6 24x20/11x20 15 1.5 40 28x43x79 1550 102 694 Price $
12x16 .8 - 3 + 5 - 20 .1 -.6 16x20 15 1.5 39 14x27x68 970 102 690
160
Please indicate the size and type of teeth when ordering saw blades!
ABS 300 NC
Fully Automated Miter Band Saw
Cutting angle settings 90 / 60 / 45 With touch-screen monitor Automatic workpiece feed
Automatic band saw with programmable cutting angle
Torsion-proof dual-column construction Hydraulic saw frame feed via chrome-plated column guide Slightly inclined saw frame improves cutting performance and increases the service-life Dual hydraulic workpiece clamping Hydraulic saw blade tensioning Infinitely variable cutting speed High-torque gears ensure maximum machining power
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Dimensions: 174 x 1.3 x 0.043 in
Hydraulic saw blade tensioning Precise and stable saw band guides ensure high angular accuracy Automatic band breakage control LED indicator for belt speed
Teeth/inch: 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 starting at $
Standard Equipment: Siemens PLC, automatic cleaning brush, feed roller table (6.6 ft long), 1 saw blade, touch-screen monitor, automatic central lubrication, automatic parts counter, chip conveyor, coolant system, operating tools and operator manual Specifications ABS 300 NC Cutting Capacity Cutting capacity 90 (rectangular) Cutting capacity 90 (circular) Cutting capacity 90 (square) Cutting capacity 60 (rectangular) Cutting capacity 60 (circular) Cutting capacity 60 (square) Cutting capacity 45 (rectangular) Cutting capacity 45 (circular) Cutting capacity 45 (square) Cut length (max.)
in in in in in in in in in in
11.8 x 14.1 11.8 11.8 x 11.8 6.9 x 11.8 6.9 6.9 10.0 x 11.8 10.0 10.0 15.7
Blade speed Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating - hydraulic pump Coolant pump motor rating Dimensions/Weight Belt dimensions Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. Price $
ft/min Hp Hp Hp in in lb
66-295 4.0 1.0 0.6 174 x 1.3 x 0.043 87 x 79 x 67 4,189 152 880
161
S aw i ng
Fully Automated Band Saw
ABS 280 B ABS 320 B

Low-cost cutting solution with high productivity for automatic cutting to length of solid materials, tubes, profile sections, etc. made of steel, cast-iron, non-ferrous and light metals
starting at
A bundle vise is provided for cutting entire material packs to length Saw frame and machine bed are made of premium cast-iron for torsion-free performance even under maximum loads New helical gears ensure above-average service life and low maintenance
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades For model Dimensions ABS 280 B 133.75 x 1 x .035 ABS 320 B 144 x 1 x .035 Specifications Cutting Capacity Cutting capacity (circular) Cutting capacity (square) Cutting capacity (rectangular) Stop length Cutting speed, infinitely /min variable Working area Feed roller table length Number of feed rollers Teeth/Inch 3/4, 6/10 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 ABS 280 B 11 10.5 10 x 11 19.5 787 - 3937 Price $
Infinitely variable saw frame feed Large sized hydraulic cylinder for constant quiet operation Automatic adjustment of cutting height
Standard Equipment: autom. band breakage control, bundle vise, coolant system, saw blade, operating tools, chip wiper, feed roller table 47, operator manual
ABS 320 B 12.5 11.5 12.5 x 7.75 19.5 787 - 3937
Drive Capacities Main motor rating Motor rating hydraulic pump Feed motor rating Motor rating Coolant pump Dimensions/Weight Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
Hp Hp Hp Hp
2 .5 .3 .2 71 x 34 x 48 1330 152 750
2 .5 .3 .2 71 x 34 x 49 1460 152 755
lbs
47 4
47 6
162
ABS 320 C 350 B 450 B 550 B

Fully automatic high-performance bandsaw with twin column guide system
starting at
High-Performance Bandsaws
Standard Equipment: Saw blade, bundle vise Coolant system Saw blade cleaner brush Feed roller table Operator manual
Main drive with 2 or 5 Hp provides for sufficient power reserves Rigid dual-column guide for parallel cuts Torsion-resistant weldment Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with above average life time and low maintenance
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades for model ABS 320 C ABS 350 B ABS 450 B ABS 550 B Specifications Cutting capacity - Circular /square Rectangular
Cutting speed (infinitely var.) /min
Parts counter Infinitely variable cutting speed (from 65 to 330 feet/min) for optimum cutting results Band breakage control Carbide saw-band guides Coolant system with 3 nozzles Feed roller table and linear stop are standard equipment
Teeth/Inch 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 starting at $
Dimensions 162.5 x 1 x .035 97 x 1 x .035 236 x 1.5 x .05 268 x 1.5 x .05 ABS 320 C 12.5/ 12.5 13.75 x 12.5 790 - 3937 2/400 0.75 0.3 19.75 39 83 x 35 x 59 2068 152 756 ABS 350 B
ABS 450 B 17.75/ 17.75 18.5 x 17.75 790 - 3937 4/400 1.5 0.3 19.75 39 122 x 47 x 74 3960 152 765
ABS 550 B 21.5/ 21.5 22.5 x 21.5 790 - 3937 5.25/400 1.5 0.75 19.75 39 132 x 47 x 83 4620 152 770
Drive motor rating/voltage Hp/V Hydraulic motor Hp Feed motor Hp Stop length Roller track length Dimensions Weight lbs Part-No. Price $
13.75/ 13.75 14.5 x 13.75 790 - 3937 3/400 1 0.3 19.75 39 106 x 43 x 65 3080 152 760
163
S a wi n g
HB 280 B HB 320 BS
HB 320 BS shown
Semi-Automatic Band-Saws
D
starting at
Highly reliable Horizontal Band Saws with easy, comfortable miter adjustment
Infinitely variable hydraulic saw advance ensures optimum cutting results and minimized tool wear Automatic shut-off upon completionof saw process Band break sensor activates automatic shut-off upon band break Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with above average life timeinfinitely variable cutting speed from 65 ft to 330 ft/min Coolant system
Highlight HB 320 BS Saw frame swivels allowing universal angle setting - no need to swivel the workpiece! Including feed roller stand, 47 long
HB 280 B shown
Standard Equipment: part clamping fixture, coolant system, longitudinal stop, 47 long roller table (HB 320 BS only), operator manual Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades For model HB 280 B HB 320 BS Dimension 133.75x1 163.75x1.3 x.035 x.043 Teeth/Inch 3/4, 6/10 3/4, 6/10 Price $ Specifications Cutting capacity 90 - Circular - Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 45 - Circular - Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 30 - Circular - Square - Rectangular HB 280 B 11 11 13.5 x 7.5 9.4 8 x 8 10 x 12.5 HB 320 BS 12.5 12.5 24 x 12.5 12.5 12.5 x 12.5 14 x 12.5 10 8.5 11 x 7.5
Cutting speed Infinitely var. Motor rating Coolant pump Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
/min. Hp Hp
lbs
790 - 3937 2 0.16 71 x 34 x 39 1170 152 797
790 - 3937 3 0.16 83 x 47 x 53 2200 152 798
164
HB 360 DG 440 DG
Proven Quality and Performance Advanced Modern and Flexible Design
Infinitely variable belt speed Hydraulic workpiece clamping Angle adjustment on both sides Wide swivel range
Semi-Automatic Miter Band-Saw
starting at
Standard Equipment: Micro-spray cooling mist, hydraulic vice, digital angle indicator, coolant system, saw band cleaning brush, operator manual
Exact angle adjustment with digital display Options Feed roller conveyor, 10 ft Motorized feed roller conveyor, 10 ft Specifications Cutting Capacity 0 / 30 right / / 45 right 60 right / / 30 left 45 left / HB 360 DG in in in in in in 25.2 x 14.2 / 14.2 20.1 x 14.2 / 14.2 15.7 x 14.2 / 14.2 9.8 x 14.2 / 9.8 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.3 15.4 x 17.3 / 15.4 Part No. 250 739 250 740 Price $
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Model HB 360 DG Dimensions 197 x 1.3 x 0.04 in Teeth/inch 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 Price $
HB 440 DG 204.7 x 1.6 x 0.05 in 3/4, 4/6, 5/8
Hydraulic saw blade tensioning Bundle vice
Part No. 250 741 250 742
Price $
HB 440 DG 25.2 x 17.3 / 17.3 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.3 15.7 x 17.3 / 17.3 9.8 x 17.3 / 9.8 20.1 x 17.3 / 17.3 15.4 x 17.3 / 15.4 Blade speed Motor rating main drive Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ ft/min 66 - 328 Hp 5.5 in lb 122 x 53 x 75 3,594 152 862 66 - 328 5.5 122 x 47 x 84 3,836 152 860
165
S aw i ng
Cutting capacity from 13.8 to 43.3 in diameter
Miter cuts up to 45
Heavy-duty dual-column saw frame made of premium cast-iron Infinitely variable cutting speed from 66 to 328 ft/min provides high cutting efficiency in a wide spectrum of materials Up to 10 Hp drive motor ensures powerful chip removal Hydraulic workpiece clamping on HB 800 and HB 1100 Helical gears, designed for continuous operation with above average lifetime Hydraulic valve at the control panel for infinitely variable saw frame feed
Automatic saw frame stroke shut-off minimizes downtime during machining of constant material diameters Miter cuts up to 45 Automatic saw blade shut-down and saw frame lifts off automatically upon completion of the cut Premium saw blade and rigid feed roller table are included in standard equipment
Specifications Cutting capacity 90 - Circular - Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 45 - Circular - Square - Rectangular Blade speed Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
HB 350 in in in in in in ft/min Hp in lb 13.8 13.8 20.5 x 13.8 10.6 10.6 10.6 x 13.8 66 - 328 Infin. Variable 3 106 x 43 x 65 2,866 152 800
HB 450 17.7 17.7 25.6 x 17.7 13.8 13.8 13.8 x 17.7 66 - 328 Infin. Variable 4 120 x 47 x 74 3,748 152 805
166
HB 350 - 1100
Saw with the highest precision that others cannot match! High-performance Band Saw for very large workpieces
For precise sawing of sections and solid materials like steel, aluminum and other materials
starting at
Semi-Automatic Band Saws
HB 800 shown
Standard Equipment: Manual workpiece clamping (HB 350, HB 450, HB 550), hydraulic workpiece clamping (HB 800, HB 1100), coolant system, feed roller table 3.3,6.6 ft (except for HB 1100), infinitely variable cutting speed, operator manual Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Model Dimensions (in) HB 350 197 x 1.3 x 0.04 HB 450 236 x 1.6 x 0.05
teeth/inch 3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8
starting at $
HB 550 HB 800
268 x 1.6 x 0.05 323 x 1.6 x 0.05
3/4, 4/6, 5/8 3/4, 4/6, 5/8
167
S aw i ng
SBS 210
Circular 6.7 in Square 6.7 in Rectangular 8.3 x 5.5 in
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Model SBS 210 Dimensions (in) 83 x 0.79 x 0.035 Teeth/inch 4/6 Price $
SBS 260 96.85 x 1.1 x 0.035 3/4, 4/6
SBS 210 shown
Coolant system is included
pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning
innitely variable feed speeds
Standard Equipment SBS 210 / SBS 260: quick-action vise, coolant system, pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning, 1 saw blade, control panel, base, operating instructions Specications SBS Cutting capacity 90 - Circular / Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 45 - Circular - Square Cutting capacity 60 - Circular - Square 210 in in in in in in 6.7 / 6.7 8.3 x 5.5 4.7 4.3 2.8 2.4 260 8.7 / 6.3 10.2 x 4.3 3.5 3.1 3.5 3.1 Blade speeds Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (Cont/30 min) Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ ft/min 131 / 262 52.5 / 236
Hp mm lb
1.2 50 x 21 x 35 353 152 789
1.5 57 x 22 x 41 485 152 791
168
SBS 210 SBS 260

Flexible, proven and easy to handle - The SBS series for miter cuts up to 60
Horizontal Miter Band Saws
SBS 260
Circular: 8.7 in Square 6.3 in Rectangular: 10.2 x 4.3 in
Everything within reach of the Control Panel
SBS 260 shown
Cast-iron saw frame, one-piece construction Space-saving work process for miter cuts - The operator moves the saw frame, not the material Hydraulic cylinder for infinitely variable saw frame feed cutting speeds for optimum machining results and low saw blade wear
2 blade speeds for optimum machining results and low saw blade wear Pressure gauge indicates saw blade tension Vice with quick-action clamping and linear stop Rigid, adjustable saw blade guides, with dual ball-bearings Coolant system and solid base are included 169
S aw i ng
Machining of solid materials
One-piece cast-iron construction of the saw frame ensures quiet operation and low vibration Space-saving work process for miter cuts - The operator moves the saw frame, not the material Hydraulic cylinder for infinitely variable saw frame feed Select between 2 cutting speeds for optimum machining results and low saw blade wear Features a pressure gauge for exact saw blade tensioning Longer tool life, lower costs and more precise cuts
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Part No. 119 145 119 146
Included in standard equipment: Rigid vice with quick-action clamping and linear stop Robust dual ball-bearings in the saw blade guide ensure smooth and trouble-free saw blade operation Feed shuts off automatically at the end of the cut through the material Coolant system and solid base are included
Dimensions 107.3 x 1.1 x 0.035 107.3 x 1.1 x 0.035
teeth/inch 3/4 4/6
Price $
Standard Equipment: Quick-action vice, coolant system, pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning, 1 saw blade, control panel, display for saw blade tension, base, operating instructions Specications SBS 310 Cutting capacity 90 - Circular / Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 45 left - Circular / Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 45 right - Circular / Square - Rectangular Cutting capacity 60 right - Circular / Square - Rectangular Blade speeds Drive Capacities Main drive motor rating (cont/30 min) Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ in in ft/min Hp 4.7 / 3.7 4.7 x 3.7 774.3 / 118.1 2.0
in in in in in in
9.4 / 9.4 12.2 x 8.3 5.9 / 5.1 6.7 x 3.5 7.9 / 7.1 7.9 x 5.5
in lb
63 x 28 x 41 728 152 792
170
Please indicate the size and number of teeth per inch when ordering saw blades!
SBS 310
Horizontal Dual Miter Band Saw
Workshop band saw offers high flexibility and frame swivels to both sides for dual miter cuts: Left side 45 / Right side 60
Pressure gauge for saw blade tensioning
171
S aw i ng
B 125 S B 200 S
Band Saws - An economic alternative to frame and circular saws
B 125 S Saw frame swivels from -45 to +60 - It is not necessary to move the part Quick-action vice and depth stop are included Three speed levels allow machining of a wide variety of materials Feed table for vertical sawing is included in standard equipment B 200 S Saw frame swivels - Allowing angular cuts from 90 to -45 Coolant system is included
Miter Band Saws
starting at
B 125 S shown
B 200 S shown
Thin saw blade for reduced material waste Long life - The saw blade is used over its entire length Exact cuts - Rigid construction prevents belt track deviations Quiet, low-vibration operation
Bi-Metallic Band Saw Blades Model Dimensions B 125 S 64.6 x 0.5 x 0.03 B 200 S 93 x 0.8 x 0.04 Specifications Cutting capacity 90 - Circular / Square in - Rectangular in Cutting capacity 60 - Circular / Square in - Rectangular in Cutting capacity 45 left - Circular / Square in - Rectangular in
Support pressure is infinitely variable from 0 to maximum pressure via hydraulic cylinder
F
Teeth/Inch 6/10 4/6 B 125 S 4.9 / 3.9 4.9 x 3.9 2/2 2 x 2.2 3.7 / 3 3.7 x 3 Part No. 119 151 119 150 Price $
Standard Equipment: Coolant system (B 200 S), quick-action vice, mobile base, saw blade, table for vertical cutting (B 125 S), operating manual
B 200 S 8.1 / 8.1 8.1 x 8.5 5.3 / 4.5 8.1 x 4.5 Drive Capacities Main motor Belt speed Dimensions/Weight Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ Hp ft/min in lb 0.7 72/108/148/213 39 x 22 x 43 221 102 748 1.5 79/135/200/269 48 x 26 x 52 419 102 752
172
KHK 350
Semi-Automatic Circular Saw with pneumatic part clamping
Quick-action vise with pneumatic clamping reduces setup time Automatic sawing process with infinitely variable feed speed Two saw blade speeds for optimum cutting results in different materials Miter cuts up to 45 Gears running in oilbath
Standard Equipment: quick-action clamping vise, linear stop, foot switch, machine base, coolant system Saw-Blades Part No. circular pitch 102 430 0.15 102 431 0.2 (dim. 14x0.12x1.5) Part No. circular pitch 102 432 0.3 102 433 0.4
Metal Circular Saw
Specifications KHK 350 Cutting capacity 90 rectangular 90 circular /square 45 rectangular 45 circular /square Spindle speed rpm Vise opening Air supply bar Air consumption ft3/min Main motor rating kW Dimensions Weight lbs Part No. Price $
5x4 4.75/4.75 4x3.5 4/4 38, 19 5.5 6 120 1,5 / 400 V 43x25x66 684 102 139
KKS
Oil-bath lubricated gear Integrated coolant tank
Metal Circular Saw
starting at
KKS 315 shown
Rigid, Reliable and Maximum Angle Precision

Head swivels 45 to the left and to the right
Standard Equipment: quick-clamp vise, base and coolant system Saw-Blades for Modell Part No. KKS 250 109 803, 109 802 KKS 315 109 741, 109 742
KKS 250
dimensions 10x0.08x1.25 12x0.10x1.25

KKS 315
circular pitch 4, 6 4, 6
Price $
circular square rectangular
circular square rectangular
90 45 L/R
80 65 80x55 65/58 55/45 60x55/55x45
90 45 L/R
100 100
82 82
110x70 85x70 KKS 315 12 2/3 44, 88 4.75 385 102 136
Specifications Max. sawblade diam. Motor 400 V 2-speed. Speed (rotations) Width of vise Weight Part no. Price $
kW rpm lbs
KKS 250 10 1/2 4 288 102 130
173
S aw i ng
Multi-Grind
Specifications Multi-Grind Max. workpiece diameter Max. workpiece length Max. external grinding dimensions Max. internal grinding dimensions Tool grinding dimensions Surface grinding dimensions Max. workpiece weight Taper of headstock Speeds of headstock Swivel Chuck diameter Traverse (manual) Grinding headstock - Vertical - Transverse Scale division for height adjustment Height adjustment per handwheel rotation Scale division for transverse feed fine/coarse Transverse adj. per handwheel rotation fine/coarse (Horizontal) swivel range of grinding headstock Grinding spindle speed Max. grinding wheel dimensions Internal grinding spindle speed Die grinder Max. longitudinal table traverse Longitud. feed speed (hydraulic) Manual, w/ hydraulic support Table swivel range Tailstock taper Quill travel Total drive output Grinding wheel motor output Dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part no. Price $ lbs Hp Hp / min. rpm rpm rpm lbs
Universal Grinding Machine
8 20 0.2-2 x 15.75 0.4-2 x 3 8 x 19.75 8 x 2 22 MT 2 110, 200, 300 90 4
8 8 0.00025 0.05 0.0002 / 0.0008 0.04 / 0.15 90 2500 8 x 0.75 x 3 13500 1 x 1.75 x 0.25 0.4 x 0.4 x 0.125 19 0.0004 - 0.25 275 + 45 MT 2 0.5 3.5 1.5 60 x 45 x 46 2860 102 781 - 30
Standard Equipment: coolant system, dust suction system, tool mount / indexing head MT 4, internal grinding unit, including 2 die grinders, 4 grinding wheels, threejaw chuck, 4 diam., left tailstock, right tailstock MT 2, center point, half center point, balancing stand, spindle extension, vise for surface grinding (3-D angle adjustment), spring stop, 5 drivers, dresser, various splash guards, wheel guard (2x), automatic central lubrication, operation manual, test certificate
174
Multi-Grind
Universal Grinding Machine
Ideal for tool and die construction, mechanical production, design processes, laboratories and training
When we designed the KNUTH Multi-Grind, our goal was to combine all functions of cylindrical, surface, and tool grinding into one machine.
The functionality of the Multi-Grind ranges from external and internal cylindrical grinding to taper grinding. The Multi-Grind also allows easy tool grinding (sharpening of cutters, reamers and turning tools) and is suitable for light surface grinding jobs
Three-Point Bearing The custom three-point bearing of the grinding spindle ensures minimum temperature effects and consistent grinding quality. Feed Drives Hydraulic table feed (longitudinal) with automatic change of direction. An additional manually operated longitudinal feed with hydraulic support allows feed speeds up to 275/min. Grinding Headstock Special grinding headstock design allows simultaneous setup of 2 different grinding wheels. The grinding headstock travels, is height adjustable, and swivels around the vertical axis. Speeds The headstock operates at 3 different speeds (110, 200, 300 rpm) which are set through an easy to operate gear shift lever. Additional Features ... Central lubrication system Sturdy construction the KNUTH MultiGrind body is made of solid cast-iron and weights 2860 lbs; minimizing vibration effects Electrical components are mounted in an easily accessible control cabinet and conform to VDE regulations An extensive assortment of accessories, inc. coolant system (delivery up to 5.75 gal/min.), and vacuum system are standard equipment
175
G r i ndi ng
Control GPlus 450

Optimized for maximum operator corform when operating cylindrical grinding machines customized for the strict requirements of demanding grinding operations
Optional Equipment
Measuring System
Part No. 250 600
Price $
Standard Equipment for RSM 1000 CNC and RSM 1500 CNC: GPlus 450 control, inside grinder, grinding wheel dresser, 3-jaw chuck, steady rest, follow rest, grinding wheel balancing station, balancing arbor, center MT 4, rough grinding wheel, fine grinding wheel, inside grinding arbor, foundation bolts, coolant system with magnetic separator, operating tools, programming and operating instructions Specifications RSM Working area Center height Center width Grinding length (max.) Workpiece weight (max.) Workpiece diameter (max.) X axis travel Z axis travel Inside grinding diameter Inside grinding depth Table feed, infinitely variable Table swivel (right / left) Top slide strokes (max.) Headstock Work spindle speed, infinitely variable Headstock swivel range r/l Work spindle taper Work spindle, taper Grinding Headstock Grinding spindle speed Inside grinding spindle speed Grinding headstock swivel range (r+l) Tailstock Tailstock taper Drive Capacities Work spindle motor rating Outside grinding motor rating Inside grinding motor rating Motor rating X axis feed Motor rating Z axis feed Total connected load Dimensions/Weight Grinding wheel dimensions Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $ 500 CNC 4 20.5 20.5 77 6 4.5 0.4 - 1.5 2 0 - 177 7 / 7 2.5 2 - 23.5 10 / 90 MT 4 MT 4 rpm rpm 2000 17000 180 MT 2 Hp Hp Hp Hp Hp Hp 0.5 3 0.5 1 2 8 11.75 x 1.5 x 5 47.5 x 49 x 45 4850 100 014 1000 CNC 7 39 39 330 12.5 8 47 1 - 4 5 4 - 197 7 / 3 8 1 - 8.5 90 MT 4 MT 4 1670 10000 30 MT 4 2 7 1.5 2.5 4 20 15.75 x 2 x 8 127 x 79 x 81 11,690 100 140 1500 CNC 7 59 59 330 12.5 8 67 1 - 4 5 4 - 197 6 / 3 8 1 - 8.5 90 / 90 MT 4 MT 4 1670 10000 30 MT 4 2 7 1.5 2.5 4 20 15.75 x 2 x 8 16 x 79 x 81 13,450 100 141
lbs
/min
lbs
176
RSM 500 1000 1500 CNC

High-Precision Cylindrical Grinding Machine for Inside and Outside Machining
Superior machining quality and high flexibility for series and small batch productions These proven, solid machine frames with wide V-guides and boxways ensure low vibrations for optimum work results Axes are driven by a servo drive and run on precision preloaded ball screws High-precision hydrodynamic bearings of the grinding spindle ensure optimum grinding results Graphic support for grinding cycles makes this machine especially easy to use Inside grinder is included in the standard package
starting at
CNC Cylindrical Grinding Machines
Standard Equipment for RSM 500 CNC: GPlus 450 control, inside grinder, 3-jaw chuck (80 mm), balancing station, truing feature, centers, dressing feature, grinding wheel flange, coolant system, automatic central lubrication, operator manual and programming instructions
Measuring system (optionally)
Easy programming of grinding cycles
177
G r i ndi ng
RSM 500
Precise spindle head alignment and rigid support for optimum work results in a wide variety of grinding and sanding applications Table and headstock plus grinding headstock swivel for maximum versatility
Cylindrical Grinding Machines
Maximum reliablity for outside and inside cylindrical grinding of cylindrical and conical parts
Infinitely variable hydraulic linear feed Manual and hydraulic linear movement and positioning of the grinding spindle head Change from outside to inside grinding after 180 rotation of the grinding headstock Footswitch operated hydraulic movement of tailstock quill Extensive standard equipment Accuracy tested according to DIN for cylindrical grinders
Swiveling headstock with cylindrical grinder

Accuracy: Outside: Between centers 0.00012 in Inside the chuck 0.0002 in Roughing depth ra < = 0.32 m Inside: In the chuck 0.002 in Roughing depth ra < = 0.64 m
Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, inside grinder, 3-jaw chuck (3.2 in), balancing station, truing feature, centers, dressing feature, grinding wheel flange, coolant system, operating tools Specifications RSM 500 Center height Center width Grinding length / Grinding diameter Max. part weight Inside grinding diameter Inside grinding depth Table feed, innitely variable Table swivel (right / left) Headstock Speed Table swivels (right / left) Spindle taper Grinding Headstock Feed via hand-wheel rotation X axis Feed per scale division - X axis Grinding spindle speed Inside grinding spindle speed Swivel range Grinding wheel dimensions Tailstock taper Overal drive capacity Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
in in in lb in in in/min
4 20.5 20 / 5 22 0.4 - 1.6 2 2 - 177 9 (6) 300 - 1040 45 MT 4
in in rpm rpm in Hp in lb
rpm
0.02 0.0001 1800 17000 180 12 x 1.6 x 1 MT 2 4.7 88 x 46 x 63 3,968 301 430
178
RSM 750
Cylindrical Grinding Machines
For external and internal cylindrical grinding in single part and series productions
Grinding spindle with bearings on both sides, 3-segment plain bronze bearings
Linear and transverse movement on combined V-guides and boxways Grinding headstock can be rotated 180 to change from inside to outside grinding Infinitely variable hydraulic linear feed Hydraulic or manual pull-back and positioning of grinding wheel Machine table swivels for easy taper grinding Hydraulic tailstock with foot switch
Specifications RSM 750 Center height Center width Grinding length / Grinding diameter Max. part weight Inside grinding diameter Inside grinding depth Table feed, innitely variable Table swivel (right / left) Headstock Speed Table swivels (right / left) Spindle taper in in in lb in in in/min 5 29.5 29.5 / 8 110 0.5 - 3 5 4 - 157.5 -3 / +7 (6) 60 - 460 180 1:5
Grinding diameters up to 8 in Accuracy (Between centers): Concentricity deviation (Outside) Cylindrical deviation Roughing depth in in m 0.0001 0.0002 Ra<0.04
Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, 3-jaw chuck (6.3 in diam.), coolant system, grinding wheel dresser, balancing station, centers, inside grinder, tool driver, operating tools, operator manual
rpm
Grinding Headstock Feed via hand-wheel rotation X axis Feed per scale division - X axis Grinding spindle speed Inside grinding spindle speed Swivel range Grinding wheel dimensions Tailstock taper Overall drive capacity Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
in in rpm rpm in Hp in lb
0.04 0.00005 1820 21000 180 16 x 1.6 x 8 MT 3 6 106 x 56 x 63 6,393 170 150
For more information and options, www.knuth-usa.com
179
G r i ndi ng
RSM 1000 RSM 1500
Conventional Cylindrical Grinding Machine
Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, inside grinding unit, open rest, closed rest, 3-jaw chuck, coolant system, grinding wheel dresser, balancing bench, balancing mandrel, surface plate, grinding wheel flange, grinding wheel, center point, front and rear splatter guard, dog plate, operating tools, operating manual, test certificate
Accuracy: (over entire length) Concentricity 0.0001 Cylindr. deviation 0.0002 (over 1000), 0.0003 (over 1500) Surface finish ra<=0.32 m
For available options for this machine, please visit our website and search for RSM 1000 / 1500 (Product Search)
Specifications Center height Max. grinding diameter With steady rest Min. grinding diameter Max. grinding length Inside grinding diameter
RSM 1000 RSM 1500 7 7 12.5 12.5 5.75 5.75 1/2 1/2 39 59 with rest 1.25 - 4 without rest 0.5 - 5 Max. inside grinding depth 5 5 Headstock taper MT 4 MT 4 Tailstock taper MT 4 MT 4 Max. workpiece weight betw. centers lbs 330 330 Tailstock spindle travel 1.25 1.25 Min. grinding disk feed 0.0001 0.0001 Max. headstock swivel +90 +90 Headstock speed (infinitely var.) rpm 25 - 220 30 - 240 Chuck diameter 0.75 0.75 Max. table length travel 39 59 Max. table swivel range +3 / -7 +3 / -6 Table feed /min 4-160 4-160 Gr. wheel dim.: OD x W x ID 16 x 2 x 8 16 x 2 x 8
Wheel speeds fps Speeds rpm Max. wheel head travel Rapid feed / return Feed per handwheel rotation Feed per scale division Max. swivel range Inside grinding feature, grinding wheel dim. - max. - min. Speeds rpm Total drive power Hp Grinding disk motor rating Hp Hydraulic motor Hp Headstock Hp Coolant pump Hp Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $
92-115 1670-1990 10.5 2 0.02; 0.08 0.0001;0.0004 30 3x1.25x0.75 0.5x0.5x0.25 10000 12 7.5 1 1.5 0.2 127x69x61 9,680 102 445
92-115 1670-1990 10.5 2 0.02; 0.08 0.0001;0.0004 30 3x1.25x0.75 0.5x0.5x0.25 10000 12 7.5 1 1.5 0.2 166x69x61 10,340 102 446
180
Conventional Cylindrical Grinding Machine
RSM 1000 RSM 1500

starting at
High-Precision Cylindrical Grinding Machines for Inside and Outside Turning

feed. Infinitely variable feed. A dwell time can be set at the end of the table travel. Accuracy tested in accordance with ISO for cylindrical grinding machines The sturdy spindle head swivels 30 to the left and the right Pawl-feed in combination with a zero-stop allows repeated
Grinding spindle supported on both sides in an adjustable 3-segment bushing The headstocks hydrodynamic bearing creates an oil film between bearings and spindle, resulting in minimized vibrations and maximized precision for superior surface quality, long spindle life and increased rigidity Precise spindle head alignment and rigid support for optimum work results in a wide variety of applications and conditions Large-sized table swivels in two directions. Table movement by handwheel or automatically by hydraulic
feed without checking the feed scale. Including inside grinding feature and automatic infeed Hydraulic or manual rapid feed with return
181
G r i ndi ng
HFS E VC VR
High-Performance Surface Grinders with programmable Siemens PLC Control
Servo drives on X and Y axis for maximum precision Y and X axis can be positioned via an electronic hand wheel (VR models)
starting at
High-Capacity Surface Grinders
HFS E VR shown Standard Equipment for HFS E VR / VC: 2-axis position indicator, grinding wheel, hydraulic oil cooler, magnetic clamping plate, grinding wheel flange, balancing shaft, balancing station, splatter guard, adjustable machine feet, electronic hand-wheel (VR models only), diamond dresser, automatic central lubrication, automatic degausser, operating tools, operating instructions Specifications HFS E Working area Travel 50100 VC - X axis - Y axis lbs 47 21 39 x 20 1540 24 39 x 20 6 x 3 x 0.7 0.0008 0.00008 0.02 0.02 / 0.2 60120 VC 55 26 47 x 24 2130 24 49.5 x 24 8 x 3 x0.7 0.0008 0.00008 0.02 0.02 / 0.2 80160 VR 80220 VR
Sanding area (max.) Workpiece weight (max.) Spindle axis-to-table distance (max.) Table dimensions T-slots (spacing x qty x width) Scale ring division - Y axis - Z axis Feed p. hand wheel rotation - Y axis - Z axis Feed Feed Speed - X axis - Y axis Autom. feed - Y axis - Z axis Z axis rapid feed Drive Capacities Headstock motor Motor rating - hydraulic pump Total connected load Electromagnetic clamping plate Dimensions/Weight Grinding wheel dimensions Overall dimensions (L x W x H) Weight Part No. with position indicator Price with position indicator $
75 98 35 35 63 x 32 87 x 32 3590 4930 32 32 63 x 32 87 x 32 10 x 3 x 0.9 10 x 3 x 0.9 0.0002 (electronic hand-wheel) 0.0002 (electronic hand-wheel) 0.02 / 0.2 0.02 / 0.2 0.02 / 0.2 0.02 / 0.2 197 - 984 2 - 79 0.04 - 1.2 0.0002 - 0.002 2 - 79 25 7 22000 (2x) 31.5 x 31.5 19.5 x 3 x 12 185 x 138 x 107 22,050 124 412 197 - 984 2 - 79 0.04 - 1.2 0.0002 - 0.002 2 - 79 25 7 22000 (2x) 39 x 31.5 19.5 x 3 x 12 236 x 138 x 107 25,360 124 413
/min /min
/min Hp Hp W
197 - 984 197 - 984 2 - 79 2 - 79 0.002 - 0.8 0.002 - 0.8 0.0002 / 0.0004 / 0.0006 / 0.0008 / 0.0012 / 0.0016 9 9 10 5 10000 39 x 20 14 x (0.8-2) x 5 185 x 87 x 101 12,130 124 400 10 7 11000 39 x 24 14 x (0.8-2) x 5 187 x 94 x 101 14,330 124 402
lbs
182
HFS
starting at
Surface Grinder
High precision and easy operation ensure efficient and cost-effective machining of all your parts
HFS 4080 VC shown with optional accessories
Designed for continuous operation at maximum speed, very quiet operation, maximum accuracy and minimal heat accumulation ensure optimum machining results Grinding spindle runs in maintenance-free preloaded precision angular ball bearings Automatic transverse and longitudinal feed Rapid feed for setup to desired work height (HFS VC) Adjustable roughing, finishing, and spark-out strokes (HFS VC) Hydraulic longitudinal table movement on Y axis
Specifications Work table dimensions Max. part weight lbs Max. travel - longitudinal - transverse Spindle center-to-table distance Hydr. table movement /min. Automatic cross feed Rapid cross feed /min. Scale ring division Y axis Rapid vertical feed /min. Scale ring division Z axis Grinding wheel dimensions Grinding spindle motor Hp Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $ with automatic vertical feed Automatic vertical feed Servo motor Hp Control Part No. incl. position indicator Price incl. position indicator $ HFS 2550 9.8 x 19.6 390 22 10.8 17.7
Double table V-guide in transverse table, V-guide and flat guides in longitudinal table Table guideways are hardened, ground, and PTFE (polytetrafuorethylene) laminated - ensuring maximum wear resistance High table load capacity for heavy parts External hydraulic unit ensures high temperature stability Automatic central lubrication
HFS 4080 15.7 x 31.4 1,100 35.8 17.7 22.8 Standard Equipment: 2-axis position indicator, grinding wheel, wheel flange, balancing shaft, balancing stand, halogen table lamp, adjustment screws, degaussing system, operating tools, operator manual Optional Equipment: Electromag. clamping plate 9.8 x 19.6 Part No. 122 286 $ 11.8 x 23.6 Part No. 122 294 $ 15.7 x 31.4 Part No. 122 302 $ Coolant system and exhaust system Part No. 122 309 $ Magnetic coolant cleaning system Part No. 122 310 $
"V" models with programmable PLC controlled vertical feed
7.9 x 0.79 x 1.25 3 104 x 85 x 66 3,960 124 284 HFS 2250 V 0.0002-0.002 0.67 Siemens SPS (PLC) 124 288
HFS 3063 11.8 x 24.8 590 30 13.4 22.8 275 - 905 0.003 - 0.31 39 0.0008 18 0.0002 13.8 x 1.57 x 5 7.5 110 x 87 x 75 5,940 124 292 HFS 3063 V 0.0002-0.002 0.67 Siemens SPS (PLC) 124 296
13.8 x 1.57 x 5 7.5 142 x 95 x 75 8,360 124 300 HFS 4080 V 0.0002-0.002 0.67 Siemens SPS (PLC) 124 304
183
G r i ndi ng
FSM 480
Spindle resists high loads; mounted in pre-loaded angular deep-groove ball bearings ensures low-vibration operation, high accuracy, increased lifetime, and low maintenance Completely leakproof and balanced spindle motor with high load capacity Solid, vibration-absorbing construction V- and flat guides in x and y direction for consistently high accuracy Longitudinal table movement over linear ball guide; linear ball track Longitudinal table travel via cogged belt for smooth movement Adjustable handwheel scales for vertical and transverse adjustments allows setting of point of origin at any position Central lubrication Grinding parallelism 0.0002/12
Manual Surface Grinder
Standard Equipment: exhaust vacuum, work lamp, grinding wheel 8 x 1/2 x 1.25, magnetic clamping plate 5 x 11.75, diamond dresser, balancing shaft, balancing station, operating tools, grinding wheel dresser holder For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for FSM 480 (Product Search) Specifications FSM 480 Longitudinal table travel Transverse travel Spindle-table distance Roughness Table work area Wheel dimensions Feed / handwheel rotation / scale gradation - Transverse/longit.dir. - Vertical direction Motor output Hp Weight lbs Part no. Price $
18.5 7.75 18 RA> = 0,63 7 x 18 7x0.5x1.25
0.2/0.0008 0.04/0.0002 2.5 1600 122 801
Linear ball track
184
Flanged spindle
BFT
6-jax precision check for maximum accuracy Guaranteed optimum cutting symmetry Simple operation Adjustable clearance angle Grinds all drills, step drills, sheet metal drills, wood drills, and cutters made of HSS and carbide For high-quality machining of face mills and chamfering tools Available with optional diamond wheel
Drill Bit and Cutter Grinding Machine
Adjustable clearance angle for perfect grinding results

starting at
6-jaw precision chuck ensures optimum cutting symmetry
Standard Equipment: base, self-centering 6-B chuck, halogen work lamp, operating tools, grinding wheels, mounts MT2 and MT3 Optional Equipment: Diamand disk set 6x1.25x1.25 and 5x1.25x1,25 Part No. 122 967 Price $ For available options for this machine, visit our website and search for BFT (Product Search) Specifications BFT Angle adjustment Grinding capacity Grinding wheel speed Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
rpm Hp lbs
40 - 100 0.05-1.25 MK2/MK3 4200 0.25 30 x 33 x 42 400 122 968
185
G r i ndi ng
SM
Universal Tool Grinder for grinding profile forms
Universal Tool Grinder
Shown with standard equipment
Specifications SM Max. collet diameter Max. grinding diameter Taper grinding Rear angle Speed Cup wheel Motor
rpm W
5/8 1 0 ~ 180 0 ~ 45 5200 4 x 2 x 3/4 180
Weight machine lbs Weight base lbs Dimensions Tool holder travel Tool holder handwheel rotation Spindle handwheel rotation Part No. Price $
123 37 18 x 16 x 14 5.5 0.7 0.3 102 880
Standard Equipment: base, dresser, grinding wheel mount, grinding wheel, operating tools, operator manual, spare parts list, test certificate Collet 3/8 Collet 7/16 Collet 5/8 Collet 11/16 Diamond dresser shank 102 869 102 870 102 871 102 872 102 877
Optional Equipment for SM Name Part No. Diamond wheel 102 861 Wheel flange 102 874 Cup wheel 102 875
Collet 3/32 Price $ Collet 1/8 Collet 5/32 Collet 1/4 Collet 5/16
102 864 102 865 102 866 102 867 102 868
Support Grinding Device
SUS 210 SUS 190

Specifications Speed range Dimensions Grinding wheel dimensions Motor rating Weight Part no. Price $ rpm W lbs SUS 190 3850 18 x 13 x 16 7x1.25x0.75 375 48 112 795 SUS 210 3320 23 x 13 x 16 8x1.25x0.75 750 66 112 796
For external and internal cylindrical
Grinding unit is clamped to the tool holder attachment bolt (SUS 210 1.5 and SUS 190 1.375 )
Grinding wheel For SUS 190 standard corundum silicon carbide For SUS 210 standard corundum silicon carbide starting at
# 112 793 # 112 794 # 112 797 # 112 798
Price $ Price $ Price $ Price $
SUS 210 shown
186
Specifications KSW 200 Max. grinding diameter Max. grinding length Longitudinal table movement Transverse table movement Spindle-to-table distance Pivoting grinding head Motor W / rpm Dimensions (L x B x H) Weight lbs Part no. Price $
5 12.5 11.8 5.9 4.5 40 180 / 2800 52 x 31 x 38 620 101 417
KSW 200
Universal Tool Grinding Machine
Standard Equipment: right and left tailstock, spring stop, variable table stops, standard center 60, half center 60, 1 cupwheel and 1 diamond top wheel (5x1.38x1.26), 1 grinding wheel and 1 poppet (5x0.6x1.26) 3-jaw turning chuck, twist drill grinding feature, turning tool holder, cutter mandrels 0.63, 1.06, 1.26, base frame, operating tools, operator manual
187
G ri n d i n g
KS 100
Fine-adjustment of abrasive belt Vertical and horizontal belt use Support table convertible for belt or disk sanding operation Low-vibration operation Including miter stop 0 - 60 Adjustable tool table angle
Belt / Disk Sander Combination
KS 100 shown
KS 150
Specifications KS 100 Angular adj. of table Belt sander adj. Table area Belt Disc Speed rpm Motor Hp Dimensions Weight lbs Part no. Price $ KS 100 Grit K 40 K 80 K 100 K 120 K 180 K 240 K 400 Discs Part no. 102 734 102 821 102 822 102 823 102 824 102 826 Price $ 10 each.
0 - 45 0 - 90 6 x 8.5 4 x 36 6 1420 0.34 20.5 x 11.5 x 11 38 102 820
Belt Price $ Part no. 102 735 102 827 102 828 102 829 102 830 102 831 102 832
Specifications KS 150 Angular adj. table Table area Belt Angular adj. belt. Speed (belt) /sec. Disc diameter Speed (disc) rpm Motor Hp Height Weight lbs Part no. Price $ KS 150 Grit K 40 K 60 K 80 K 100 K 120 K 180 K 240 K 400 Discs Part no. 102 721 102 801 102 802 102 803 102 804 102 805 102 806 Price $ 10 each
0 - 45 12 x 7.5 6 x 48 0 - 90 425 9 1500 0.75 39 130 102 800
KS 150 shown Base is included
Belt Price $ Part no. 102 725 102 726 102 807 102 808 102 809 102 810 102 811 102 812
188
DS
Turning Tool Grinder
Cup wheels set up on both sides (6) 1 HP motor, 2850 rpm 3/4 shaft Weight 120lbs Angular slide stops, 45, on both sides Both tables swivel 45, read-out on scale Catch trays and coolant reservoir for both sides, exchangeable Part No. 102 785 Price $
Carbide cup wheel HSS cup wheel
Part No. 120 785 Part No. 120 780
Price $ Price $
BTM 250
Belt / Disk Sander Combination
Universal Sander for Workshop Applications

Support table for disk and belt sanding Easy belt change with quick-lock mechanism Belt sander can be used horizontally and vertically Dust suction connector at disk and belt sander unit Balanced sander disk for vibration-free operation
Rigid steel base included
Specifications BTM 250 Belt Sander Belt size inch 48 Belt speed inch/sec 27 Table dim. inch 6x 10.5 Disk Sander Disk diameter inch 10 Disk speed rpm 1600
Grit Table dim. inch Table angle adjustment Motor hp Overall dim. (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ lbs 7.5 x 13 45 1 23 x 26 x 61 172 112 700 K 40 K 60 K 80 K 100 K 120 K 180 K 240 K 400
Disks Part No. 112 705 112 706 112 707 112 708 112 709 112 710 112 711 112 712
Price $ 10-pack H H H H H H H H
Belt Part No. 102 725 102 726 102 807 102 808 102 809 102 810 102 811 102 812
Price $ Each J J J J J J J J
189
G r i ndi ng
KP
Hydraulic Press
Hydraulic Press for Bending, Blanking and Dies

Strong hydraulic cylinder and two guides ensure uniform and precise feeding during press operation Also suitable as a prototyping press Ram plate and large work table with T-slots for tool clamping Firmly bolted work table Adjustable end stop
Operation Example
starting at
KP 70 shown
Model KP 70 KP 100 KP 150 KP 200
A 2250 2300 2600 2700
B 1700 1900 2300 2300 KP 70 77 19 0.75 0.08 2 2,420 131 560
C 700 850 1000 1500 KP 100 110 19 0.87 0.08 5.4 3,520 131 565
D 900 1050 1250 1250 KP 150 165 19 0.75 0.08 4.25 6,600 131 570
E 500 600 700 700
F 500 500 500 500 KP 200 220 19 0.75 0.08 10.1 9,480 131 575
A E
800 B
190
Specifications Capacity ton Cylinder stroke Rapid feed /s Stroke speed /s Motor rating Hp Weight lbs Part No. Price $
KWP
Workshop Press
Ideal for craft shops, schools, and training facilities

Rigid weldment design Reliable, highly accurate hydraulic system, european mfg Pump lever for manual pressing buildup Piston and return-spring reset Rigid base table with selecttable heights, height adjusted by handwheel Ram height also adjustable via screw With guided cylinders
For any repair and installation work, e. g. : Removal and installation of press-fit bearings, bolts and bushings Straightening beams, shafts, axles, and sections Pressing and climping Load tests and weld sample testing Tool setup- material testing
starting at
KWP 50M shown
C 200 A
D B
Standard Equipment: screw, pressure gauge, handwheel adjustable work table, 2 base plates, operator manual
Specifications Capacity Manual pump Max. pressure Piston stroke Screw stroke Circular guides A B C D E F Weight Part No. Price $
ton psi
lbs
KWP 50 M 55 1 7250 4.75 4 2 31 6.5 40 75 40 30 500 131 736
KWP 80 M 88 1 7250 4.75 4 2 34 8 40 80 45 32 725 131 739
191
S heet M et al Wor k
KNWP
Hydraulic Workshop Presses
Hydraulic Workshop Presses with double-acting cylinder (except KNWP 30M), easy to use
Horizontal piston adjustment is standard (except for KNWP 30M)
KNWP 60HM shown
starting at KNWP 30M shown Specifications Capacity Motor rating Stroke rate (2 steps) Return speed Max. pressure Piston stroke Hydraulics flow rate Oil tank capacity Dimensions A B C D E F G H I J K Weight Part No. Price $ KNWP30M 33 4500 8.5 0.5 78 33 30 22 8 36 6 7 35 9 5 510 131 740 KNWP60HM 66 2 5.2 22 30 3400 15.75 .8/3.5 5 80 45 35 30 10 59 6 7 30 20 8 1,510 131 760 KNWP100HM 110 3 6.3 22 29 3850 15.75 1.5/5 5 83 52 35 36 12 63 6 7 30 22 9 2,110 131 762 KNWP 100HM shown
ton hp ipm ipm psi
KNWP160HM 176 4 5.4 21 28 4100 15.75 1.9/7.5 5 87 63 43 43 14 75 6 8 30 24 13 3,470 131 764
g/min gal inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch lbs
33 to 176 tons force Ideal for repair and assembly work Straightening of axles, supports, shafts, and much more Removal and pressfitting bearings and bushings All HM models with motorized hydraulic drive Automatic piston return 2-step hydraulic unit Supply voltage 220V, 3 ph, 60 Hz Horizontal piston adjustment
H A I
G D B F E J C
192
HPK
Hydraulic C-Frame Press
Die & Prototyping Press

Strong hydraulic cylinder and two guides ensure uniform and precise feeding during press operation Ideal for die pressing, blanking, bending, and much more Semi-automatic with lever and micro-switch Stroke length control with quick adaption to next tool Ram plate and work table with T-slots for tool clamping Firmly bolted work table Advance and reverse jog operation for easy machine set-up Stroke limit adjustable by microswitch Optimum table height 2-stage hydraulic pump
starting at
Standard Equipment: ram plate and work table with T-slots, adjustable ram stroke, pressure gauge, hand lever operation, operator manual Specifications Press force Cylinder stroke Stroke speed Rapid feed Work table Ram plate Length x width Height Weight Part No. Price $ HPK 40 44 19.5 0.2 1 27.5 x 19.5 27.5 x 13.5 40 x 60 100 4,520 131 568 HPK 70 77 19.5 0.1 1 27.5 x 19.5 27.5 x 13.5 40 x 60 100 4,850 131 574 HPK 100 110 19.5 0.1 1 31.5 x 23.5 27.5 x 13.5 48 x 75 103 7,500 131 566 HPK 150 165 19.5 0.15 1 31.5 x 23.5 31.5 x 15.5 69 x 86.5 118 12,125 131 576
ton /s /s
lbs
193
Powerful, safe, and rigid
KEX 60 SP
With pneumatic clutch and light barrier protection for open tools
Torsion-resistant weldment High-quality bearings ensure quiet, smooth operation 4 guideways for precise stamp control Two-hand operation and foot pedal ensure maximum safety and operator comfort Mechanical overload protection protects the machine from damages caused by overload conditions Clutch and brake combination ensures low-maintenance operation The PLC detects and controls the crankshaft position Fully automated lubrication is controlled via SBS independent from the stroke The AC converter allows adjustment of various work speeds
KEX 60 SP is shown Specifications KEX 10 Force tons 10 Intermediate plate-to-ram dist. 5.12 Base plate-to-ram dist. 7 Stroke 1.6 Throat 5.9 Ram mount 1 Stroke speed rpm 200 Stroke adjustment 0.4-1.6 Setup area 10.5x15 Table bore 4 Flywheel 21.25 Motor rating hp 1 Dimensions 30x31x66 Weight lbs 1170 Part No. 130 070 Price $ With pneumatic clutch, 2-hand operation, light barrier Part No. Price $ KEX 15 15 6.75 9 1.6 7.87 1 200 0.4-1.6 12.5x19.25 5.12 23 2 38x27x68 1630 130 071 KEX 15 P 130 072 KEX 20 20 7.75 10.25 2 7.87 1 160 0.4-2 14.25x21.75 5.51 26.75 3 41x32x73 2540 131 390 KEX 20 P 131 391
KEX 60 SP Standard Equipment: mechanical overload protection, foot switch, two-hand control panel, automatic central lubrication, work space enclosure, light barier, pneumatic clutch, PLC Control, AC converter, infinitely variable stroke adjustment, operating tools, operator manual KEX 30 30 8.5 11.5 2.25 7.87 1.5 140 0.4-2.5 15.75x23.62 5.94 28 4 31x41x78 3530 131 392 KEX 30 P 131 393 KEX 60 SP 60 11.25 14.2 4 9.89 1.75 65 0.4-4 19.5x27.5 7 27 7 46x52x93 7720 131 395
194
KEX 10 15 20 30 60 SP
Compact, powerful Single-Column Eccentric Presses with forces in the range of 10 to 60 tons
KEX 10, 15, 20, and 30 with standard clutch for closed tools Heavy-duty steel weldment High stroke speed equals low-cost operation Ram guideway made of brass/steel Foot switch starting at Quiet operation Central lubrication with standard clutch for closed tools (except KEX 60 SP)
Eccentric Shaft Press
KEX 15 P, 20 P, 30 P:
Same description as above, however, these models include a pneumatic clutch and 2-hand control and light barrier
KEX 15 is shown
KEX 30 P is shown with pneumatic clutch, 2-hand control, and light barrier
Standard Equipment for KEX 10 15 20 30: mechanical overload protection, foot switch, central lubrication, workspace enclosure, operating tools, operator manual
195
Cybelec DNC 880 S

Intuitive programming with clear, easy to read color-coded field functions Complete programming of parts on one programming page Comfortable operation via ergonomically tilted keyboard and 10 TFT color monitor Offline 2-D software to prepare production programs at the PC, and to verify the feasibility of program editing at the machine Quick and easy modification of existing machining programs increases productivity 2D graphics for display and multiple simulations: Optimum folding sequences - tools, plus the plate position inside the tools - collision warnings are displayed according to the userdefined criteria Supports over 20 languages
Folding depth adjustment via CNC-controlled directional control valve is monitored by linear scales Bending force is calculated via CNC control and can be integrated into the programs Automatic lower crowning with hydraulic drive Low-maintenance rear stop with preloaded ball screws and servo drives, plus automatic depth and height adjustment Fissler Safety Technology ensures maximum operator safety and optimum operation Manual male die crowning within tool clamping is standard Premium components made by renown manufacturers ensure maximum machine reliability
Rear stops on two high-precision linear guides Specifications AHK F CNC Working area Force Brake length Rear stop Distance between columns Throat Max. stroke Bending speed Rapid feed Return speed Motor rating Dimensions/Weight Hydraulic tank volume Overall dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ 1540 tons in in in in in in/sec in/sec in/sec Hp gal in lb 44 59 23.6 47 11 15 0.4 3 4 5 38
67x63 x87
2580 88 98 23.6 81 12.6 17.7 0.4 3 3 10 63

106 x 67 x 94
32160 176 126 23.6 106 13.8 18.9 0.3 4 4 20 116

130 x 71 x 106
32200 221 126 23.6 106 15.8 20.5 0.3 4 4 25 185

130 x 114 x 114
41160 176 161 23.6 142 13.8 18.9 0.3 4 4 20 159

169 x 71 x 110
41250 276 161 23.6 142 15.7 20.5 0.3 4 4 25 246

169 x 79 x 117
61250 276 240 23.6 221 15.7 20.5 0.3 4 4 25 264

248 x 79 x 132
62320 254 244 23.6 221 15.7 20.5 0.3 4 4 30 264

252 x 83 x 150
6,393 182 970
10,362 182 971
23,369 182 972
27,558 182 980
27,778 182 973
37,479 182 981
52,911 182 982
60,848 182 983
196
AHK F CNC
4 controlled axes with color graphic display Controlled hydraulic lower crowning
Hydraulic CNC Press Brakes
Heavy-duty Press Brake with state-of-the-art Cybelec 880 S CNC Control
starting at
Standard Equipment: 4 controlled axes (Y1, Y2, X, R), automatic lower table crowning, Fissler safety system, lower die, upper die, support arms, operating tools, operating instructions Options System male dies with 90, 88, 60 and 30 angles, plus clamping and radius tools upon request Many types of tools can be shipped within 24 hours
197
Quick-change system for male die
Height-adjustable finger stops
Hydraulic cylinder for lower table crowning and manual micro-adjustment of rear stop (from 110 ton force upwards)
E. Position Indicator
The press brakes of this series are manufactured in standardized bulk series to ensure solid quality and significant cost savings The side frames are made of solid steel weldments for overhead mounting of the cylinders Manual upper and hydraulic lower crowning ensure high manufacturing qualtiy. Large torsion shaft guarantees synchronism between both hydraulic cylinders.
Specifications AHK A Working area Force Brake length Rear stop Distance between columns Throat Max. stroke Bending speed Rapid feed Return speed Drive Capacities Motor rating Dimensions/Weight Hydraulic tank volume Dimensions Length Width Height Weight Part No. Price $ 1540 tons in in in in in in/sec in/sec in/sec Hp gal in 44 59 8.7 47 13.6 4.7 0.37 2.4 2.4 5 32 63 50 82 6,614 171 298 2250 55 86 8.7 66 14.0 4.7 0.37 2.4 2.4 5 45 91 51 82 6,614 171 299 25100 110 98 23.6 78 13.8 6.3 0.35 3.1 2.8 10 66 102 64 98 14,771 171 300 32125 138 126 23.6 106 13.8 6.3 0.35 3.1 3.5 15 127 130 66 100 18,960 171 301
Motorized rear stop with manual micro-adjustments Motors (from ABB) and hydraulic components from renown manufacturers guarantee high machining quality and high reliability. Fulfills highest safety standards with Fissler Safety System, safety interlock, and protective covers Hardened hydraulic cylinders for long service life
32160 176 126 23.6 106 13.8 6.3 0.35 3.1 3.3 15 127 130 68 100 21,164 171 302
32200 220 126 23.6 106 15.8 7.9 0.30 3.1 3.5 20 127 134 70 108 27,558 171 303
32250 276 126 23.6 106 15.8 7.9 0.30 3.1 3.5 25 127 135 72 111 31,967 171 304
32320 253 126 23.6 106 15.8 9.8 0.35 3.1 2.6 30 185 134 85 128 37,699 171 306
41250 276 161 23.6 129 15.8 7.9 0.30 3.1 3.5 25 153 165 72 111 38,801 171 305
61250 276 240 23.6 212 15.8 7.9 0.30 3.1 3.5 25 198 244 75 124 53,793 171 307
61320 353 240 23.6 212 15.8 9.8 0.35 3.1 2.6 30 264 248 92 142 70,548 171 308
lb
198
AHK A
Hydraulic Press Brakes
Constant angular accuracy! Heavy press with hydraulic lower table crowning from 110 ton force upwards
Hydraulic lower crowning for significantly increased productivity Digital indicators for rear and depth stops
starting at
Safety System by Fissler: Maximum operator safety

without the need of restrictive light-barrier systems
Standard Equipment: Electronic position indicator, rear stop, support arms, standard stamp and die, foot switch, safety system (Manufacturer: Fissler), operating instructions Options System male dies with 90, 88, 60 and 30 angles, plus clamping and radius tools upon request Many types of tools can be shipped within 24 hours
199
200
KHT 3206 F KHT 3210 F KHT 3212 F KHT 3216 F KHT 3220 F KHT 4006 F KHT 4010 F KHT 4016 F KHT 6012 F KHT 6016 F 1/4 126 22 1.5 18 13 31.5 42 / 3 10 20 25 30 60 10 20 29 25 29 3/8 126 30 1.5 15 15 32 50 / 3 1/2 126 30 1.5 9 15 32 50 / 3 5/8 126 30 2.5 7 18 32 50 / 3 3/4 126 38 2.5 5 19 33.5 50 / 3 1/4 157 22 1.5 15 18 31.5 42 / 4 3/8 157 30 1.5 9 19 32 50 / 4 5/8 157 31,5 2,5 5 22 31,5 46 / 4 1/2 236 31,5 1,5 5 29 31,5 46 / 5 5/8 236 39 2,5 4 26 39 46 / 5 77 151x63 x64 14,560 133 502* 111 161x78 x77 22,710 133 504 106 155x89 x81 27,560 133 506 106 161x91 x89 34,180 133 508 114 163x96 x91 48,510 133 510 100 182x73 x67 19,630 133 512* 108 184x80 x76 27,560 133 514 119 191x90 x91 42,990 133 516 119 271x102 x104 72,752 133 522 119 268x107 x108 46000 133 524 * Plate hold-up (Models 2504 F, 3206 F, and 4006 F) ensures exact positioning of the plate at the rear stop when using thin materials
KHT 2504 F
strokes/min qty
/ qty
1/8 98 22 1.5 25 11 31.5 42 / 3
Hp
10
Specifications Working area Plate thickness St 42 (max.) Cutting length (max.) Rear stop Cut angle Strokes per minute Hold-down Work table height Support arms / quantity Drive Capacities Motor rating - hydraulic pump Dimensions/Weight Hydraulic tank volume Dimensions
gal
Weight Part No. Price $
lbs
63 122x6 x61 10,590 133 500*
E-20+ control is shown
Standard Equipment: E-20+ control Powered rear stop Motorized kerf adjustment Standard upper and lower knife 3 support arms with measuring scale Lateral stop Foot switch Shadow graph display of cut line Operator manual
C
E-20+ control for fast and safe operation with high accuracy
Hydraulic Swing-Beam Plate Shears
KHT F
starting at
Rigid, reliable and user-friendly
Machine frame and cutter bar are designed with extremely solid, carefully machined weldment structures to withstand highest loads The proven swing beam design allows small knife angles for maximum cut quality and minimum distortion at the workpiece A rigid rear stop with premium preloaded ball screws and low-maintenance linear guides ensure long-term dimensional stability of the workpiece Shadow graph indicates the cut line Hydraulically operated hold-down provides uniform and reliable fixation of the workpiece Infinitely adjustable cut length saves valuable time when producing small parts Premium hydraulic and electric components ensure safe operation and high availability
201
202
KMT 2504 shown Specifications Max. plate thickness ST 42 Max. cuttng length Cutting angle Number of strokes / min. (auto mode) Work table height Main motor rating Hp Rear stop Dimension (LxWxH) Weight lbs Part No. Price $ KMT 1350 11Ga 53 1 30 35 33 4 18 67x53 x47 2,100 130 234 KMT 2004 9Ga 81 1 30 42 33 10 30 100x89 x52 5,070 132 238 KMT 2050 11Ga 81 2 12 35 33 4 18 95x53 x47 2,540 130 235 KMT 2504 9Ga 100 1 30 42 33 10 30 119x79 x52 7,05 132 239 KMT 2550 13Ga 100 1 30 35 33 4 18 114x53 x47 2,980 130 236 KMT 3050 14Ga 120 1 30 35 33 4 18 138x53 x47 3,300 130 237
KMT
Motorized Swing-Beam Shears

Heavy steel weldment construction for maximum stability Quiet drive with brake motor; all components run on maintenance-free bearngs Parallel knife guides ensure high cutting precision High-strength knives made of steel alloy, hardened and ground Side stop and 2 front support arms Selection switch for single and continuous stroke Hold-down system with slip-resistent rubber coating and safety guard KMT 1350, 2050, 2550, 3050 Cost-effective design with precision-machined table Manual rear stop 17.5 KMT 2004, 2504 Extra heavy-duty design with high-power motor Support table with roller balls for easy handling of parts Motorized rear stop 29.5, with digital display Adjustable blade gap
Standard Equipment: knife set, rear stop, CE-conforming safety features, foot switch, longitudinal stop, and 2 support arms
starting at
C
starting at
Hydraulic 4-Roller Roll Bending Machines
RBM
For roll-bending of elliptical and conical forms, prebending and bending in one operating step
Massive machine frame, based on an advanced design and many years of experience Hydraulic safety chuck for easy removal of the part Roller feed and adjustment of parallelism and taper at the control panel All rollers are hardened and equipped with precision bearings Hydraulically driven top and bottom rollers Hydraulic components from Parker and Bosch Electric components from Siemens and Telemecanique Minimum bending diameter = 5 times the diameter of the top roller (RBM 30/70) 3 times the diameter of the top roller (except RBM 30/70)

20/04 82 .236 .157 6.3 5.5 4.7 3 163 44 41 5,100 131 900 131 901 131 902 131904 131 905 131 907 131 908 131 910 131 911 20/16 82 .827 .708 11.8 10.5 11 25 178 72 59 15,400 131 903 25/06 102 .390 .31 8.3 7.5 7,5 10 183 55 51 10,100 131 906 25/13 102 .708 .59 11.8 10.5 11 15 198 72 59 17,840 131 909 25/20 102 1.18 .984 14.6 13 11.6 25 199 82 66 26,000 131 912 131 913 131 914 25/35 102 1.77 1.574 18.5 16.5 14.6 40 235 91 102 66,000 131 915 131 916 131 917 30/10 122 .56 .47 11.8 10.5 11 15 218 72 59 19,800 131 921 131 922 131 923 30/16 122 .98 .787 14.6 13 11.6 25 218 82 66 29,000 131 924 131 925 131 926
Standard Equipment: hardened rollers, conical bending feature, digital display, control panel, operator manual
30/40 122 1.969 1.575 21.3 19.7 17.3 74 263 118 115 114,400 131 927 131 928 131 929
30/70 122 3.15 2.76 27.6 25.6 21.7 148 260 136 154 176,000 131 930 131 931 131 932
40/06 161 .354 2.56 11.8 10.5 11 10 257 72 59 21,800 131 933 131 934 131 935
40/13 161 .708 .59 16.2 14 12.6 25 285 86 78 45,700 131 936 131 937 131 938
Optional Equipment: with CNC or NC TeachIn control, infinitely variable turning speed - regulated via control panel, lateral and central support for large- plate-rings, material feed table
Specifications RBM Work length Max. thickness Max. plate thickness for prebending Upper roller Bottom roller Side roller Motor rating Hp Length Width Height Weight lbs Part No. Price $ Part No. CNC Control Price $ Part No. NC Teach-In Price $
203
For conical bending, reduce all bend values by 50 %. The use of hardened bending rolls is recommended!
KRM
starting at
3-Roll Bending Machine
Modern design, user-friendly machine with asymetrical rolls
KRM 10/4.0 shown including optional equipment (motorized rear roll adjustment)
For conical bending, reduce all bend values by 50 %. The use of hardened rolls is recommended!
Hardened rollers, suitable even for stainless steel rolling Hand-wheel for rear roll feed Standard series wire groove Motor driven left/right direction, operated Top roll swings out & across with foot switch cam lock Quick adjusting rolls (motor-driven, option) Supplied with conical bending feature
Specifications Roll length Prebend Sheet thickness Roll diam. Min. bending Motor rating Length Width Height Weight Part no. Price $ KRM 10/4.0 41 0.16 0.20 4.25 6 Hp 3 72 33 45 lbs 2,380 131 960 KRM 10/5.0 41 0.20 0.22 5 7.5 3 72 35 47 2,680 131 961 KRM 12/3.5 50 0.14 0.16 4.25 6 3 80 33 45 2,530 131 962 KRM 12/4.0 50 0.16 0.18 4.75 7 3 80 33 45 2,650 131 963 KRM 12/5.0 50 0.20 0.22 5.5 8.5 3 80 35 47 3,000 131 964 KRM 15/3.0 61 0.12 0.14 4.25 6 3 91 33 45 2,680 131 965 KRM 15/4.0 61 0.16 0.18 5 7.5 3 91 35 47 2,990 131 966 KRM 20/3.0 81 0.12 0.16 5 7.5 3 111 35 47 3,260 131 967 KRM 20/4.0 81 0.16 0.18 5.5 8.5 3 110 35 47 3,370 131 968
KRM-S
Asymetrical 3-Roll Bending Machine with oneside Prebend
Hardened rollers, suitable even for stainless steel rolling Taper bending fixture Motorized rear roller adjustment Machine constructed of steel High quality steel rollers Rollers are centrally powered by planetary gears Top roller swings out Self-braking main motor Separate control panel Meets CE requirements
Specifications Roll length Prebend Sheet thickness Roll diam. Min. bending Motor rating Dimensions (LxHxW) Weight Part no. Price $ KRM-S 15/7 63 0.28 0.31 6.75 10 5.25 124x33 x45 4,200 130 760
3-Roll Bending Machine
starting at
KRM-S 15/7 shown including optional equipment

(motorized bottom roller adjustment, extended rollers and profile rollers)
Hp
lbs
KRM-S 20/5 83 0.20 0.24 6.75 10 5.25 144x33 x45 5,060 130 761
KRM-S 20/6 83 0.24 0.28 7.5 11.25 5.25 154x37 48 7,920 130 762
KRM-S 25/4 102 0.16 0.20 6.75 10 5.25 164x33 x45 6,050 130 763
KRM-S 25/5 102 0.20 0.24 7.5 11.25 5.25 174x37 x48 9,300 130 764
KRM-S 30/3 122 0.12 0.16 6.75 10 5.25 183x33 x45 7,100 130 765
KRM-S 30/4 122 0.16 0.20 7.5 11.25 5.25 183x37 x48 10,200 130 766
Optional Equipment: motor-driven bottom roller adjustment, extended roller ends for profile roller mounting, profile roller set, digital display
204
KRM-A
3-Roller Roll Bender
starting at KRM-A 20/1.5 shown
Specifications Roller length Pre-bend Max. plate thickness Roller Min. bending Roller speed Motor rating Length Width Height Weight Part No. Price $
/min Hp
lbs
KRM-A 10/3,0 41 0.12 (11 Ga) 0.13 (11 Ga) 3.5 5.2 235 1.5 83 32 45 1,100 131 881
KRM-A 12/2,5 49 0.09 (13 Ga) 0.10 (11 Ga) 3.5 5.2 235 1.5 93 32 44 1,250 131 882
KRM-A 15/2,2 61 0.08 (14 Ga) 0.09(13 Ga) 3.5 5.2 235 1.5 103 32 45 1,250 131 883
KRM-A 20/1,5 80 0.07 (15 Ga) 0.08 (14 Ga) 3.75 5.3 235 1.5 119 32 45 1,400 131 884
Asymmetrical 3-roll bender Hardened rollers, suitable even for stainless steel rolling Adjustable bottom and rear roller Standard wire core groove Top roller swings out with eccentric closure Foot switch Manual feed of rear roller Brake motor Includes conical bending feature
KR
Roll Benders
Hardened rollers, suitable even for stainless steel rolling Top roller swings out Easy adjustment of rear and bottom roller via handwheel Bottom and rear roller with wire core groove Back gear Includes conical bending feature
starting at
KR 10/3.0 shown Specifications Rolling length Plate thickness Roller Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part.-No. Price $ KR 10/1.0 41 0.04 (20 Ga) 2.25 52x28x44 530 131 885 KR 10/1.5 41 0.06 (16 Ga) 2.75 52x28x44 710 131 886 KR 10/3.0 41 0.12 (11 Ga) 3.5 83x32x45 1,100 131 887 KR 12/1.5 49 0.06 (16 Ga) 3 79x32x44 1,130 131 888 KR 15/2.0 61 0.09 (13 Ga) 3.5 103x32x44 1,250 131 889 KR 20/1.5 80 0.07 (15 Ga) 3.75 120x32x45 1,400 131 890
lbs
205
KPB 50 KPB 30
Cost-Effective Ring and Profile Benders for universal trade applications
starting at
Motorized Ring and Profile Benders
Scale for roller adjustment Ground drive shafts with double support provided by cone bearings at both ends One-piece sliding central roll mounted on hardened ways Mechanical feed, 2 driving rollers, horizontal and vertical applications
KPB 50 shown
Example Profiles
KBP 30 Dims.
2x3/8 3x5/8 1-1/8x1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/2x3/16 1-1/2x3/16
min. Bending Rollers

32 28 28 28 16 20 32 34 16 20 36 48 A A A B A A A A B B B B B B
KPB 50 Dimens.
2x1/2 4-3/4x5/8 1-3/8 / 3/4 1-3/8 2x3/16 2x3/16 2 2 UNP60 UNP60 1-1/4x1/8
min. Bending Rollers

32 30 48 / 16 32 34 48 26 36 22 28 14 48 A A A B A A A A B B B B B B
50x6
2 UNP50 UNP50 1-1/2 2-3/8x1/8 1-1/2x1/8 2x1-1/8x1/8
Specifications Shaft diam. Roller diam. Roller speed Motor rating Weight Length Width Height, inc. Base Part No. Price $
rpm Hp lbs
KPB 30 1.2/1.4 5-1/4/5-3/8 5 1 370 26 22 53 130 158
KPB 50 2 6 9 2 800 29 36 53 131 151
Standard Equipment: standard rolls, foot switch, control panel, operating tools, operator manual
70x2
2-3/8x1/8 2x1-1/2x1/8
206
A Standard Rollers B Special Rollers
KPB 45 61 81 101 121

Powerful Production Machine for complex bending tasks
KPB 45 Including a modular roller system for optimum adaptation to desired profile Manually adjustable leveling rolls Hardened and ground shafts Allows horizontal and vertical machining Hydraulic components made by leading manufacturers Hydraulic movement of upper roll Separate control panel KPB 61, 81, 101, 121 Optimum adaptation to a large variety of profiles using the modular roller system High-precision bending with 3 motor-driven rollers on models KPB 61 and KPB 81, and 3 hydraulic-driven rollers on models KPB 101 and KPB 121 Hardened and ground shafts Adjustable overload protection Hydraulic feed of bottom rollers with digital display KPB 121 includes hydraulically adjustable straightening rollers; optional for KPB 61, 81 and 101 Allows horizontal and vertical machining Hydraulic components made by leading manufacturers
KPB 101 shown including hydraulically controlled guide rollers which are an optional accessory
Hydraulic Ring and Profile Benders
starting at
KPB 45 shown Standard Equipment KPB 45: control panel, standard rollers, operating tools, operator manual Standard Equipment KPB 61, 81, 101, 121: digital display, hydraulically controlled straightening rollers (KPB 121), mechanically controlled straightening rollers (except KPB 121), control panel, standard rollers, operating tools, operator manual Specifications Shaft diameter Bending speed Roller diameter Driven rollers Drive motor Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $ Part No. with NC Teach-In Price $ Part No. with CNC Control Price $ KPB 45 2 / 1.6 3,3 6 / 6.4 3 2 31 x 38 x 65 1,100 131 150 KPB 61 2.3 6.4 7 3 5 50 x 37 x 55 2,380 131 194 131 196 131 198 KPB 81 3 4.2 9.5 3 7.5 54 x 41 x 61 3,520 131 200 131 202 131 204 KPB 101 4 5.4 12.4 3 15 56 x 48 x 66 7,700 131 206 131 208 131 210 KPB 121 4.75 4 15.2 3 20 78 x 57 x 80 10,380 131 212 131 214 131 216
# Hp lbs
207
HPS 45 D is a 1-cylinder version Models HPS 55/110 D, HPS 80/150 D and HPS 110/180 D provide 2 hydraulic cylinders for simultaneous work at 2 stations
Structural steel station
Steel plate station
HPS 45 D shown
Specifications - HPS Punch press Press force Max. capacity Diameter x thickness Throat Stroke Strokes/min (.75) Table size Working height Steel cutters Cutting capacity, flat - max. thickness - max. width Knife length Cutting capacity, round Cutting capacity, square Working height Profile cutter Cutting capacity 90 Cutting capacity 45 Working height Notcher Material thickness Depth V90xWidthxThickn Motor rating Dimensions (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
45 D tons 50 1 x .5 .71 x .71 6.3 .8 20 17.7 x 6.3 40
55/110 D 60 1.5 x .4 .79 x .79 9.8 2.3 37 21 x 10 42.5
80/150 D 90 1.5 x .5 1 x 1 11.8 2.7 38 21.7 x 11.8 47
110/180 D 120 1.6 x .8 1.1 x 1.1 24 3.2 28 21.7 x 24 50 Angle steel station
7.87 x .5 11.8 x 4 12 2 2 40 3 x 3 x .3 40 .28 1.6 x 1.6 x .28 4 57 x 55 x 64 1782 130 170
7.75 x .75 11.8 x 6 12 1.5 1.5 35
11.8 x .75 17.7 x 6 18.7 1.75 1.75 40
16 x .75 23.6 x 6 23.8 2 2 43
Hole punch station
4.7 x 4.7 x .4 5 x 5 x .5 6 x 6 x .5 2.8 x 2.8 x .28 2.8 x 2.8 x .28 2.8 x 2.8 x .28 43 49 51 .4 1.7 x 1.7 x .4 7 58 x 71 x 68 2860 130 172 .47 2 x 2 x .47 15 80 x 70 x 106 5940 130 174 .28 2 x 2 x .5 15 101 x 100 x 71 8270 130 176 Notching station
Hp
lbs
208
HPS
Incorporates Punching Cutting Notching
Hydraulic Ironworkers
starting at
Universal Machine Provides 5 Work Stations
HPS 80/150 D shown
Flat Steel Cutters Lower knife has 4 cutting edges Table with angular and linear stops Angular Profile Steel Cutters Rear stop adjusts up to 40 Manual operation on model HPS 45 D, automatic cut activation on all other models
Rod Steel Station Hold-down for round and square steel Rear stop at 40 Notching Station Table with scales and stop Hole Punch Station For punching sheet metals, flat steel and U-section steel
Heavy-duty table to ensure high-quality punching results An extra-wide throat provided with models HPS 110/180 D Infinitely variable stroke adjustment Includes adapter for Peddinghaus stamps and dies (only HPSD) hydraulic overload valves 209
KHS E 1000
Manual Shears
Large dimension steel sheets can be pushed through
Specifications KHS E 1000 Max. sheet thickness 16 Ga Work length 41 Table 25x40 Stop 0-24 Height 60 Width 40 Length 52 Weight lbs 1,020 Part no. 132 036 Price $
SB E 2060/2
Folding Machine
Cast iron design Rigid and durable structure Versatile applications
Specifications SB E 2060/2 Effective length Max. thickness Max. bending radius Top beam travel Adj. lower bending beam Weight Dimensions (LxWxH) Part no. Price $
81 0.08 (14 Gauge) 135 7.75 2.75 lbs 3,740 114x26x67 131 336
210
SBS E 2020/2,0
Folding Machines
Segmenting: 1, 1.2, 1.38, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 10.5, 15.75, 15.75 Lever for the swivel movement of the bending beam
Specifications SBS E 2020/2.0 Max. bending capac. ST 45 Max. bending length Inf. var. bending angle Working height Length x Width x Height Weight lbs Part No. Price $
14ga 79 0-135 36 101x22x50 2,250 131 367
SBS 1020/2,5 SBS 1270/2,0

For formed component bending Compression spring for top beam counterbalance Cam lock and rebound spring for bending beam counterbalance Bow handle for bending beam rotation Adjustable bending angle stop with scale up to 135 Segmented top beam Segment sizes - SBS 1020/2.5: 1, 1.2, 1.375, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10.5 - SBS 1270/2.0: 1, 1.2, 1.375, 1.5, 1.75, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10.5
starting at
Folding Machine
Specifications Max. folding cap. St 42 Max. folding length Max. folding angle Dimensions LxWxH Weight lbs Part No. Price $
SBS 1020/2.5 13ga 40 135 53x34x46 630 131 364
SBS 1270/2.0 14ga 50 135 63x36x46 730 131 363
211
212
starting at KMS 2020 79.5 0.06 0 - 135 4 1 0.5 111 x 30 x 56 2320 131 345 KMS 2520 99 0.04 0 - 135 4 1 0.5 131 x 30 x 56 2900 131 346 KMS 3020 119 0.04 0 - 135 4 1 0.5 151 x 30 x 57 3600 131 347
KMS 2020 2520 3020
Motorized Folding Machine
Easy handling - high bending length
Massive, robust weldment construction with high rigidity Motor driven male die and bending bar Infinitely variable adjustment of bending angle Operation via foot switch
Standard Equipment: foot switch, manual bending angle adjustment, operator manual
Specifications Folding length Bending capacity, structural steel Bending angle Top beam stroke Motor rating Hp Top beam motor Hp Dimensions Weight lbs Part No. Price $
KW 100
Angle Iron Bender
For exact cold and hot bending of flat, round, and square steel
Sturdy design for screw- mounting on workbench Infintiely variable bending stop adjustment With eccentric quick-clamp for streamlined operation Bending angle read-out up to 120 Bending angle stop for high repeatability Ideal for repair shops and metal working shops
Standard Equipment: angle stop, bending plates, bending lever, material stop Specifications Model KW 100 Weight lbs Dimensions (LxWxH) Part no. Price $
Cold 4x0.2 2.25x0.3 0.7 0.6x0.6 4x0.5 Warm 4x0.6 4x0.5 1.2 1.2x1.2 -
84 15x10x11 129 122
Flat steel or Round steel Square steel Flat copper
Universal Bender For angle, round, loop, and coil bending

To produce grids, doors, gates, balcony railings, patio furniture as well as rod iron lamps. With hardened bending segments Suitable for steel, brass, copper, and aluminum Round bar up to 0.5 Square bar up to 0.5, flat bar up to 1.2x0.3 Part No. 130 127 Price $
HP 15
Hydraulic Presses
Arbor Press
5T
starting at
15 ton Piston bore 3 Pressure 4250 psi Ram to table distance 19.5 Table 11.75 x 11.75 Height 42 Weight 320 lbs Part no. 130 042 Price $
For press-fitting and pulling bearings Aligning, bending and broaching Base Part no. 123 952 Price $
1 T - force 1 ton, Workpiece size max. 5.75 Part no. 109 536 Price $ 2 T - force 2 ton, Workpiece size max. 8.5 Part no. 109 537 Price $ 3 T - force 3 ton, Workpiece size max. 12.5 Part no. 109 538 Price $ 5 T - force 5 ton, Workpiece size max. 15.75 Part no. 109 540 Price $
213
3 IN 1
One machine for Cutting, Folding, and Roll Bending
Hydraulic Tube Bender 1/2 - 2

10 ton pressure 6 bending segments 3-leg stand Part no. 129 112 Price $
Ideal combination machine for sheet metal work up to a length of 39 and a thickness of 0.03 (22 Ga) Cutting stop Roll bending with a minimum diameter of 1.5, 39 opening Folding with a max. angle of 180 press segments 1-29.5 Adjustable rear stop Part No. 110 047 Price $
starting at
Price does not include base
3 IN 1 - 1000 shown
Specifications Max. plate length Max. plate thickness Roller diameter Dim. (LxWxH) Weight Part No. Price $
lbs
3 IN 1 - 305 12 0.03 1.5 26x22x22 100 110 050
3 IN 1 - 760 30 0.03 1.5 38x18x27 270 110 060
3 IN 1 - 1000 39 0.03 1.5 56x22x30 570 110 047
214
RA 1 RA 2
Allows easy joining and welding of tubes at a 90 angle
For tubes with up to 0.2 wall thickness, steel or non-ferrous metal Several tube diameters combined in 1 device Horizontal and vertical operation Suitable for double-connection RA 1 - diameter 1-1.75 Part No. 130 126 Price $ RA 2 - diameter 2-2.5 Part No. 130 129 Price $
starting at
Tube Notcher
RAX
Electric Tube Notcher
Suitable for continuous operation, with 1.5 Hp Electric Motor
High productivity Low cost Simple and quick operation Several diameters instantly available For tube diameters: 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2, 2 Weight 136 lbs
Motor rating 2.0 Hp Max. material thickness 0.12 Part No. 130 125 Price $ 215
Notching Machine
AKM
Max. 8800 lbs pressure capacity Punches 6 x 6 90 angle 6 x 6 Plate thickness 16 Ga Ram stroke 0.75 Dimensions 25 x 21 x 23 Weight 210 lbs Part no. 130 602 Price $ Replacement knife Part no.130 612 Price $
Pipe-Thread Cutter
RGM
Specifications Capacity Speed rpm Weight lbs Dimensions Part No. Price $ RGM 2 1/2 - 2 28 140 25x16x17 130 410 RGM 3 1/2 - 3 19 / 27 285 32x20x18 130 420 RGM 4 1/2 - 4 8.5 / 24 330 40x20x20 130 430
Sturdy design, small footprint Impact chuck at front, clamping chuck at rear Tube cutter, inside tube deburrer With mobile base
starting at
RGM 4 shown
216
Hydraulic Machine Lift
Makes your machinery mobile Ensures safety Optimal solution for lifting and transportation problems Eliminates accidents and property damage
Hydraulic Machine Lift Load capacity Lifting range Intrinsic weight Part No. Price $ Load Guidance Load capacity Number of rollers Roller material Dimensions Intrinsic weight Part No. Price $ Adjustable Load Rollers Load capacity Number of rollers Roller material Dimensions Intrinsic weight Part No. Price $
t lbs
H3 3 0.5 - 9 48 140 305
H8 9 1 - 11.5 62 140 310
t pcs.
lbs
Load Guidance
L6 6.5 8 plastic 25 x 16 x 5 110 140 206
L 12 13 8 steel 25 x 16 x 5 146 140 212
t pcs.
lbs
L 12
R6 6.5 8 plastic 12 x 10 x 5 66 140 106
R 12 13 12 plastic 14 x 9 x 5 84 140 112
Load Rollers
adjustable
starting at
L6
Each transportation unit includes a load guidance model and adjustable load rollers, e.g. L 6 and R 6 (total load capacity 13 t)
For more information visit, www.knuth-usa.com
217
Roller Conveyor Variable height and lenght adjustment

Ideal for everyday use
Very sturdy design and flexible use
Specifications Variable height Variable length Number of rollers Roller dimensions Max. load capacity Weight Dimensions (LxWxH) Part No. Price $
lbs lbs
26.5 37 18 - 51 9 2 x 19 280 96 24 x 24 x 24 170 179
SK 2
Sandblasting Booth
Sandblasting booth for rust removal, cleaning, degreasing, descaling, roughening, polishing, matting, deburring, hardening, etc.
Sandblasting gun with replaceable ceramic nozzles Dust-tight booth, rigid steel plate construction Transparent glass viewing window Two side doors, dust-tight closure Dust exhaust connector
Please note that sandblasting requires larger compressors than other compressed air jobs. Small compressors cannot produce the required power, which will lead to inadequate blasting results.
Standard Equipment: air hose, work gloves, interior lighting, protective film, 4 ceramic nozzles, operator manual Specifications SK 2 Work space Grain sizes Air consumption Required air pressure Hopper capacity Weight Arm hole openings Air connector Part No. Price $
Spare gloves SK2 Spare ceramic nozzle set (4 / 5 / 6 / 7 mm) Spare ceramic nozzle 4 mm Spare ceramic nozzle 5 mm Spare ceramic nozzle 6 mm Spare ceramic nozzle 7 mm
Part No. Price $ 109 486 119 494 119 487 119 488 119 489 119 490
mesh gpm bar gal lbs
35 x 26 x 15 60 100 155 48 1037 120 7 1/4 109 481
218
KF 200
Portable Edge Beveller
For chamfering, deburring, and 45 bevelling of steel, aluminum and many other materials Easy operation Tungsten alloy blades for ultimate tensile strength, hardness and long service life Replacement Tool Bits Set, Part no. 101 352 Price $
Motor rating Speed Guide bar length Bevel height Adjustable angle Weight Dimensions Part No. Price $
Hp rpm
lbs
0.5 3500 8.5 0 - 0.2 15-45 25 14 x 8 x 10 101 350
KF 500
Edge Beveller
For bevelling, deburring and 45 chamfering Max. bevel width 0.12 Excellent surface quality Quicker and more uniform results Very long service life due to reversible tool tips (usable on 4 sides) Part No. 101 355 Price $ Replacement Tool Bits Set, Part no. 101 354
Angle 15 - 45 Power 1 Hp max. Speed 3400 rpm Tbl Length 20 Weight 110 lbs
Price $
For more information, visit www.knuth.de
219
Tool s and Acces s or i es
TV 1000 M TV 1000
Milling Table Feed
TV 1000 M
Horizontal mount (Mark Super) TV 1000 M Part no. 121 477 Price $
TV 1000
Vertical mount (see ill., a. MF1 V) TV 1000 Part no. 121 470 Price $
The milling table feed model TV 1000 is an infinitely variable feed control with a range from 0.75 to 31.5 /min. 2 adjustable table stops provide an automatic shut-off. The rapid traverse (39 /min) allows quick positioning of the table. Torque is 9 ft/lbs. The TV 1000 table feed unit can be retrofit on most milling machines. After mounting of the TV 1000, the table still can be moved manually.
Pivoted Mounts
starting at
Damper elements absorb shock and vibration Vibration-free machine operation Set screws allow for easy machine alignment
Specifications load capacity per element (lbs) Lathes Milling machines Surface grinding machines Misc. machines Max. structural load Part no. Price $ NI 0.5 0.5 0.5 D 4.75 6.25 7.25
LK 33 725 1100 725 2625 4400 103 321
LK 55 175 2850 1750 6600 8800 103 322
LK 66 3525 4400 3525 8800 1325 103 323
LK-33 LK-55 LK-66
H 1.25 1.25 1.5
L 4 4.75 6.25
g M 12 M 16 M 20
220
LED
LED Work Lamps
Excellent illumination with low energy consumption and long service life
A true advancement in lighting technology perfect for any production situation, where good lighting is needed The high-power LED module generates light with a color temperature corresponding to natural light; it is vibration and shock resistant and provides a mean service life of 50,000 hours ideal for harsh operating conditions LED lights provide virtually the same light intensity as conventional halogen lights, but they save energy and cost The lamp enclosures are very rugged and protected against ingress of water, oil and dust (IP 65) Low heat generation increases safety and helps avoid temperature-related problems
starting at
LED flex
LED 100
LED 280
LED 400
Specifications Arm length Light source Service life Light angle Color temperature Light intensity Surface temperature Current Power IP Cable length Part No. Price $ hours K
LED ex 19.5 HI POWER LED 3 W / 3 bulbs 50000 30 6000-7000 >1100 LUX (28) <50 700 9 IP 65 4 110 030
LED 100 HI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs 50000 70 6000-7000 >1100 LUX (28) <50 700 8 IP 65 4 110 031
LED 280 12.5 + 11 HI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs 50000 70 6000-7000 >1100 LUX (28) <50 700 8 IP 65 4 110 032
LED 400 12.5 + 16 HI POWER LED 1 W / 8 bulbs 50000 70 6000-7000 >1100 LUX (28) <50 700 8 IP 65 4 110 033
mA W
221
Diamond Files Set, 10 pieces

Shank diam.3 mm, length 140 mm For cutting of hardened steel, hard metal, ceramics, glass and rock Wrapped in plastic bags Part no. 129 440 Grit, medium D 126 Price $
Keyway Broach
Quick, precise reaming of keyways in bores (gears, v-beltpulleys, etc.), HSS, solid ground, Push Broaching Set for JS9 transition fit
starting at
Hand reamer set

Adjustment range 0.5 - 1.5 Suitable for mm/inch 11 adjustable hand reamers are included in the set Part no. 107 610 Price $
Keyway 2x2x130 3x3x130 4x4x150 5x5x150 6x6x300 8x7x300
Bushings for Bore Part No. Price $ 6 8 10 6 8 10 - 108 310 12 14 15 16 12 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 25 26 28 30 108 315
Keyway 10x8x330 12x8x330 14x9x330 16x10x330 18x11x330
Bore 32 34 35 38 40 42 45 46 48 52 54 55 58 60 62
Part No. Price $ 36 44 50 108 320 61 65 108 325
1 Gal. Coolant Concentrate

Improved chip flow, longer tool service life, and better cut profile For sawing, drilling, milling, turning of steel, castiron, stainless steel, non-ferrous and light metals Dilute with water 1:20 Part No. 103 184 Price $
Coolant System
Retrofitable, supplied disassembled Motor 90 Watt 1 gal. volume coolant reservoir With flexible grommet and with shut-off valve With 5 ft coolant hose Part No. 102 985 Price $
Coolant Hose
Variable coolant hose consisting of individual plastic elements - for all machine tools Replaces all conventional systems Resistant to most solvents and chemicals Suitable not only for coolant supply but also for blowing out workpieces and machine tables
CL-01 Model CL-00 CL-0 Part No 102 990 102 991 Price $
CL-02 CL-01 CL-02 CL-03 102 992 102 993 102 994
CL-03
222
Also available in United States Customary System (USCS) or Imperial Units.
Live Center, assortment

With 7 replaceable centers Body made of hardened and ground tool steel Precision needle bearing ensures high concentricity, long life, and high load capacity Mushroom diameters 1.26, 0.08 x 0.5, 0.35, 0.28, and 0.22
Morse Taper MT 2 MT 3 MT 4 Part no. 106 780 106 785 106 790 Price $ starting at
Live Centers
Precision needle bearing Hardened and ground point 60
Morse Taper MT 2 MT 3 MT 4 MT 5 Point 0.85 1 1.2 1.75 O.D. 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 Length 5 6.25 7.5 9.5
starting at
Part no. 106 745 106 750 106 755 106 760
Price $
Tapping Chuck
For insertion in the tailstock of lathes MT 3 - shank Tool mount bushing slides onto tapered shank. Length compensation by simply sliding the bushing on the mounting shank. Complete with wooden case for drill and 0.2, 0.24, 0.28, 0.4 shanks, dies with 0.63, 0.79, 0.98, 1.2 diameters Part no. 108 130 Price $
starting at
Lathe Guards
Can be mounted optionally at the headstock or with clamping fixtures at the slide Aluminum injection-molded frame with acrylic view glass
Front Frame HxW 7x6.5 9.5x8 13.75x10 9.5x8 13.75x10 Rear Frame HxW 7x6.5 10x8 14x10 10x8 14x10 Max. Chuck 6 12 18 12 18
Mounting at Headstock Headstock Headstock Slide Slide
Part No. 103 005 103 006 103 007 103 008 103 009
Price $
Power Worker
Metal Cutter
Universal, quick and mobile use even at limited access locations Safe and clean working environment Reduces risk of injuries caused by sharp metal edges Recyclable due to separable material Long service life due to permanent magnet Adjustable rod length Compact dimensions: 15.25 long, 1 Low weight: 1 lbs Part No. 123 040 Price $ 223
Turret Head MT 4
Shaft MT 4 Drilling 0.04 - 0.12 Thread cutting and tapping M3 - M12 Reaming 0.16 - 0.47 Centering 0.04 - 0.16 Tool mounts: 2 drill chucks 0.06 - 0.12, 1 center point, 1 taper mount MT 1, 1 each thread cutting unit for tap a. die holder Weight 17 lbs Part no. 105 050 Price $
For upright use only, e.g. tailstock
Turret Head MT 3
Shaft MT 3 Drilling 0.04 - 0.12 4 tool holder mounts: 2 drill chucks 1 center point 1 thread cutting unit weight: 9 lbs Part No. 105 049
For upright use only, e.g. tailstock
Save time and money with a turret that fits MT 4 + MT 3
Price $
Radius Cutting Head

Clamps into the turning tool just like a tool-holder. For inside and outside machining of convex and concave forms. For turning of 90, 180 radius. Radius from 0 to 0.98. Machining depth up to 0.28 in ST50. Part no. 103 350 Price $
Quick-Set Spindle Bore Stop

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Range Wrench length 0.75-0.91 21.25 0.85-1 21.25 0.98-1.2 21.25 1-1.5 25 1.5-1.9 25 1.8-2.3 29 2.2-2.6 29 2.5-3.2 37 3-3.6 37 3.5-4.3 37 4.3-5.2 37 Part no. 103 010 103 012 103 014 103 016 103 018 103 020 103 022 103 024 103 025 103 026 103 027 Price $ starting at
For lathes Quick and easy adjustment to any hollow-spindle point Easy adjustment - just tightening with a safety wrench
224
Clamped Turning Tool Set

Shank 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm Part no. 108 770 108 771 108 772 108 773 Price $ 5 replacem. 108 774 108 775 108 775 108 775 Price $
Turning Tool Set

5 turning tools For steel working 5 forms (left, right, centered)
With soldered-on carbinde plates for steel, 8 pieces Shank 12 mm, Part no. 108 680 Price $ Shank 16 mm, Part no. 108 690 Price $ Shank 20 mm, Part no. 108 700 Price $
Knurl Holder
Shank H20, B14, total 140 mm Incl. 2 knurl sets, angled 1 mm Part no. 108 520 Price $
Knurl set, angles, Part no. 108 521 Price $

Ill. Part no. 108 680
Clamped Turning Tool Set

Includes 8 different clamped turning tools, listed in the sequence shown (Part no. 108 670):
1. Necking turning tool, clamping system C, workpiece 60 mm Size Cutting point height V f a 25x25x140mm 100 m/min. 0,2-0,4 mm 4 mm 2. Tapping turning tool 60, clamping system C Size Cutting point height V f 25x20x120mm 25 mm -
a -
3. Stepped, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chute Size Cutting point height V f a 25x20x125mm 80 m/min. 0,6-0,7 mm 6 mm 4. Curved, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chute Size Cutting point height V f a 25x20x125mm 80 m/min. 0,4-0,5 mm 4 mm 5. Stepped, right-hand inside turning tool, clamping system C Size Cutting point height V f a 18x18x180mm 14 mm 60 m/min. 0,2 mm 4 mm 6. Curved, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system C, cutting length 16 mm, incl. chip chute Size Cutting point height V f a 18x18x180mm 14 mm 60 m/min. 0,2 mm 4 mm 7. Stepped, right-hand turning tool, plate form S, clamping system M, cutting length 20 mm, incl. chip chute Size Cutting point height V f a 20x20x125mm 100 m/min. 0,4-0,5 mm 4 mm 8. Female thread turning tool, clamping system C Size Cutting point height V f 18x18x180mm 25 mm -
Clamped Turning Tool Set: Part no. 108 670 Price $ P25 indexable insert for forged, rolled and tempered steel. All tools with indexable inserts, 1 indexable insert set (s.above), tools, specifications, shank height 25 mm Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no. 108 675 Price $ Clamped turning tool set: Part no. 108 778 Price $ Shank height 20 mm, shanks 20 mm, 9 tools Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no.108 779 Price $ Clamped turning tool set: Part no. 108 780 Price $ 5 tools cutting height 16 mm, shanks 20 mm 3 tools cutting height 20 mm, shanks 20 mm 1 tool cutting height 24 mm, shanks 20 mm Indexable insert set: 30 pc. Part no. 108 782 Price $
a -
225
Cutting Tools
End Milling Set HSS

TiN coated, 20 pieces
2 - 5 times longer service life Double cutting power Improved part surface DIN 327 D, short length Designed with 2 cutting edges. Face teeth for centric cuts. For cutting keyways/grooves (P 9 fitting) and center cut-out. Vertical or side cutting possible, with cyl. shaft and side drive dog acc. to DIN 1835 B ,3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20 mm
DIN 844 B, short length Designed with 4 cutting edges with 30 righ-hand spiral for excellent chip removal. Facing teeth for centric cuts. For normal to hard materials, with cyl. shaft and side drive dogs DIN 1835 B, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20 mm Part No. 108 440 Price $
End Milling Set DIN 844 B

TiN coated HSS, short length Right-hand spiral 30 Multiple cutting edges, face teeth for centric cuts Side drive dogs
15 pcs. 3-25 mm, with cyl. shaft Part No. 108 450 Price $
End Milling Set, 9 pieces, HSS

Two-sided, centric cutting 1,5 - 4,5 mm, 0,5 mm increments Part no. 108 455 Price $
Roughing Shank Cutter

mm 3 4 5 Shaft- 4 4 5 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 12 12 16 16 20 22 24 25 20 20 20 20
Indexable Insert End Mills Set 25 mm

Shaft 19 mm, Weldon shaft with torque surface With carbide tips, tip class P20 Part No. 107 800 Price $ 10 replacement tips, R (circular) Part No. 107 802 $ 10 replacement tips, S90(square) Part No. 107 803 $ 10 replacement tips, T60(triangular) Part No. 107 804 $
Set = 10 pc DIN 844 B, DIN 1835 B, Weldon shaft HSS, ionized, and therefore HRC 68 Right-hand cut For materials up to 145,100 psi strength Diameters: 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 25 mm
Roughing End Mill Cutter

With cross groove starting at Right-hand cut with right-hand spiral HSS-E, hardness HRC 68 Roughing cut teeth
mm 40 50 63 80 Width mm 32 36 40 45 Bore mm 16 22 27 27 Part No. 108 400 108 401 108 402 108 403 Price $
226
Tapping Attachment
Integrated quick-return acts promptly upon feed direction change Slip coupling torque adjustable to 4 levels Including MT 2 and MT 3 shank or MT 3 and MT 4 shank For thread cutter - M 2 - M 7 (MT 2 + MT 3) Part no. 106 033 Price $ - M 5 - M 12 (MT 3 + MT 4) Part no. 106 035 Price $ - M 8 - M 20 (MT 3 + MT 4) Part no. 106 037 Price $
starting at
Circular Cutters
Cuts steel up to 0.4 thick and/or 0.79 for twosided work surfaces Infinitely variable diameter adjustment 1.2 - 12 MT 2, Part no. 129 290 MT 3, Part no. 129 291 Price $ Replacem. twist drill Part no. 129 295 Price $ Replacem. knife 5 per pack. Part no. 129 297 Price $
Counter Sink, 90
5, 6, 8, 10, 12 mm HSS, 3 cutters Part no. 108 665 Price $
HSS Form Countersink 1 set, round

With parallel shank Within stand The set consists of 8 countersinks Set 2 - 12 mm (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 + 12 mm) Part no. 107 615 Price $
starting at
Set 6 - 20 mm ( 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 + 20 mm) Part no. 107 617 Price $
Drill Bit Set, 8 pieces

HSS, ground, 16, 20, 22, 25, 28, 30, 35 mm Max. boring depth 3 mm, boring diameter 6 mm Shaft 7,5 or 9,5 mm Part no. 107 620 Price $
Combo Flat Counter Sink in Wood Stand

Multiple cutter countersink with front face bore. Exchangeable pilot pins allow the use of one countersink for several pilot bores of different sizes. MT2 shank Flat countersink: 14.5-24.5 mm Sizes: 14,5 / 16,5 / 18,5 / 20,5 / 22,5 / 24,5 mm Pilot pin: 7-15 mm Sizes: 7 / 7,5 / 8 / 8,5 / 9 / 9,5 / 10 / 10,5 / 11 / 11,5 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15 mm Part No. 108 655 Price $
Carbide Milling Bits

6 mm shank Includes 12 pieces Part no. 108 430 Price $
227
Lathe Chucks
3-jaw chuck / cast-iron

Camlock mount 4 D1-4 6 D1-4 6 D1-5 8 D1-4 8 D1-6 10 D1-6 12.5 D1-8 12.5 D1-11 19.75 D1-8 19.75 D1-11 Speed rpm 3200 3000 3000 2500 2500 2000 1500 1500 700 700 Bore 1.26 1.65 1.65 2.17 2.17 2.99 4.06 4.06 5.35 7.48 Weight lbs 11 20 20 42 42 70 112 112 330 330 Part No. Price $ 116 519 116 520 116 521 116 527 116 528 116 522 116 523 116 524 116 525 116 526
4-jaw chuck / cast-iron

4 6 6 8 8 10 12.5 12.5 19.75 19.75 Camlock mount D1-4 D1-4 D1-5 D1-4 D1-6 D1-6 D1-8 D1-11 D1-8 D1-11 Speed rpm 3200 3000 3000 2500 2500 2000 1500 1500 700 700 Bore 1.26 1.65 1.65 2.17 2.17 2.99 4.06 4.06 5.35 7.48 Weight lbs 11 20 20 42 42 70 112 112 330 330 Part No. Price $ 116 619 116 620 116 621 116 622 116 623 116 624 116 625 116 626 116 627 116 628
3-jaw chuck / steel

6 8 8 10 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.5 13.5 Camlock mount D1-4 D1-4 D1-6 D1-6 D1-8 D1-6 D1-8 D1-11 D1-8 D1-11 Speed rpm 4500 4000 4000 3500 3500 2800 2800 2800 2000 2000 Bore 1.65 2.17 2.17 2.99 2.99 4.06 4.06 4.06 5.35 7.48 Weight lbs 20 42 42 70 70 112 112 112 330 330 Part No. Price $ 146 378 116 501 146 372 146 377 146 373 146 374 146 383 116 505 116 506 116 507
4-jaw chuck / steel

6 8 8 10 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.5 13.5 Camlock mount D1-4 D1-4 D1-6 D1-6 D1-8 D1-6 D1-8 D1-11 D1-8 D1-11 Speed rpm 4500 4000 4000 3500 3500 2800 2800 2800 2000 2000 Bore 1.4 2.17 2.17 2.99 2.99 4.06 4.06 4.06 5.35 5.35 Weight lbs 20 42 42 70 70 112 112 112 222 222 Part No. Price $ 116 600 116 601 146 472 146 477 146 473 116 604 146 483 116 605 116 606 116 607
Soft Jaw Pads for 3-jaw chuck (cast-iron / steel)

6 8 10 12.5 13.5 19.75 Length 3.07 3.54 4.06 4.72 5.5 5.5 Width 0.98 1.06 1.28 1.46 1.65 1.65 Height 1.63 0.53 2.08 2.17 2.54 2.93 Part No. 116 550 116 551 116 552 116 553 116 554 116 555 Price $
Soft Jaw Pads for 4-jaw chuck (cast-iron / steel)

6 8 10 12.5 13.5 19.75 Length 3.07 3.54 4.06 4.72 5.5 5.5 Width 0.98 1.06 1.28 1.46 1.65 2.36 Height 1.63 0.53 2.08 2.17 2.54 3.23 Part No. 116 650 116 651 116 652 116 653 116 654 116 655 Price $
4-Jaw Independent Chuck

4-Jaw Independent Chuck Soft jaws for 4-jaw independent chuck
8 10 12.5 13.5 19.75 Length 3.64 4.29 4.92 5.71 5.71 Width 1.57 1.85 2.05 2.05 2.36 Height 1.71 2.08 2.17 2.54 3.23 Part No. 116 690 116 691 116 692 116 693 116 694 Price $ 8 10 10 12.5 12.5 13.5 19.5 Camlock mount D1-4 D1-5 D1-6 D1-6 D1-8 D1-8 D1-11 Weight lbs 22 22 60 87 87 132 210 Part No. 116 670 116 671 116 672 116 673 116 674 116 675 116 676 Price $
228
Quick-Change Tool Holder

5-piece Sets
Set WA: 1 ea head A 3 ea WAD 20x90 1 ea WAH 20x90 Part No. 103 193 Price $ Set WE: 1 ea head E 3 ea WED 20x100 1 ea WEH 30x100 Part No. 103 194 Price $ Set WB: 1 ea headf B 3 ea WBD 26x120 1 ea WBH 36x120 Part No. 103 195 Price $ Set WC: 1 ea head C 3 ea WCD 32x150 1 ea. WCH 35x150 Part No. 103 196 Price $ Set WD1: 1 ea head D1 3 ea WD1D 63x180 1 ea WD1H 63x180 Part No. 103 197 Price $ Set WD2: 1 ea head D2 3 ea WD2D 63x220 1 ea. WD2H 70x220 Part No. 103 198 Price $
starting at
Fits all standard german quick-change tool holder Tool holder head and tool holder feature profileground gearing Tool holders are clamped against the central body's gears by means of 2 chuck halves and an eccentric bolt Repeat accuracy 0,01 mm Tool holders can be adjusted to 40 different angles on the central body Angle scale provided on head Holder height adjustment with a thumb screw
Selection of tool holder head according to the respective table

Size Tool changer size Machine: - Drive power, max. - Turning diameter Slide width, max. Cutting edge height - Min. - Max. Height adjustability Tool support Height of tool Max. Overall width, max. Overall height Throat, max. Bore, max. W D Hp in Z in X in in HV in Y in H V S U T in in in in in A 16 20 E 20 25 B 25 32 C 32 40 45 D1 40 50 63 38 19.7-39.4 7.9 23.6-43.3 D2 50 63
3.0 5.9-11.8 3.9 H+Y X + HV 0.43 0.35
6.0 7.9-15.7 4.7 H+Y X + HV 0.67 0.59 0.39 0.43
9.0 18.0 27 11.8-19.7 15.7-27.6 5.9 7.1 H+Y X + HV 0.79 0.43 0.49 0.55
H+Y H+Y H+Y X + HV X + HV X + HV 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.4 1.2 0.79 0.79 1.2 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.79 0.98
0.63 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.98 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.96 2.5 1.96 2.5 3.9 4.9 5.9 7.6 8.0 8.0 9.1 9.2 9.5 10.8 11.1 2.1 2.7 3.0 4.1 4.8 5.3 1.9 4.2 2.8 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.4 4.6 4.9 5.5 5.8 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.8 1.6 3.1
WA 103 189
WE 103 190 WB 103 191
$ $
WC 103 192
WAD a WAD WAD WAD WED WED WBD WBD WBD WBD WCD WCD WCD WCD WCD
16 l 16 20 20 20 25 25 25 32 32 32 32 40 40 45
75 90 75 90 100 100 120 140 120 140 150 170 150 170 170
103 271 103 272 103 273 103 274 103 281 103 282 103 291 103 292 103 293 103 294 103 301 103 302 103 303 103 304 103 305
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
WAH d 20 l 85
103 275
WAJ d 30 l 80
103 276
WAA-AO 103 277 $
WEH WBH WBH
30 100 103 283 30 130 103 295 18 120 103 298
$ $ $
WEJ WEJ WBJ
30 40 40
100 103 284 100 103 285 120 103 296
$ $ $
WEA-A2a 103 286 $ WBA-A2a 103 297 $
WCH WCH
35 150 103 306 50 160 103 307
$ $
WCJ WCJ
40 50
160 103 308 160 103 309
$ $
WCA-A3a 103 310 $
229
Reduction sleeves ISO / ISO

Hardened and ground
Shell end milling arbors

For cutters with cross or longitudinal slot Including parallel key, driver ring, cutter tightening screw, special wrench
starting at
Part No.. 103 750
ISO / ISO 40 / 30
Price $
103 760 103 770
50 / 30 50 / 40
starting at
Adapter ISO / MT
For tools with Morse taper shank and ISO mount Hardened and ground
starting at
Part No.. 103 700 103 710 103 720 103 730
ISO / MT 30 / 2 30 / 3 40 / 2 40 / 3
Price $ 103 740 103 742 103 744 103 746 40 / 4 BT 40 / 2 BT 40 / 3 BT 40 / 4
Part No. 103 850 103 855 103 860 103 861 103 865 103 870 103 875 103 880 103 895 103 900 103 905 103 910 103 915 103 920 103 930 103 922 103 924 103 926 103 928
ISO MK 3 MK 3 MK 4 MK 4 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 BT 40 BT 40 BT 40 BT 40 BT 40 BT 40
Arbor 16 22 16 22 16 22 27 32 16 22 27 32 40 13 16 22 27 32 40
Draw-in thread M12 M12 M16 M16 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16 M16
Price $
Milling Chuck for Cutter

with Weldon-Shaft
For tools with cylindrical shank and setup area in accordance with DIN 1835 B Forged, case-hardened, precision ground
starting at
ISO 40 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm
Part no. 106 801 106 802 106 803 106 804 106 805 106 806 106 807 106 808
Price $
ISO 50 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm
Part no. 106 811 106 812 106 813 106 814 106 815 106 816 106 817 106 818
Price $
BT 40 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm
Part no. 106 821 106 822 106 823 106 824 106 825 106 826 106 827 106 828
Price $
BT 30 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 18 mm 20 mm
Part no. 106 831 106 832 106 833 106 834 106 835 106 836 106 837 106 838
Price $
230
Collet Chuck MAS-BT
Combo Shell-end Milling Arbor MAS-BT
Model BT30-ER25 BT30-ER32 BT40-ER32 BT40-ER40 BT50-ER32 BT50-ER40
D 42 50 50 63 50 63
D1 31,75 31,75 44,45 44,45 69,85 69,85
L1 70 70 100 100 100 100
Part No. 104 200 104 201 104 202 104 203 104 204 104 205
Price $
Model BT30x13 BT30x16 BT30x22 BT40x40 BT50x40 BT50x50
d 13 16 22 40 40 50
L1 55 55 55 100 100 125
Part No. 103 950 103 951 103 952 103 953 103 954 103 955
Price $
Adapter Sleeves MAS-BT
ER Collet Set,
DIN 6499 Form B
ER 25, 16-pieces ER 32, 6-pieces ER 40, 15-pieces
1 - 16 mm 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 mm
Part No. 106 050 106 052 106 054
Price $
Model BT30xMK1 BT30xMK2 BT30xMK3 BT40xMK2 BT40xMK3 BT40xMK4
D 25 32 40 32 40 40
D1 31,75 31,75 31,75 44,45 44,45 44, 45
L 93,40 108,40 128,40 125,40 140,40 160, 4
L1 45 60 80 60 75 95
Part No. 103 780 103 781 103 782 103 783 103 784 103 785
Price $
For other chucks for MT 3 / MT 4, visit www.knuth-usa.com
ER Collet Chucks
ER 32 Mount Part No. Price $ ER 40 Part No. Price $
Drill Chuck Mount MAS-BT

F
MT 3 106 057
MT 4 106 058
ISO 30 106 055
ISO 40 106 056
106 063
106 064
106 061
106 062
Collet Chucks for End Mills
Model BT30xB16 BT30xB18 BT40xB16 BT40xB18
D 15,733 17,75 15,733 17,75
D1 31,75 31,75 44,45 44,45
L 117,40 125,40 134,40 142,40
L1 45 45 45 45
L2 24 32 24 32
Part No. Price $ 104 790 104 791 104 792 104 793
Drill Chucks
Tool Taper MT 3 MT 4 ST 30 ST 40 Chuck Range 2 - 20 2 - 20 2 - 20 2 - 20 Part No. 104 300 104 305 104 310 104 320 Price $
see page 241
Draw Bolts MAS-BT

Model BT 30 (A) (B) BT 40 (A) (B) BT 50 (A) (B) Part No. A 103 600 103 601 103 603 Price $ A Part No. B 103 604 103 605 103 607 Price $ B
Collets
from 2 to 20 mm
Prices starting at
2 mm Part No. 104 325, 3 mm Part No. 104 330 ...
231
H
starting at
De Luxe Clamping Tool Set

In a convenient, sturdy steel magazine, 52 parts 24 stud bolts, 4 each in the lengths 3, 4, 5, 6, 6.75, 7.75 4 extension nuts, 6 stepped clamps (3 pair), 6 T-slot nuts, 6 hexagon nuts flanged, step blocks (3 pairs)
Stud Bolt Set, and T-Slot Nuts

38 parts 24 stud bolts, 4 ea in the lengths 3, 4, 5, 6, 6.75, 7.75 6 T-slot nuts 4 extension nuts Hexagon nuts flanged
Thread M 12 M 14 Part no. 105 355 105 360 Price $
12 14 16 18
Thread M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16
Part no. 105 290 105 295 105 300 105 305
Price $
Set of Step Blocks

20 each (10 pairs) in wooden box Black-finished steel Part no. 105 340 Price $
14 16
starting at
2-PC. swivel hold-down clamp sets

High quality steel, black-finished Vailable in pairs only
Length Bore for stud bolts 4 M 12 4 M 14 5 M 16 Part no. 105 790 105 795 105 800 Price $
232
Accessories for Drill Presses

Includes quick-action drill chuck and bits Packed in a wooden case
starting at
Contents / Set: Reducing Sleeve Reducing Sleeve Reducing Sleeve Extension Sleeve Tool-Holder Bits Tool-Holder Bits Quick-action Chuck Quick-action Chuck Part No. Price $
MT 2 (6-piece) MT 2 / MT 1 MT 2 / MT 3 MT 2 / B 16 MT 2 / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 104 592
MT 3 (7-piece) MT 3 / MT 2 MT 3 / MT 1 MT 3 / MT 4 MT 3 / B 18 MT 3 / B 16 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 104 593
MT 4 (8-piece) MT 4 / MT 3 MT 4 / MT 2 MT 4 / MT 1 MT 4 / MT 5 MT 4 / B 18 MT 4 / B 16 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 0.04 - 0.51 in / 16 104 594
ISO 30 (4-piece) ISO 30 / MT 2 ISO 30 / MT 3 ISO 30 / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 104 595
ISO 40 (5-piece) ISO 40 / MT 2 ISO 40 / MT 3 ISO 40 / MT 4 ISO 40 / B 18 0.12 - 0.63 in / B 18 104 596
Reducing Sleeves MT/MT Tool-Holder Bits for drill chuck Drill Chuck Mount
MT 2/1 3/1 3/2 4/1 4/2 4/3 5/2 5/3 5/4 Part No. 103 805 103 810 103 815 103 820 103 825 103 830 103 835 103 840 103 845 Price $ MT 2 B 16 B 18 MT 3 B 16 B 18 MT 4 B 16 B 18 Part No. 104 725 104 730 104 739 104 740 104 745 104 750 Price $ Taper ISO 30 ISO 30 ISO 40 ISO 40 BT 40 BT 40 Bits B 16 B 18 B 16 B 18 B 16 B 18 Part No. 104 775 104 776 104 780 104 781 104 785 104 786 Price $
Taper Drifts
MT 2/3 4/5 Part No. 104 690 104 695 Price $
Extension Sleeves
MT 2/3 3/4 4/5 Part No. 104 660 104 665 104 670 Price $
Quick-Action Drill Chuck

Chuck Mount Range 0.04 - 0.51 in B 16 0.12 - 0.63 in B 18 Part No. 104 765 104 770 Price $
Edge Tracer Set
Electronic Edge Tracer

For setting up drill presses and milling machines, machining centers, etc. LED indicator lights up as soon as the workpiece is being touched Outside and inside centering When moving across the reference edge, the measuring ball is pushed aside 0.79 in shank Part No. 129 055 Price $
Assembly Stand
For setting up milling and drilling tools Horizontal and Vertical Mounts For easier set-up and shorter tooling times
1 bilateral 10x10x4 / 2 unilateral 10x10 3 bilateral 10x10x4 / 4 unilateral 10x4 5 bilateral 12x12x4 Part No. 108 057 Price $
Specifications Flutes Mounts dim.- (LxWxH) Part No. Price $
0.39 in Taper ST 40, BT 40, DIN 2080 8.3 x 4.1 x 5.1 in 108 930
233
ADA
Universal Facing / Lathe Bore Head

With self-actuated slide advance and automatic stop activation Can be used on drill presses, lathes, milling machines, etc. Autom. advance ensures consistent feed of tools Adjustable guides Adjustable stops Made of carbon-chromium-molybdenum steel All parts are hardened and precision-ground Guaranteed maximum accuracy Incl. reducing sleeves 4, 8, 12 mm
Standard Equipment: boring bar holder
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1. Bores (small diameters) 2. Bores (large diameters) 3. Facing (small diameters) 4. Facing (large diameters) 5. Facing (back side) 6. Groove cutting 7. Recesses in large bores 8. External turning 9. Taper turning 10. Tapping SK30 350 25 0.005 3 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.18 22 103 403 SK40 350 25 0.005 3 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.12 22 103 404
Specifications ADA External turning diameter Max. cross slide adjustment Micro-feed per angle degree Rapid feed Autom. feed/rev Boring bar diameter Part No. Price $
mm mm mm/rev
mm
MT3 150 15 0.005 2 0.02, 0.04, 0.06, 0.08, 0.10, 0.12 18 103 401
MT4 350 25 0.005 3 0.03, 0.06, 0.09, 0.18 22 103 402
Lathe Bore Head with Boring Bar Set
MK 4 shown
ISO 40 shown
Mounting Shafts Shaft with draw bolt Part No. Price $
MT 3 108 639
MT 4 108 641
ISO 30 ISO 40 108 635 108 637
For easy inside diameter turning on drill presses, lathes, and milling machines starting at Micrometer screw for precise inside turning diameter adjustment High-quality steel, hardened and precision-ground Feed: 0.01 mm/graduation line 2 vertical tool mounts, 1 horizontal tool mount Boring Head with 9-piece boring bar set Head diameter mm Tool mount mm Possible bore diameters mm Part No. Price $ 50 12 10 - 125 108 631
Boring Head shown with 12-piece boring bar set and optional accessories (mounting shaft)
Boring Head with 12-piece boring bar set Head diameter mm Tool mount mm Possible bore diameters mm Part No. Price $
75 18 12 - 225 108 633
234
5C Collet Chuck
The key-verified chuck ensures uniform and torsion-free clamping of workpieces Quick setup and easy handling The 5C Collet System is available in mmincrements from 1 to 25 mm
5C Collet Chuck for Lathes
Part No. 181 321
Price $
A B C
4.92 4.96 4.23 0.16
D F G weight
3.74 4.25 3 x M8 x 45 11 lbs
Pnaumatic 5C Collet Chuck

Pneumatic 5C collet chuck for rapid tool changes Including 1.0 in through-hole Fits all 5C collets Spindle bore 1.0 in Speed (max.) 5000 rpm Part No. 181 322 Price $
A B C D E
6,61 5,12 1 0,2 3,93
F G H weight
2,16 4,33 5,79 22 lbs
Threads are hardened across their entire length Adjustable for workpiece depths up to 75 mm (from the collet surface) Part No. 106 220 Price $
With setup angle for vertical and horizontal use
Part No. 106 090
Price $
Save time when clamping parts for grinding, cutting, drilling, etc. No chips stay back on the support face, which ensures maximum parallelism of the clamped workpiece Several flat or single thin workpieces can be easily clamped Spring steel, hardened and tempered , 110 mm long, 0,005 mm parallelism, precision-ground 8 pairs per set - 2 mm increments
9 - 23 mm Part No. 128 960
Price $
25 - 39 mm Part No. 128 961
Price $
235
Power collet holders (vertical and horizontal)
Stop Screws for 5C collets
5C collets
Hardened and precision ground premium steel Female and male threads
Clamping Part No. Price $
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
106 103 106 104 106 105 106 110 106 115 106 120 106 125
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
106 130 106 135 106 140 106 145 106 150 106 155 106 160 106 165 106 170
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
106 175 106 180 106 185 106 190 106 195 106 200 106 205 106 210 106 215
Corrugated Parallel Pads
Precision Grinding and Control Vise

High precision, robust structure, hardened and ground v-grooves, high holding capacity Can be used on 4 different sides Face parallelism 0.0002 to 4 Solid steel structure, hardness 58-62 HRC Weight PSK 50 = 6 lbs, PSK 75 = 10 lbs, PSK 100 = 24 lbs, PSK 125 = 33 lbs
Vises
starting at
PSK 50 shown incl. pull-down feature
Model PSK 50 PSK 75 PSK 100 PSK 125
A B C D E Part no. Price $ 2 5.5 2.5 2 1 128 820 2.75 7 4 2.75 2 128 821 4 9.5 5 3.5 1.75 128 824 5 11.25 6.25 4 2 128 825
starting at PSG 50 shown
Model PSG 50 PSG 75 PSG 100 PSG 125
A B C D E Part no. Price $ 2 6 2.5 2 1 128 826 2.75 8.25 4 2.75 1.25 128 827 4 10.25 5 3.5 1.75 128 828 5 11.75 6.25 4 2 128 829
C E D B
PSS
Swivels on 2 levels, 360 horizontal, 45 vertical Scale for precise minute readout Screw for upward and downward swing For grinding, boring, milling, eroding
A PSS 70
N.W.
Part no.
Price $
2.75 3.2 1.2 5.25 6.25 1.25 1.3 1.75 4.25 2.25 3 7 27 lbs 128 815
236
HNCS
Hydraulic Machine Vise

High-grade machine vise for hydraulic clamping of parts Hardened and ground surfaces ensure high-precision clamping, even when working with in-series connected vises 4 work surfaces Pull-down system for maximum secure clamping Spindle safety guard protects from chips Face parallelism 0.0008
starting at
HNCS Jaw width Clear opening Jaw height Overall height Clamping forcelbs Weight lbs Part No. Price $
100V 4 0-5 2 5.25 8100 55 104 930
130V 5 0-7 2 6 10400 85 104 932
160V 6 0-9.25 2.25 6.5 12600 130 104 934
200V 8 0-11 2.5 7 16000 175 104 936
Optional Equipment: Dial for HNCS Dial diam. Dial height Part No. Price $
100V 9.75 1 104 931
130V 11.5 1 104 933
160V 12.25 1.25 104 935
200V 14.75 1.75 104 937
NZM
Machine vise with pull-down system
Pull-down system: absolutely secure workpiece hold even during heavy workpiece cutting
starting at
Made of high-quality cast-iron Hardened and precision-ground steel jaws Dial turns 360 and has 1 scale division Parallelism 0.0001 Precise, hardened jaw guides
Specifications Jaw width Jaw height Opening capacity Height Dial diameter Weight Part No. Price $ NZM100 4 1.25 4 4.5 6 36 104 916 NZM125 5 1.5 5 5.25 7.25 53 104 918 NZM160 6 1.75 7.5 6 9 110 104 920 NZM200 8 2 7.5 7 10.5 125 104 922
lbs
237
PMS
Precision Machine Vise

Swivels on 2 axes
starting at
III. PMS 50
High precision vise for accurate and exact precision mechanics work (also suitable for watch making, jewelry industries) Swivels from horizontal (180) to vertical (90) Turns 360 on a dial Jaws are made of hardened and precision-ground tool steel
Specifications Jaw height Width Throat Weight Part no. Price $
lbs
PMS 50 1 2 2 9 125 010
PMS 75 1.25 3 3 22 125 011
PMS 100 1.5 4 4 38 125 012
HS
Hydraulic Machine Vise
starting at
III. HS 100 Specifications Jaw width clear opening Jaw height Clamping force Swivel-base / weight Dimens. (LxWxH) Weight Part no. Price $ HS 100 4 6.5 1.25 5600 22 21x7x4 58 105 096 HS 125 5.25 8.5 1.75 9000 27 26x7x5 95 125 024 HS 150 6 11.75 2 10100 49 32x9x5 165 125 028 HS 200 7.75 11.75 2.5 18000 71 32x11x6 275 125 029
lbs lbs
lbs
Hardened and precision-ground jaws and body High precision and wear-resistant material ensure long service-life Clamping pressure is up to ten times as high as with conventional machine vises Swivel-base mounted vise body, 360 swivel Consistent clamping pressure, unaffected by vibration and shock Hydraulic power amplifier
238
starting at
Precision Drill Press Vise

1 horizontal v-groove and 3 vertical v-grooves Precision-ground base and guides Parallelism of jaws: 0.0001 guide to base: 0.0001
Model PB 80 PB 100 PB 120 Jaw width 3 4 4.75 Opening Jaw depth
PB
Ill. PB 80
3 3.75 4
1 1.25 1.25
Part No. Price $ 104 835 104 840 104 845
BMS
Quick-Action Vise
Shiftable chuck jaw Clamping lever operation for clamping and locking Ground and hardened guides and clamping mechanism, high-quality cast iron (FC 25) Steel clamping jaws Jaw width 4 Clamp. width 4.25 Part no. 104 925 Price $
Ill. BMS
Machine Vise
MS
starting at
High quality cast iron Hardened and ground replaceable steel jaws Covered spindle Forged bronze spindle nut Including hand crank, swivel-base, and scale
Specifications Jaw width Jaw height Opening cap. Height Weight lbs Part No. Price $ MS 100 4 1.5 3 4 27 104 950 MS 125 5 1.75 4 5 44 104 955 MS 160 6.25 2 5 7.5 71 104 960 MS 200 7.75 2.25 6.25 10 133 104 965
Ill. MS 100
Deep hole bores for flexible clamping Low height for cost-effective use of machine
Specications Jaw width in Opening in Jaw depth in Assembly width in Height in Length in Deep hole Dim. in Weight lb Part No. Price $ UMS 100 3.9 4.3 1.6 6.7 2.8 18.1 3.5 x 0.5 29 125 030 UMS 140 5.5 5.9 2.0 7.4 3.5 24 4 x 0.6 40 125 031 UMS 200 7.9 8.3 2.4 9.8 4.5 31 6.4 x 0.6 44 125 032
UMS
Universal Machine Vice

starting at
Ill. UMS 200
Solid vise, ideal for drill presses 239
starting at
Angle Vice
For clamping of parts at the precise angle during welding or assembly
Heavy-duty cast-iron design Ideal for welded joints at a right angle The joint will always be in a perfect 90 angle, regardless if it is a corner joint, miter joint, or T-connection, even in different workpiece widths
Specifications for Angle Vice Max. clamping widthin 4.1 Max. opening in 2.4 Jaw height in 1.4 Weight lb 11 Part No. 107 005 Price $
4.9 3.9 2.4 20 107 010
Spindle and spindle nut are copper-plated to prevent burn-in of welding beads and splatter
Compound Sliding Table
starting at
Part No. 106 017 is shown
Rigid and precise compound sliding table for coordinate drilling on radial, column, and bench drill presses
Cast-iron structure T-slots, coolant groove Dovetail guides, adjustable
Specifications Table setup area Table height X / Y axis travel T-slot width
Hand-wheel scale divisions
Part No. 106 009 is shown

in in lb 0.002 29 x 19 110 106 007 0.002 37 x 19 143 106 008 0.002 42 x 25 216 106 009 0.002 50 x 24 287 106 017
in in in in
18.5 x 7.1 6.3 11 x 7.7 0.5
26.4 x 7.1 6.3 18.9 x 7.7 0.5
28.7 x 8.3 8.2 19.7 x 8.3 0.6
33.7 x 11.6 6.3 24.4 x 9.4 0.5 x 0.9
Dimensions Weight Part No. Price $
240
Compound Sliding Tables

For small cutting operations on the bench or floor drill press
starting at
Table size Height Cross travel longitud. travel T-slots
9 x 5.75 6 4.75 6.25 0.4 Max. table load capacity lbs 185 Swivel range 360 Handwheel incr. mm 0,025 Weight lbs 55 Part no. 106 001 Price $
12.5 x 5.75 20 x 9.25 6 7.75 4.75 7.5 10.25 13.75 0.4 0.5 220 305 360 360 0,025 0,05 66 190 106 003 106 006
Ill. Compound Sliding Tables 5.75 x 9
Cast iron dovetail guides
ST
Swivel Table
For precise machining of corner bores, angular cutting, angular grinding, etc.
starting at
1 scale gradation direct read-out at the table Cast-iron frame, ground table surface and guideways
Specifications Number of T-slots T-slot spacing T-slot width Swivel angle Weight Dimensions (LxWxH) Part no. Price $
lbs
ST 250 3 2 0.5 50 44 10 x 7 x 5 129 335
ST 300 3 2.25 0.5 50 82 12 x 9 x 6 129 340
ST 380 3 3.5 0.6 50 100 15 x 10 x 6 129 345
241
starting at
Dial Gauge
Accuracy acc. to DIN 878 Matte-finish chrome-plated metal encl. Clamping shaft 8mm h6 Outer race with 2 adjustable tolerance markers Gradation 0.01 mm Measuring range 10 mm Part No. 129 020 Price $
Precision Dial
Accuracy and design acc. to industry standard Measuring range 0 - 1.27 mm Clamping shaft 8 mm Smallest increment 0.002 mm Part No. 129 022 Price $
Precision Dial Gauge

Accuracy acc. to DIN 2270 Automatically reversing tracer arm Rotating outer race for zeroing Stainless steel precision bearing for friction-free adjustment of tracing point Gradation 0.01 mm Measuring range 0.8 mm (0-40-0) Including wooden case Part No. 129 065 Price $
3-Point Inside Micrometer, Sets
Precision Inside Micrometer Set

50 - 600 mm
Screw 50 - 63 mm with 6 extension elements (13, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200 mm) Control gauge 50 mm Reading accuracy 0.01 mm Steel, satin chrome-plated finish Incl. wooden box Part No. 129 048 Price $
Accuracy acc. to DIN 863 Read-out: 0.005 mm Scale drum and scale sleeve With satin chrome-plated finish Drum diam. 19 mm to 11 mm drum diam. 23 mm over 11 mm Screw pitch 0.5 mm Measuring face: carbide With ratchet, screwdriver, wrench, adjustment and extension Includes wooden case
Range Part No. 11-14, 14-17,17-20 Adj. Ring 11 and 17 mm 129 061 20-25, 25-30, 30-35, 35-40, Adj. Ring: 25 and 35 mm 129 062 40-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, 80-90, 90-100 Adj. Ring: 50, 70 and 90 mm 129 063
Price $
starting at
Digital Caliper Rules

Automatical switch off after 5 min. 5-digit LCD display Stainless steel Toggle switch inch / mm Accuracy 0.0008 Readout 0.0004 Dirt protected
Dial Caliper
Including clamping screw Measuring range 150 mm or 300 mm 0.02 mm increments Satin chrome plated
Workshop Caliper INOX

Lapped measuring surface Micro-infeed screw Including wooden case
starting at
Length 6 7.75 12 19.5*
Part no. 129 025 129 026 129 027 129 029
Price $
(* 19.5 available with bottom spout only)
For inside, outside, and height measurments Including case 150 mm, Part no. 129 030 Price $ 300 mm, Part no. 129 131 Price $
Jaw length 300 mm = 55 mm, 500 mm = 100 mm and 1000 mm = 140 mm Caliper jaw 20 mm (300 mm = 15 mm)
Length Part no. Price $ 300* mm 129 031 500* mm 129 032 1000* mm 129 033 (* available with bottom spout only)
242
Measuring Tools
External Micrometer Set 6-pcs. 150 - 300 mm
Measuring range 25 mm each Accuracy in acc. with DIN 863 Readout 0.01 mm Satin chrome-plated scales Micrometer screw diam. 8 mm C-frame with hand protection Thimble diam. 17 mm Including ratchet Spindle pitch 0.5 mm With adjustment gauge Including wooden case Measuring range 150-175, 175-200, 200-225, 225-250, 250-275, 275-300 mm Part no. 129 012 Price $
External Micrometer Set 6 pcs. 0 - 150 mm

Accuracy acc. to DIN 863 Readout 0.01 mm Satin chrome-plated scales Micrometer screw diam. 6.35 mm Tungsten carbide tipped measuring surfaces C-frame with hand protection Thimble diam. 17 mm Including ratchet Spindle pitch 0.5 mm Measuring range 25 mm a. up with adjustm. gauge Including wooden box Measuring range 0-25, 25-50, 50-75, 75-100, 100-125, 125-150 mm Part no. 129 010 Price $
Digital Micrometer Calipers

Large LCD display 30 x 10 mm Accuracy according to DIN 863 Smallest input increment 0.001 mm Carbide measuring surface Automatic display of max. and min. values Zeroing at any point Unit selection (metric/inch) Interface for printer connection
starting at
Meas. Range Part No. 0 - 25 mm 108 360 25 - 50 mm 108 361 50 - 75 mm 108 362 75 - 100 mm 108 363 0 - 100 mm 108 365 (4 pieces per set)
Price $
Parallel Gauge-Block Sets, 83 pc.

Accuracy acc. to DIN ISO 3650 Material: a carefully selected, high quality, special steel alloy, aged, hardened, and hand lapped. Accuracy of parallel end measurements conforms to DIN 861 For the control of check gauges, and for the adjustment of length measuring devices, as well as exact testing in standards laboratory 1 each 1.005, 49 each 1.01 -1.49 23 each 0.5 - 9.50, 10 each 10 - 100 (83 total) Part no. 129 000 Price $
Measuring Tool Set M5

In sturdy wooden box consisting of: Depth gauge 200 mm, rust-proof, with clamping bolt, satin chrome-plating 100 mm, readout 0.05 mm Vernier caliper 150 mm, with instant adjustment, satin chromeplated, Nonius 0.05 mm Ext. micrometer 0 - 25 mm, satin chrome-plated, readout 0.01 mm tungsten carbide tipped Bevelled steel square 100 mm, bevelled steel edge 100 mm Part no. 108 344 Price $ Also available in United States Customary System (USCS) or Imperial Units. 243
Surface Plates
and Test Plates
starting at
base frame
Part. No.127 290 90-angle 0.8x6x4 1x10x6 1.5x15.75x10 Part.no 127 220 127 225 127 230 Price $ Part no.V-blocks, pairs L4xW4xH4, 90 L4xW6xH6, 90
Ill. surface plate with base frame
Compressive strength 36,300-37,700 psi DIN 876/0 Mohs hardness 6-7 Corrosion-free Thermal and dynamic stability No electric or thermal conductivity Blueish-black granite, ground and lobed with fine, light colored inclusions
Part no. Price $ 127 240 127 245
Parallel indicators, pairs 6x1x0.6, 118 in 15.75x2.5x1.5, 315 in
Part no. 127 250 127 255
Price $
Rulers/edges Part no. 15.75x2.25x1, 102 in 127 260 39x6x2, 197 in 127 265 Surface plate 15.75x10x2.75, 236 in 25x15.75x4, 276 in 39x25x6, 354 in Base frame for 25 + 39
Price $
Cast-iron surface plate - grade 0

Rigid ribbed cast-iron Scraped surface
Dimens. (mm) Part. no. Price $
Part no. Price $ 127 270 127 275 127 280 127 290
Unfinished surfaces are painted Accuracy acc. to DIN 876

39x39 127 308 39x59 127 310 39x79.75 127 312
19.5x15.75 31.5x23.5 79x23.5 127 302 127 304 127 306
Concentricity Tester
Center distance 0-23.5 Center height 6.5 Weight 175 lbs Part no. 127 350 Price $
Magnetic micrometer Holders

3-in-1 Clamping Just turn the clamping knob for a quick and secure fixation of all 3 motion points Foot dimensions 15.75 x 2 x2 holding power 130 lbs Part No. 108 796 Price $
Shown with optional equipment
F
Individual clamping Measuring column 0.5 x 7 Transverse arm 0.4 x 6 Foot dimensions 2.5 x 2 x 2 Holding power 130 lbs Plus fine adjustments Part No. 108 800 Price $
Hydraulic high-precision magnetic measuring tripod Central clamping with 1 rotating knob High clamping force via hydraulics Foot dim. 3.5x2x2 Holding power 110 Part No. 108 810 Price $
Magnetic V-BLOCK
Face is ground exactly square to the v-block surface. For round, rectangular, and square workpieces. Use for grinding, drilling, and as a control station. V-block angle 90
PRECISION ANGLE - V-BLOCKS

Hardened (HRC 52-55) Precision ground Accuracy 10 Nonius readout Swivels 0 - 60 Dimensions (LxWxH): 14 x 1 x 2 Part no. 128 930 Price $
H 2.75 3.75
B B1 L Part no. 2.25 1.85 2.75 108 880 2.75 2 4 108 885
Price $
244
Hardness Tester
HP 100
ST 130 155
Gear ratio 1:90, disengageable, chuck can be rotated manually by 360 Hand-wheel with scale ring, Nonius graduation 10" 6 masks for direct division of 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 Hardened and ground teeth with 3-jaw chuck, 6.3 or 7.9 in For additional specifications, see www.knuth-usa.com
Dividers
Heavy-Duty Hardness Tester for workshop operations

Measuring range Rockwell HRA > 70, HRB 30 - 100, HRC 20 - 67 Max. part height 6.7 in Throat 5.3 in Dimensions 18 x 9 x 25 in Weight 143 lb
ST 130 ST 155
Part No. 110 960 Price $ Part No. 110 965 Price $
Standard Equipment: 3 weights (132, 221, 331 lb), 2 level test benches, 1 V-guide test bench, 1 penetrator with diamond tip,1 penetrator with steel ball, Rockwell standard block, operating instructions Options: Hardness Tester Diamond Part No. 128 915 Price $
starting at
Optional accessory set for ST 130 & ST 155: Dividing plate A: 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38, 39, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49, 51, 53, 57, 59 Dividing plate B: 61, 63, 67, 69, 71, 73, 77, 79, 81, 83, 87, 89, 91, 93, 97, 99 Tailstock ST 130 Part No. 110 970 Price $ ST 155 Part No. 110 971 Price $
Electronic Hardness Tester
THL 201
Divider
T 110
Swivels from horizontal to vertical 90 (scale) With 3-jaw lathe chuck 4.3 in Center height of 2.8 in, with knurled nut for clamping the chuck (360 scale) Disengageable for direct turning of the chuck by hand Lathe chuck capacity 0.98 in Weight: 20 lb For additional specifications, see www.knuth-usa.com
Hardness testing in seconds for steel, cast-iron, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, and copper
Versatile and user-friendly Hardness tester for testing hardness acc. to Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers Wide measuring range and large measurement storage (holds 255 measurements) 5 x 2.5 in LCD Accuracy +/- 0.8% Sturdy cast aluminum housing for easy handling Rechargeable battery powered via USB port
Standard Equipment: Test block, USB cable, operating instructions
245
Direct Indexing Head
S 200
The S200 Direct Indexing Head can be used in a horizontal or vertical setup. The indexing unit is enclosed in the resistant cast-iron body of the divider, where it is protected from contamination to ensure precise and consistent divisions of 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24. An easy-to-read circumferentially mounted Nonius scale provides exact divisions up to 360. A sturdy clamping lever is provided for the torsion-proof xture of the chuck at any set position.
Accuracy Spindle concentricity, radial Axial concentricity, clamping plate plane parallelism from Clamping plate to base plate Squareness of setup area Indexing accuracy (for 24) Specifications S 200 Center height 3-jaw chuck Divisions Part No. Price $
0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.0006/7.75 25
6 8.25 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 110 966
Standard Equipment S 200: 6 indexing masks, chuck, operating tools
Universal Indexing Head
HT
For direct and indirect divisions Spindle runs in precision tapered roller bearings Phosphorous/bronze worm gear with hardened and ground CrNi steel worm Disengage gears for direct divisions Gear ratio 40:1 Swivels from 10 below horizontal to vertical (-10 to 90) Every division for 2 to 50 parts, and many divisions up to 380 parts Part No. 110 953 Price $
Standard Equipment: tailstock, 2 dividing plates, center, drive chuck, and chuck flange
HT 0 Indexing Head A B H h a b g spindle bore 7.25 5.5 6.75 4 6.25 3.5 0.5 0.7
A1 7
Tailstock B1 H1 3 4.25
h 4
a1 5
b1 g 3.50.5
246
X.div
CNC Dividers
CNC Divider for Universal Use on CNC Milling and Engraving Machines
X.div Dividers have been customized for optimum use on KNUTH CNC Milling and Engraving Machines X.div Dividers for Fanuc, Siemens and GPlus controls - Complete package including motor and axis module for KNUTH Machines X.div Dividers without drive unit provide an optimum basis for equipping or retrofitting a wide variety of machines
starting at
Suitable for vertical and horizontal use Specifications X.div Face plate diameter Face plate height (vertical) Spin axis (horizontal) Through-hole diameter T-slot width T-slots Speed (max.) Reduction Step angle Angular accuracy Repeatability Max. load capacity (vertical) Max. load capacity (horizontal) Max. turning diameter Weight with motor Without servo drive Part No. Price $ For Fanuc Control Part No. Price $ For Siemens Control Part No. Price $ For GPlus Control Part No. Price $ Manual chuck Max. part diameter Part No. Price $
Manual tailstock included in standard equipment
lb lb in lb
5 6 110 0.98 0.5 0.6 33.3 0 0.001 40" 2 221 110 5 55 125 765
6.7 6 135 1.4 0.5 0.7 33.3 0 0.001 20" 2 331 165 6.7 84 125 770
8.3 6 160 1.8 0.5 0.6 33.3 0 0.001 20" 2 331 165 8.3 95 125 775
10 6.6 160 1.6 0.5 0.7 11.1 0 0.001 15" 4 551 221 10 194 125 780
12.6 8.7 210 1.6 0.6 0.7 11.1 0 0.001 15" 4 772 331 12.6 357 125 785
15.7 9.8 255 1.6 0.6 0.7 11.1 0 0.001 15" 4 1,102 441 15.7 578 125 790
125 766
125 771
125 776
125 781
125 786
125 791
125 767
125 772
125 777
125 782
125 787
125 792
125 768
125 773
125 778
125 783
125 788
125 793
in
5 125 769
6 125 774
7 125 779
8 125 784
10 125 789
12 125 794
247
RT
starting at
Rotary Table
Index Feature RT 160 - 320 For direct and indirect division From 2 to 66: all divisions from 68 to 132: those divisable by 2, 3 and 5 can be performed Part no. 125 805 Price $ RT 100 Part no. 125 802 Price $ Tailstock for RT 100 Part no. 125 801 Price $ Tailstock for RT 200 and RT 250 Part no. 125 820 Price $ Tailstock for RT 320 Part no. 125 825 Price $ Design features as described under RTS Type RT 100 with 3 radial setup T-slots Type RT 160 and RT 200 with 4 radial setup T-slots (0.5)
Type RT 100 RT 160 RT 200 RT 250 RT 320 D 4.25 6.25 7.75 9.75 12.5 H 3 3.25 4 4.25 4.7 A 4.5 7.7 9.25 11.25 14 B 5.7 9.5 11 13 16 C 3.25 5 6 6.5 8.25
Type RT 250 and RT 320 with 6 radial setup T-slots Very low profile Guide slot in the vertical base plane Except for RT 160, all RTs can be used vertically
Accuracy (max. deviation) Face concentricity of work table setup surface 12 : 0.0006 Work table concentricity 0.0006 Parallelism of setup table to base plane 12 : 0.0008 Taper bore concentricity 0.0004 Parallelism of bore axis to vertical setup surface 0.0012 Parallelism of bore axis to groove in the vertical setup surface 0.0008 Parallelism between vertical setup surface and connecting axis taper center-tailstock center 0.0008 Parallelism between groove in the vertical setup surface and the connecting axis between centers 0.0008 Division accuracy 45
E 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5
F 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7
MT 2 2 3 3 4
d 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.5
Ratio 1:90 1:90 1:90 1:90 1:90
Weight 16 lbs 57 lbs 68 lbs 97 lbs 165 lbs
Setup hor. + vert. horizontal hor. + vert. hor. + vert. hor. + vert.
Part no. 125 800 125 830 125 835 125 840 125 845
Price $
248
RTS
Swivelable Rotary Table
starting at
Accuracy Face concentricity of work table setup surface Concentricity of setup table Parallelism of setup to base surface Concentricity of setup table taper bore Parallelism of table setup to cross groove Division accuracy Type D H
8
RTS 250 RTS 320
< = 0.0008 < = 0.0008
< = 0.0008
< = 0.0004
< = 0.0008<=0.0008 45 H1
5.5
Completely enclosed design, prevents contamination from dirt and chips Setup table rotates on a large, ringshaped, oil-bath lubricated, guideway The very effective clamp pulls the setup table down straight, without any change of position or radial pressure, and presses it against the guideway For quick manual turning, the worm can be disengaged from the worm gear by pushing down the hand-lever The zero-backlash of worm and worm gear is adjustable Setup table with 360 scale The high precision worm gear is almost as large as the rotary table
d MT Ratio Weight Part no.
1:90 1:90 175 lbs 295 lbs 125 810 125 815
Hardened, ground, and oil-bath lubricated worm Worm gear ratio 90:1 Handwheel scale gradation 10 Handwheel can be replaced with indexing plate
L
15
Price $
RTS 250 10
10.5 12.25 0.6 0.5 1.2 Nr.3 0.7 0.6 1.5 Nr.4
RTS 320 12.5 10
6.75 13
INDEX Feature for direct and indirect division from 2 to 66, all divisions from 68 to 132 dividable by 2, 3 a. 5 can be performed Part no. 125 805 Price $ 249
GxGxGxGGGGmachine tool is exact again! ... and suddenly your old
Miniature Precision Scales (incl. metal enclosure) Meas. length 1) Part No. Price $ 4 111 501 6 111 502 8 111 503 10 111 504 12 111 505 14 111 506 16 111 507 18 111 508 20 111 509 21.5 111 510 23.5 111 511 25.5 111 512 27.5 111 513 29.5 111 514 31.5 111 515 33.5 111 516 35 111 517 37 111 518 39 111 519 43 111 521 47 111 523 51 111 525 55 111 527 59 111 529 63 111 531 67 111 533 71 111 535 75 111 537 79 111 539 118 111 559 1) minimum length = max. mechan. traverse higher gauge length upon request
3-Axis Position Indicator X.pos 3

As new addition or for retrofitting machine tools like milling machines and lathes, including measuring machines
More accuracy Lower error rate Increased manufacturing safety Significant time savings Increased productivity Easy to read display Operator-specific features Convenient keyboard layout Resolution: 0.0004 / 0.0002 Default coordinates Axis position is maintained when display is turned off Hole circle pattern calculation Pocket calculator feature Storage for 10 tools Radius / diameter toggle mm/inch conversion Easy expansion and maintenancefree operation Display for top (Z0) and bedway slide (Z1) both separate and in differential / cumulative mode for lathes
Position Indicators - a Must for any Machine Tool

250
GxGxGxGGGG X.pos Plus
3-Axis Position Indicator
Fully compatible with older X.pos scales - Upgrade now!
X.pos Plus - You will gain productivity, quality and comfort Default coordinates Calculation of hole circle pattern Radius and tool length correction Vibration filter feature mm/inch conversion 8 display languages Pocket calculator function
For new installations or for retrofitting existing milling machines, drill presses, grinders or even measuring machines
High-resolution display with excellent legibility State-of-the art electronics and a very robust, completely sealed enclosure ensure maximum safety and optimum production conditions A major focus during the development and selection of electronic components was the achievement of maximum resistance against external interferences and maintaining low temperature levels Background colors of the display can be changed as required or desired The keyboard membrane is highly durable and yet very comfortable to touch When using for lathes, the values for top slide (Z0) and bed slide (Z1) can be displayed either individually or as differentiation/summation circuit for lathes The display also provides a key to toggle between radius and diameter The axis position is maintained when the display is turned off Graphical support with residual path display and sketch drawing Linear and non-linear length correction is possible Easy mounting, easy electric connection, and maintenancefree operation Part No. 123 455 Price $ 251
CNC Production Center for Beam Construction
BeamCenter
The Complete Chain of Production The Maximum in Steel Machining
a demo ady foR a r t e r s Re headqu
at our er many sbek, G in Wa
SimultaneouS 3-Sided maChininG
dRillinG maRkinG SaWinG Complete maChininG

47 x 31.5 in
The Maximum in Sawing
Miter cuts +60 / -45 Integrated chip conveyor Hydraulic workpiece clamping
fast & Streamlined
extendable up to 66 feet
The Maximum in Positioning
Feed and discharge unit w. material positioning Independently guided positioning unit with hydraulic gripper
Reliable & accurate

The Maximum in Marking
Embossing head moves, material remains fixed Individually replaceable embossing stamps Powerful hydraulic system
The Maximum in Drilling
KNUTH Machine Tools USA, Inc. 590 Bond Street Lincolnshire, Illinois Tel +1-847-415-3333 Fax +1-847-415-2402
Simultaneous 3-axis machining 4-station tool changer for each spindle Horizontal and vertical hydraulic clamping

Catalogo Knuth

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogo Knuth

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Decades of Proven Reliability and Quality Thats What We Stand For! www.knuth-usa.com www.knuth-machinetools.

QUALITY INNOVATION & RELIABILITY

Quality starts with proper acceptance testing QUALITY BY KNUTH

High Reliability for High Customer Satisfaction KNUTH SERVICE

Innovation to give you a competitive edge KNUTH Center of Cutting Technology

GPlus 450 Our Future-Oriented Control System

Take full advantage of our online portal

North American Headquarters:

TRADE SHOWS 2011

Tel. +1-847-415-3333 Fax +1-847-415-2402 Email: info@knuth-usa.com

World Headquarters in Wasbek, Germany: KNUTH Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH

11 / 22-25 11 / 24-26 11/30-12/03

www.knuth.de Email: info@knuth.de

TRADE SHOWS 2012

www. knuth- us a. com www. knuth- machi netool s . com

CNC Milling/Turning, CNC Drill Presses

Turning - Milling Drilling

Conventional Lathes, Milling Machines and Drill Presses

Sheet Metal Work

Band Saws, horizontal/vertical Circular Saws Conventional and NC

Surface / Circular / Universal / Tool / Belt Sanders Conventional and CNC

Bending, Cutting, Pressing, Punching Conventional and CNC

SM1500 10.6 0.8 1500 5 1000 Max. 13

Vacuum and filter system (Optional)

Hand-wheel positioning system (Optional)

For the latest specials, visit www.knuth-machinetools.com

Laser-Jet 1512 2512

Laser Cutting Systems

Cut graphic elements

Cut parts of alu., stainless steel and structural steel

Cut parts of acrylic material up to 30 mm thick

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

K.LASER 1530 / 600 is shown with control and coolant system

118 59 4.7 0 - 236 38 591 0.0008 0.0008

For the latest specials, visit

Laser Cutting System

Samples made of steel

For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com

GPlus Cut 4000 B

Powerful PC Control for the Laser-Jet

The optional CAD-CAM Software Packages include:

cutting parameters directly from technology database

simulation of the cut on user HMI

Cut parts with starting tapers nested in grids (CAD-CAM option)

10 For more information, visit www.knuth-usa.com/gplus,8.html

Laser Labeling, Marking and Engraving System

Part No. 250 196 250 197

Part No. 250 198 250 199

50 2-4 24 x 39 x 59 440 170 317

50 2-5 24 x 39 x 59 440 170 315

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Oxy-fuel cutter head (Optional)

Plasma cut in 0.4 in steel

Part No. 250 629 250 628 250 626

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

Plasma Cutting Systems

Shown with optional accessories

For more information and options, visit www.knuth-usa.com

HydroJet 3060 D is shown

Laser pointer Abrasive mud vacuum system

180 828 180 739

NEOLine 40i Intensifier Pump

For the latest specials, visit www.knuth-machinetools.com